Está en la página 1de 306

NOT FOR RESALE

06.05

TRUSTED
FOR 150 YEARS
We built our reputation from the ground up.

Focused Product Line:

Merit ® Tee-Lets and Drop Nipples

Anvil ® Malleable and Cast Iron Fittings

Gruvlok ® Couplings, Fittings and Valves

Anvil ® Hangers, Supports and Struts

SPF TM Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Seamless Pipe Nipples

SPF TM Malleable Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Steel Pipe Couplings and Small Steel Fittings

SPF TM Grooved Fittings and O’Lets

Beck Welded Pipe Nipples

Anvil’s history stretches back to the mid1800s,
when a company named Grinnell® began
providing its customers with the finest
quality pipe products. Since 2000, those quality
products and services —and the people who
provide them—have been known as Anvil®
International. Anvil customers receive the
quality and integrity that have been building
strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

J.B. Smith Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
Catawissa ® Wing Unions and Check Valves

Anvil® International is the largest and most TODAY
complete fitting and hanger manufacturer
in the world.
Anvil® International acquires Star Pipe Products, 2004
Building and Construction Divisions (SPF) and
forms AnvilStar™ Fire Products Division.

Anvil® International acquires Merit® Manufacturing 2001
and Beck Manufacturing.
The industry’s trusted manufacturer of pipe 2000
products is renamed Anvil International, Inc.

Grinnell Co. acquired by 1969
International Telephone
Frederick Grinnell opens a piping 1909
and Telegraph.
products foundry in Cranston, RI,
and eventually develops the
Grinnell Supply Sales Division.
1919 General Fire Extinguisher Co.
becomes Grinnell Co.

Tyco sells the distribution and manufacturing 1999
operations known as “Grinnell Supply Sales“,
but keeps the Grinnell® trademark.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark
of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco
International Ltd. company.
Providence Steam & Gas Pipe Co.
is formed. Frederick Grinnell
1850 purchases a controlling interest.

1960

B U I L D I N G
ANVIL
BRANDS:

Gruvlok® line of
grooved fittings
is introduced.

J.B. Smith™ and Catawissa™ join
the Grinnell Supply Sales and
Manufacturing division. 1994

C O N N E C T I O N S

T H A T

®

L A S T

Anvil’s focused product line consists of:
• Anvil® Malleable & Cast Iron Fittings
• SPF™ Malleable, Cast & Ductile Iron
Fittings
• Anvil® Hangers, Supports
• Anvil-Strut™ Strut and Strut Fittings
• Beck Welded Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Seamless Pipe Nipples
• SPF™ Steel Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Steel Pipe Couplings & Small
Steel Fittings
• Merit® Tee-Lets & Drop Nipples
• Gruvlok® Couplings, Fittings & Valves
• SPF™ Grooved Fittings & O'Lets
• J.B. Smith™ Swage Nipples & Bull
Plugs
• Catawissa™ Wing Unions & Check
Valves

CONNECTING WITH CORE MARKETS:
From plumbing, mechanical, and fire
protection, to mining, oil & gas, and

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

OEMs, Anvil's focus has always been
on providing real solutions for your
applications. Our representatives
are experts in the markets they serve,
and understand the needs of your
business. Anvil will work with you to
find innovative products that meet your
demands and exceed your expectations.

CONNECTING WITH WHOLESALERS:

CONNECTING WITH QUALITY:

CONNECTING WITH CUSTOMERS:

Many things have changed during the
150 years in the industry - including the
name above our door - but our quality
and commitment remains the best
in the business. Our ISO 9001:2000
manufacturing facilities produce a range
of products unmatched by any other
single manufacturer. Our responsive
service sets an industry standard
for dependability and effectiveness
recognized around the world.
Whatever the word "quality" meands
to your business, Anvil guarantees it in
everything we do.

Wholesale distribution has always
been a vital aspect of Anvil's business.
Our dedication to the wholesale
channel - and our customers there- is
a driving force for our services. These
relationships remain a primary focus of
Anvil's innovation.

The most import connection that Anvil
makes are the ones we make with our
customers. In the field, over the phone,
or on the web, we strive to provide our
customers with the products, assistance,
and service they need - when they need
it. Responsive and accessible customer
support is what makes the difference
between simply delivering products, and
delivering solutions.

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL–
BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST.
VISIT US ON THE WEB AT: www.anvilintl.com
3

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL® INTERNATIONAL’S history
stretches back to the mid
1800's when a company named Grinnell® began providing
its customers with the finest quality pipe products. Since
2000, those quality products and services–and the people

who provide them—have been known as Anvil® International.
Anvil customers receive the quality and integrity that have
been building strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco International Ltd. company.

4

www.anvilintl.com

Gruvlok couplings and grooved-end fittings
range in sizes through 30" nominal pipe
size and are offered in a variety of
styles. These products are used for
joining pipe in a wide variety
of piping systems. Gruvlok
couplings for grooved-end
pipe are designed to provide
a self-centering joint which
accommodates the application
of pressure, vacuum and
other external forces, while
limiting the burdensome need
for special supports, expansion
joints, etc.
The Gruvlok piping method offers
many mechanical design features
which benefit the design engineer, the contractor, and the
end user. Utilization of the functional characteristics of the
Gruvlok coupling will aid in pipe system design and must be
considered for proper installation, assembly and performance.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

INTRODUCTION

THE GRUVLOK PIPING METHOD

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION . . 8-146
INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .147-200
TECHNICAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . 201-298

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION:
COUPLINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7001 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Fig. 7011 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Fig. 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 12-13
Fig. 7000 Lightweight Coupling . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Fig. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 16-17
Fig. 7003 Hingelok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Fig. 7010 Reducing Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20
Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-23
Fig. 7013 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Fig. 7240 Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

BRANCH OUTLETS
Fig. 7042 Outlet Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-27
Fig. 7045 Clamp-T, FPT Branch . . . . . . . . . 28-32
Fig. 7046 Clamp-T, Grooved Branch . . . . . 33-35
Fig. 7047, 7048 & 7049 Clamp-T, Cross . . . . 36
Fig. 7044 Branch Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

FITTINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7050 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fig. 7051 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

6

Fig. 7052 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fig. 7053 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Fig. 7050LR 90° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 42
Fig. 7051LR 45° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 43
Fig. 7063 Tee w/Threaded Branch. . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 7061 Reducing Tee Standard . . . . . . . 45-47
Fig. 7064 Reducing Tee w/Thd Branch . . . .48-49
Fig. 7060 Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fig. 7076 Gr x Thd Concentric Reducers . . . . .51
Fig. 7073 & Fig. 7097 Eccentric Reducers . 52-53
Fig. 7077, 7078 & 7079 Swaged Nipples . . . . 54
Fig. 7072 Gr x Gr Concentric Reducers . . . 55-56
Fig. 7069 45° Lateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fig. 7070 45° Reducing Lateral . . . . . . . . . 58-59
Fig. 7066 Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-61
Fig. 7067 Reducing Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fig. 7071 True Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fig. 7055 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7056 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7087 GR x FPT Female Thread Adapter . 65
Fig. 7050RF Grooved x 150# Flanged . . . . . . 65
Fig. 7084 Gr x Fl Nipples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7085 Gr x Fl Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7074 Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Fig. 7075 Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7068 Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7086 Gr x HOSE Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7080 Adapter Nipples Gr x Gr . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7081 Adapter Nipples Gr x MPT. . . . . . . 69

Fig. 7082 Adapter Nipples Gr x BEV . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7062 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees . . . . . 70
Fig. 7065 Standpipe Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fig. 7050DR 90° Drain Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fig. 7450 90° Short Pattern Elbow . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7460 Short Pattern Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7091 End of the Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fig. 7050-3D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7057-3D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7051-3D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7058-3D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7052-3D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7053-3D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7050-5D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7057-5D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7051-5D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7058-5D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7052-5D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7053-5D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7050-6D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7057-6D 60° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7051-6D 45° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7058-6D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7052-6D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fig. 7053-6D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

VALVES & ACCESSORIES
Series 7700 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .83-84
Series 7600 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Series 8000GR Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 86

www.anvilintl.com

. . .129 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7105 Reducing Outlet Tee . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Series 7500 SS Grooved-End Ball Valve 139-140 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7103 Straight Tee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 FTV-S & FTV-A Tri-Service Valves . . . . . . . . . . . 7072SS SS Concentric Reducers . . . 7564A Reducing Tee . . 7004 EG® End Guard® Coupling . . . . . . 7073SS SS Eccentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Fig.129 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 7561A (Gr x Gr x Gr) Reducing Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7084P & Fig. . . . . . . . . .142 Fig. . . . . . .141 Fig. . . . . . . 7077P Swaged Nipples . 7080P Plain x Grooved . . . . . . . 400G Silent Check Valve . . 117 Fig. . . . . . . . 7074SS SS Caps . . . . . . . . . .129 Fig. 7305 HDPE Coupling . . . . . 7550 90° Elbow . . 96-97 Fig. . . . . . 7060P Tee . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7022 EG High-pressure Header Tee . . . . . 7068 EG High Pressure Cross . . 7575 Reducing Adapter. . .126 Fig. . . 7060 EG High Pressure Tee . . . . . . .134 Fig. . . .143 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT'D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7051 EG High Pressure 45° LR Elbow . . . . . . . .116 Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 7572 (Gr x Gr) Concentric Reducer . . 7069P 45° Lateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Fig. . . 7005 Roughneck® Coupling .145 7 . . . . . . . . . . .143 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7051P 45° Elbow . . . . . . . 7090 . .131 Fig. . . . . . .112 Fig. . .98-99 Model 758G Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer . . . . 7051SS 45° SS Elbow. . . . . . 108 Fig. . .116 Fig. . . . . .120 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Fig. . . . . . . . . . .136 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Fig. . . . . . .128 Fig. . . . 7101 90° Reducing Elbow . . . . . . . .124 Fig.129 Fig.Thread by Thread . 7060SS SS Tees . . . . . 7551 45° Elbow . . . 87-88 Series 7500 Ball-valves . . . 100 Model 768G Grooved-end “Wye” Strainer . . 92 GBV-G & GBV-A Balancing Valves . 102-104 Models GAV-15 Automatic Air Vents . . 7004 HPR® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7088 . . 7560 Tees . . . . 7085P Flange Nipples . . . . . . . . .113 Fig.132 SOCK-IT® PIPING METHOD FITTINGS Fig. . 7068P Cross .118 Fig. . . . . .130 HDPE COUPLINGS Fig. . . . . . . 7071P 90° True Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7107 Coupling. . . . . .131 Fig. . 7075P Bull Plug . AF21-GG Gr x Gr Flex Connector . . . . . . . . 7050LRP 90° LR Elbow . . . . 105 Models GAV-30 Automatic Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Fig. . 7106 Reducing Tee . . . . . . . 114-115 Fig. . . . . .Groove by Thread . 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Series 7500B Bronze Ball Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 7081P Plain x Thread . . . . . . 7082P Plain x Bevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Fig. . . . .107 Fig. . 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling . . . . . . .125 Fig. . 7574 End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . .89-90 Fig. . 7050SS 90° SS Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Groove by Groove . . . . . . . . .110 Fig. . . .HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMS Fig. . . . . . .126 Fig.127 Fig. . 109 ROLL GROOVERS Model 1007 & 3007 Roll Groovers . . 7100 90° Elbow . . . . .141 Fig.116 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. . . . . . .128 Fig.123 Fig. . . . . . . . . 111 GRUVLOK® ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Fig. . . . . 91 Series 7800 Check Valves . 144 Model 3006 & 3006C Roll Groovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Fig. . 7050P 90° Elbow . . .123 GRUVLOK PLAIN-END FITTINGS Fig. . . . . . . . .112 Fig. . . . .126 Fig.141 Fig. . . .112 Fig. .137 STAINLESS STEEL METHOD Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7582 Transition Fitting. . . . . 93-94 GBV-S & GBV-T Globe Valves.110 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter. .128 Fig. . . . 7051LRP 45° LR Elbow . .125 Fig. . . 7400SS Rigidlite® Coupling. . .112 Fig. . . . . . . 7089 . . 7050 EG High Pressure 90° LR Elbow. . . . . . 121-122 GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLES Fig. . . . 7012 Gruvlok Flanges .125 Fig. . 7061P Reducing Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF21-GF Gr x Fl Flex Connectors . Series 171 Brass Ball Valve . . . . . . . . AF21-FF Fl x Fl Flex Connectors . . . . . . . 7260 Tee Strainer . . . . . . . . . 7061SS SS Reducing Tees . . .

76.6 0.3 0. Max.3 1000 68.9 1000 68.3 2.050 31./mm 0-1⁄8 0-.3 0.anvilintl./ In.71 6.D.430 19.32 0-1⁄8 0-./ft.9 1.500 114.1 www./mm In. Ea. Size GRUVLOK ® X Z Y X SIZES 16" .Couplings FIG.9 1000 68.0 4.3 6.375 60.4 0. 7001 STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom.14 94.315 33.32 0-1⁄8 0-.0 2. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.492 28.9 1000 68.566 55.0 5.32 0-1⁄8 0-.835 12. Min.32 0-1⁄8 0-. Wt.660 42.-Lbs.6 4.3 2. Max.500 88.30" Bolt Max.32 0-1⁄8 0-.61 4.7 3./mm PSI/bar Lbs.4 3.2 1./mm mm/m 1.6 1.7 0.7 4.5 21⁄2 41⁄2 17⁄8 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 51⁄4 133 61⁄4 159 114 41⁄2 114 45⁄8 117 61⁄8 156 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄8 181 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 0.43 35.3 0.9 4.7 1.9 1000 68. In.80 12.88 7.358 6.14" X 8 FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Z 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.com .36 9. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty.9 1000 68.6 1.32 0-1⁄8 0-.8 0.52 43.000 101.32 0-1⁄4 0-6./N-M Lbs.In./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .3 2.24" Z Y SIZES 28" ./mm In.4 1.90 75.9 1000 68. Work.79 65.5 0.8 3. Ft.9 1000 68.164 9.1 3 80 31⁄2 65 4 100 1.63 52.875 73.38 31.4 Degrees 5° 26' 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 11' In.1 3.63 2./kN 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 1.1 1.904 70.621 42.4 0./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 Specified Torque § Approx.6 0.04 2. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.3 2.67 55.9 1000 68.75 In.50 41.900 48.90 15.996 76.32 0-1⁄8 0-.1 2.D.

3 68.35 14. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.8 50.0 16.7 205.0 55.54 45.0 12.30" 5 125 61⁄2 O./mm PSI/bar Lbs./mm In. Max.34 8.7 0.24" Z Y X SIZES 28" .4 11.7 268.8 0.31 18.99 12.183 165.563 1000 24.625 1000 34.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.8 5.6 20.9 37.1 55. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.7 339.91 10. GRUVLOK ® Y Z 9 . Ft.0 32.6 4.750 800 102.58 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In. Ea. CONT'D.750 800 72./kN 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 200 200 - 180 245 180 245 180 245 220 300 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 250 - 9.17 14.0 15.610 273.61 6.In.181 355.D.4 21.2 207.9 55.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 5./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 6 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 1x4 * 1x4 * Specified Torque § Approx.741 219.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .4 0-1⁄4 0-6.7 72. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty.43 16./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 2° 35' 0-6.8 27./mm mm/m 0.4 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' 1° 20' 1° 7' 1° 2' 0° 54' 0° 48' In.5 0.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.23 19.19 15.2 20. Wt.Couplings FIG.1 0.28 23.1 68./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .4 20.000 300 46. 165.4 0-1⁄4 0-6. Work. Min. 7001./N-M Lbs.9 153.12 6./ In.3 68.141 323.4 11.22 18.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 0.8 5.306 141.45 37./mm In.2 454.-Lbs.0 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 85⁄8 219 11 279 131⁄8 333 151⁄2 394 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 211⁄8 537 111⁄4 286 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298 143⁄8 365 165⁄8 422 185⁄8 473 201⁄2 521 227⁄8 581 253⁄8 645 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 In.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.000 300 76.46 38.500 1000 33. STANDARD COUPLING FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.3 0.341 457.0 22.4 0.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.9 108.2 35. Max./ft.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.472 168.319 406.35 29. Size X Bolt Max.7 9.D.625 800 46.9 147.000 300 60.2 322.1 0.

6 28.5 0.4 30" O.1 * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated./mm PSI/bar Lbs. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200. Max.13 10. 787. X Y Z Qty.4 31. CONT'D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.717 20.-Lbs.7 603. Not for use in copper systems. Ea.30" 10 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 503.10 8.7 419.8 105.6 137.61 Bolt Deflection Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* from CL Per Per./mm In.226 10./N-M Lbs.12 9. www.Couplings FIG.248 20.In./ In. In.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .00 787. 733./mm 4 4 6 6 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * Specified Torque § Approx.0 47. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 0° 43' 0-6.D.6 0.0 62.0 40.2 90.com . Work./kN 225 225 200 200 - 275 275 250 250 - 82.4 0° 36' 0° 33' 0° 28' In.24" Z Y X Max.875 733. Min. End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation 20 500 24 600 28" O.4 20.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.15 12. Max.3 436.000 508. Ft./ft.000 609.D. Size Coupling In/Ft. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 148-149.D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6. STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom.0 37. 7001./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .1 23 584 27 686 331⁄2 851 333⁄4 857 281⁄4 718 323⁄8 822 351⁄2 902 381⁄4 972 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 In.4 300 94.23 300 135. Range of O. Size X GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z In.70 150 98.0 24.93 150 113. Wt.215 10./mm mm/m 0./mm In.anvilintl. SIZES 28" .5 0.

8 0° 40' 0./DN(mm) In.9 Working pressure and end load values are for standard wall pipe.D./Kg 200 90. Min./mm In./M-M 600 - 800 - Lbs. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 150-151.D. Roll and Cut Grooving Specifications can be found in the technical data section. * Available in ANSI bolt sizes only as indicated.Couplings FIG. GRUVLOK ® X 11 .14 11.2 0 -3⁄16 0 . Torque § Wt. Ft. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4.5 Max. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z Coupling Bolts* Qty. Max. 750 30./mm 34 864 391⁄2 1003 5 127 Size In./ft./mm Degrees mm/m 30 O.7 212. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200. End Load Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Separation Per Coupling Per in./mm In./mm PSI/bar Lbs. 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Nominal Size O.0 300 20./kN In.-Lbs. Ea.000 762. See technical data section for design factors./mm 6 11⁄4 x 43⁄8 – Specified Approx. Working Pressure In.058 943. In. Max.

7 750 51.6. Ft.4 1.500 139.3 3.1 6.7 750 51.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .3 Max.00 Range of Coupling Dimensions Pipe End Separation X Y Z In.1 3 80 4 100 1 5 ⁄2 O.5 3.126 9.6.6 5.1 3.875 73.7 750 51./kN 750 51.928 53.819 79.500 88.6.7 750 51.8 0.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .8 2.500 165./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs. Ea.3.9 4./DN(mm) In.D.3 6.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6 1.996 76.1 6 150 1.3 2.14" Z X 16" Z Y X O.7 750 51.66 5.Couplings FIG./Kg 1.3.3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . Min.70 25.887 110./mm In.D.4 1.869 21.6 3.D.207 23.1 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 In.0 2./mm 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄8 105 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 7 178 8 203 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 55⁄8 143 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 93⁄4 248 10 254 11 279 111⁄8 283 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 Coupling Bolts* Qty.3 6.52 7.7 5 125 61⁄2 O.26 18.7 750 51.6 18" . 165.0 2.7 2. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.1 7.9 3.4 7.7 750 51.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Working Pressure Max. www.46 3.563 141.6. End Load PSI/bar Lbs.323 14.10 11./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .D.09 24.24" 12 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 750 51.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 6.229 81./mm 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Approx./mm In.7 5.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .9 3. 139.3.216 32.anvilintl.9 1.3 2.625 168. 76.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 750 51. Wt.com . 7401 RIGIDLOK® COUPLING Z Y GRUVLOK ® 11⁄2" .-Lbs./mm X Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.900 48.06 17. Max.500 114.9 3. In.375 60.854 115.3.6.78 4.3 5.

0 24.6 Range of Max.4 42./N-M 130 M20 x 110 175 1x6 200 M24 x 150 270 7⁄8 x 6 180 M22 x 150 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 180 245 250 340 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 340 250 340 250 340 Lbs.341 339.87 51.6.14" Y Z X 16" Z Y X 18" .000 508.6.097 503. CONT'D.319 268./Kg 15.3 40.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .D.6 16.8 36. End Pipe End Working Load Separation Pressure X Y Z PSI/bar 600 51.000 609.6. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.181 205.0 19. In. Max.625 219. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.1 10.4 In.58 94./mm In./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.1 16.6.000 406.6.9 7. Torque § Wt. Ea.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Not for use in copper systems.5 13.2 25./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 Specified Approx.-Lbs.6 11.000 457.94 45.43 60. 13 ./mm In.1 12.7 500 51.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 20.0 89.1 51.7 300 20.9 14.750 323.056 155.000 355.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 Lbs.31 76.6 23. 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 Size In.248 419./DN(mm) In. Coupling Dimensions Max.750 273.4 68.7 300 20.3 31.7 400 51.23 113.070 227./mm 101⁄2 267 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄4 413 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 23 581 271⁄8 689 141⁄8 359 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 193⁄4 502 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 267⁄8 683 307⁄8 784 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 Coupling Bolts* Qty.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .24" 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 8. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 152-153. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm X 11⁄2" .5 GRUVLOK ® RIGIDLOK® COUPLING * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated./kN 35. Ft.7 300 20. Min. Z Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size O.7 300 20.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .381 201. 7401.08 In.6 30.17 46.7 250 17.4 18.Couplings FIG.

52 43.375 60.4 600 41. Ea.3.67 55. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In.68 7.4 600 41.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 61⁄8 156 63⁄4 171 75⁄8 194 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 Size Specified Approx. Min.230 18.6 4.2 1.512 37.996 76.4 4.4 600 41.9 1.9 4.anvilintl./mm PSI/bar Lbs.3.54 8.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .57 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 0./N-M Lbs.7 0.82 5.79 65.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .0 2. Size Max.773 25.0 4 100 1.com .45 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in.0 1.4 600 41.6 2.500 88.8 1.4 600 41.43 35.4 5° 26' 1.6.1 3.1 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 www.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .D.4 600 41.4 1./mm In.6 0.3.3 0.4 815 3.875 73.3.701 7.D./ In.900 48.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 3./mm Ft.3 0. In.0 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .0 4.3 2./Kg Coupling Bolts 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51 Qty.000 101. 108./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 . Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.895 17.8 4.8 0.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .82 3.6 1. Max.78 1.3.7 0.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 41⁄4 O.540 33.3. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 1.4 600 41. Range of O.3 0./kN DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.3.-Lbs.5 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 22' 3° 11' For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 2.4 0.4 600 41.63 52.6 0.7 1.660 42.86 9. 76.4 600 41.33 4. Torque § Wt.658 11.D.70 58.299 5. Max.500 114./mm In.6./mm Degrees mm/m In.250 108.62 1.3. 7000 LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK ® Y 14 X Z Nom.6 1.5 0.7 0.50 41./ft.7 0.4 0.543 42.315 33.3 600 41.38 31.3 1.Couplings FIG.90 75.14 94.3 2.

In.5 500 34.1 2.259 159.236 76. 15 .48 39./kN DN(mm) 51⁄4 O./mm In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .8 0. 159./N-M Lbs.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .3 8.1 6.879 52. Y X FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z Nom.625 168.5 10.80 17.6 6 2.6.766 47. Ea.4 2° 44' 0./Kg Coupling Bolts 61⁄2 91⁄8 2 165 232 51 63⁄4 93⁄8 2 171 238 51 5 7 9 ⁄8 2 178 244 51 1 3 7 ⁄2 10 ⁄8 2 191 264 51 73⁄4 103⁄4 2 197 273 51 8 11 2 203 279 51 10 131⁄4 23⁄8 264 337 60 Qty. Max. 133.D. Torque § Wt.6.500 139. 139. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.84 12.8 0.2 6. 7000.0 5.5 500 34. Range of O.0 6.384 68.89 11.7 14. Max.1 0.6.0 3.54 45.7 5.1 3./mm Ft.5 500 34. 165.67 29.0 51⁄2 O.6.3 6. CONT'D. Min.625 219.1 2° 36' 2° 35' 2° 17' 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' Size Specified Approx.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.4 GRUVLOK ® LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.45 37.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 2.06 15.D.0 61⁄2 O.5 500 34.95 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in./ft.0 7./mm PSI/bar Lbs.Couplings FIG.6.8 6./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 .D./ In.5 500 34.1 6 150 8 200 5.6.7 6. Not for use in copper systems.500 165.236 133. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 5.213 129.43 16. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 0. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 154-155.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0.153 54.54 45.592 73.8 0.5 500 34. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In.-Lbs.D.6.35 29.563 141./mm In./mm Degrees mm/m In.57 47. Size Max. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.46 34.D.2 8.1 500 34.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .

1 3 80 4 100 1.9 2.0 3./mm 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 4 102 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 114.375 60.3 2.3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . Ft./kN In.3 PSI/bar 300 20./mm In./Kg 1.900 48.6 1.3 0. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Lbs. Pressure In.com .7 Max./mm 407 1.7 300 20. 41⁄2 114 43⁄4 121 47⁄8 124 51⁄2 140 6 152 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 Size In.6.875 73.996 76./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Specified Approx.9 0./ DN(mm) In.D. 76.84 4./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .948 8. 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y 16 X Z FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Max.91 1. Max.9 0.7 300 20.4 0.0 2.anvilintl.660 42.3 2.-Lbs.D. O./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Lbs.7 300 20.5 1.6 0.3.771 21.7 300 20.1 1. Torque § Wt.115 9.4 1.315 33.3.886 12.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .500 88. Min.7 300 20.9 4.6 1.66 2.9 1.Couplings FIG./mm In.7 1.2 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . Wk.3.41 2.4 Coupling Bolts Qty.2 0.89 851 3.1 3.3.81 649 2.7 300 20.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 . In.329 5.4 www. Ea.78 1.22 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 1.3.7 300 20.3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .

44 9./mm 5./ DN(mm) Max.625 168. RIGIDLITE® COUPLING X Nominal Size O. Torque § Wt. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.-Lbs.3 8./kN In.563 141.955 44./mm In.1 6 150 8 200 Max. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Coupling Bolts Qty. In./mm In./N-M 1⁄2 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 x3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 Lbs. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.1 300 20. GRUVLOK ® Y FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)./mm 63⁄4 171 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 200 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 91⁄4 235 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 2 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Approx.3 6. Min./mm Ft.00 17. 139.8 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.3.4 0 -1⁄8 0 .7 7.D.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 300 20. Z 17 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .70 7.Couplings FIG.6.D.0 4.6.5 8.28 10. CONT'D.500 139. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 4.341 46.500 165./mm PSI/bar Lbs.D.6.5 2.1 6.7 300 20.4 3.7 5 125 61⁄2 O.6.6 2.5 2. Not for use in copper systems.97 0 -1⁄4 0 . 165.2 51⁄2 O.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 300 20.7 300 20.5 2.1 5. Wk. 7400. Max. In.625 219.127 31. Pressure In.7 5. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157 Other sizes available.5 5. In. Ea.292 32.528 77.

housing hinge and handle for looseness.875 73.1 Coupling Dimensions Approx.3. 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 1.4 3° 46' 0.6.375 60.7 300 20.292 32.500 88.1 8.Couplings FIG.52 43.6.2 1.3.6.500 114.7 0. distortion bent or any other damage.3 2. X Y Z Wt.1 0.7 300 20.43 35.8 0. 7003 Hingelok Couplings are not designed for eccentric loading and therefore are not recommended for use at the end of concrete pumping booms or vertical risers above 30 feet (9./mm In.7 0.2 CAUTION: Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly.3 8.1 meters).63 52.625 168.6 0. Coupling keys.6 5./ft. www./Kg 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 51⁄4 133 55⁄8 143 7 178 85⁄8 219 97⁄8 251 12 305 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 107⁄8 276 131⁄8 333 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 1. PSI/bar Lbs. Deflection from CL Max.79 65.3 5.948 8.54 45.7 300 20.00 17.1 2.3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . always check for gasket damage.3 0.8 0.84 4.91 1. 7003 HINGELOK® COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7003 HINGELOK COUPLING Nominal Size O. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly./mm Degrees mm/m 300 20.886 12.2 5.2 1. Wk.7 300 20. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 158-159 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 3' 3° 11' 2° 35' 2° 10' 1° 40' In./mm In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.2 0 -1⁄4 0 . Max.528 77. End Range of Pipe Pressure Load End Separation Per Coupling Per in.6.329 5. Shockload must be considered and is to be included in the maximum working pressure listed above.3 2.67 55.3 9.D.6 1./DN(mm) In.625 219. GRUVLOK ® In.44 10.97 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm 18 X SPECIAL NOTE: Fig.66 2.9 4. Proper anchoring practice must always be exercised.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 6.8 2.78 1.7 300 20.45 37./kN In.7 851 3.3.563 141. When re-using.771 21.7 300 20.5 4.7 300 20.35 29.0 3./mm Lbs.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .341 46.5 0.anvilintl. gasket cavity. Ea.22 7.com .0 3.900 48.3 11.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . and pipe grooves must be kept free of all foreign matter.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .5 3.1 18. Not for use in copper systems.

O.3 2.85 3.9 4.3.3.Couplings FIG.37 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in.9 PSI/bar 500 34.6 6.5 500 34.40 7.5 1.8 0 -3⁄16 0 .3 2.5 Max. End Load Lbs.0 2.8 Degrees 1° 53' 1° 33' 1° 17' 1° 17' 2° 38' 2° 38' 2° 38' mm/m 0.0 3. Larger Smaller Working O.952 35.5 500 34.27 22.952 35.900 48.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .27 22.500 114.4.4.0 0. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.5 500 34.2 0 -3⁄16 0 .9 4.3 4. Pressure In. Ft.9 0.55 45.32 27.246 14.375 60.0 3.375 60.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.55 45.39 32.500 88.5 500 34.3 4.1 1.500 88.D./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .7 3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./Kg 2. Approx./mm In.9 8.0 0.875 73.55 45./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Min.8 0 -3⁄16 0 . Ea.3 In.375 60.9 3./mm 2.-Lbs./N-M 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs.3 2.4 0.9 0.9 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.500 114. Max.952 35. Wt.0 7.215 9. GRUVLOK ® Gasket Z 19 .500 88./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 57⁄8 149 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 71⁄8 181 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 Coupling Bolts Qty.44 4.5 500 34.5 500 34.9 3.0 4.9 3.811 21.4 0.3.3 2.40 4.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.3.500 114./mm 1. In.37 7.9 0./ft.6 4.375 60. 7010 REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib X Fig./kN 2.4.811 21.875 73.875 73.4 2./mm In./DN(mm) 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 Max.3 2.D.37 7.

36 30.D./ft.5 500 34.562 141.3 PSI/bar 500 34.95 Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in.500 114.3 6.6.7 8.153 54.26 21.6. Larger Smaller Working O.625 168.6.625 168.3 6.236 76.5 Max.5 500 34. Wt. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .500 114. In.06 17./Kg 11./mm 5.625 219./mm In. Ft. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 160-161.6.-Lbs./mm In.1 17. End Load Lbs.4 Degrees 2° 5' 1° 44' 1° 44' 1° 15' mm/m 0.5 6. 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Torque § Min./mm 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 105⁄8 270 115⁄8 295 115⁄8 295 14 356 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 Coupling Bolts Qty. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In.2 0.625 168.1 13.D.4 6. Ea.anvilintl. CONT'D. Pressure In.213 129. REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing GRUVLOK ® Gasket Gasket Center Rib Z X Fig. Not for use in copper systems.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . In.44 36. 20 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 Max./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 . Max./kN 12.3 5./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx.3 6.36 30.1 In.236 76.67 29.com ./N-M 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 Lbs.8 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.563 141.3 4.0 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.3 8./mm 4. www.2 13. 7010.67 17.5 500 34.Couplings FIG.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0. O.2 0.4 5.

41 2.1 3.7 300 20./mm In. A Max. Qty.3 2.84 4.7 300 20.9 4.886 12./mm In./mm In.6 7.D.0 2. Max. Specified End Latch* O.70 In.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Ft.329 5.771 21.1 3 88.996 76.6 2.1 4. Amax.9 15.127 31. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.66 2. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max.500 114.9 4 100 51⁄2 O.Couplings FIG.2 6.7 2. In.7 PSI/bar 300 20./mm In.91 1./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O. 139.875 73. B Min.9 4. Sealing Surface X Y Z 61⁄4 159 7 178 71⁄4 184 77⁄8 200 9 229 97⁄8 251 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 127⁄8 327 3⁄4 Mating Flange Bolts In. (ISO) mm Ft.8 2.22 7. Max.7 Lbs./Kg 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 75 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 4.3 2.7 300 20. Max.D.375 60.7 6./kN 1.2 1.500 88.115 9.0 2.500 139. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X Bmin.7 300 20./mm PN10 (16) 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 37⁄16 87 4 102 41⁄8 105 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 in. Torque § Wt./DN(mm) In.7 300 20.3 5.948 8. Ea.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.D. GRUVLOK ® X 21 . 76.

955 44.8 4. 165./mm 5 125 61⁄2 O.28 10.00 17./mm In.2 8./mm In. Torque § Wt./Kg 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 7⁄8 x 31⁄2 M20 x 90 7⁄8 x 33⁄4 - 220 298 220 298 220 298 220 298 320 439 320 439 250 339 250 339 250 339 250 339 400 542 400 542 8.6 www. Max.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.4 15. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.1 18.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5.7 300 20.D.44 9. Qty. A Max.7 4.229 121.7 300 20. Amax.500 165.7 300 20. 7012. Sealing Surface X Y Z 10 254 111⁄4 286 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 121⁄2 7⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts In./DN(mm) In.750 323.7 Lbs. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min. CONT'D GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X GRUVLOK ® X 22 Bmin. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max.3 8. Max. 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 713⁄16 198 10 254 121⁄8 308 141⁄8 359 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 12 12 12 12 in.292 32.0 9./mm PN10 (16) 318 14 356 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 213⁄4 552 22 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Max.Couplings FIG./kN 7.12 38.9 PSI/bar 300 20. (ISO) mm Ft.750 273.625 219.38 In.563 141.anvilintl.1 10.3 6./mm In. In./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Ft.7 300 20.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.625 168.97 27./mm In.3 29.com .341 46.7 300 20.6 4.4 9. B Min.303 170.9 13.6 7.1 6.528 77. Ea.1 12.D. Specified End Latch* O.

5 610 983 48.341 3⁄4 x 5 339. Sealing Surface 21 ⁄4 540 24 610 261⁄2 673 29 737 311⁄2 800 361⁄2 927 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 123⁄4 324 14 356 16 406 18 457 20 508 24 610 141⁄8 359 16 406 18 457 20 508 22 559 26 660 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 - in.097 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 503.23 113. Ea.7 300 20.08 - Ft./mm In.-Lbs/N-M 40 30 100 136 100 136 130 176 130 176 180 244 60 45 130 176 130 176 180 244 180 244 220 298 Dimensions X Y 1 1 Z Mating Flange Bolts In.9 14.4 18./mm In.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.7 300 20.000 508./mm In. Max.2 20. To avoid interference issues.7 300 20.000 406. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.7 300 20. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.4 450 725 106. Qty.5 360 520 52.3 620 1.Couplings FIG.6 PSI/bar 300 20. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min. B Min. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.9 439 542 9./mm 12 (PN) 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 12. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. Torque § Wt./Kg M20 x 90 ✛ 1 x 41⁄4 1 x 41⁄4 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄4 x 51⁄2 - 320 400 20.5 841 1. (ISO) mm Ft.0 24.6 16./mm PN10 (16) 18 ⁄8 460 21 533 231⁄2 597 25 635 271⁄2 699 32 813 ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange.303 170.248 3⁄4 x 5 419.4 450 725 82.5. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange.000 355. In.7 250 17.000 457. GRUVLOK FLANGES GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).750 323./kN In. A Max./mm 38.31 76. Max.5 610 983 37./DN(mm) In. Specified End Latch* O.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-167. 7012. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only.43 60.000 138. see page 200 The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 & Class 125 flanges. * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx./mm In. 23 .2 Lbs.D.38 M10 x 70 5 46. Max.356 62.181 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 205.0 488 705 30.000 609. butterfly valve.58 94. CONT'D.319 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 268.5 488 705 23.8 360 520 67.

928 53.9 3.1 9.1 54.7 750 51. see page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262. Max.0 2.7 750 51. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. Qty.229 81. Wk.216 32.625 219. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.072 302.375 60.78 4. Ea.820 194.3 8.750 273.9 Flange cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve.66 7.875 73./DN(mm) In.757 425. B Min.854 115.3 2.563 141.D./mm In.4 6.3 6.869 21. Max.500 114.9 PSI/bar 750 51. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 & 7600 valve.9 11.7 750 51. Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges. Size Wt. 24 Dimensions X Y Z Sealing Mating Surface Flange Bolts Approx./mm In.4 4. Not for use with copper systems./mm 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 80 100 80 100 80 100 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 8 203 91⁄8 232 97⁄8 251 113⁄8 289 125⁄8 321 141⁄8 359 167⁄8 429 193⁄8 492 221⁄2 572 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 37⁄16 60 87 27⁄8 4 73 102 31⁄2 49⁄16 89 116 41⁄2 55⁄8 114 143 59⁄16 63⁄4 141 171 65⁄8 713⁄16 168 198 85⁄8 10 219 254 3 10 ⁄4 121⁄8 273 308 123⁄4 143⁄16 324 360 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 - (ISO) mm 5⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 3 ⁄4 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 33⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 43⁄4 1x5 11⁄8 x 53⁄4 - Lbs.com .0 3.7 750 51.10 11.3 24.5 18.3 6.323 14.3 8.95 Latch* Specified Torque § Bolt Size Min.Couplings FIG.7 750 51.7 750 51.7 Lbs.anvilintl.3 5. ANSI (ANSI) in.500 88. A Max./Kg 5.0 24. End Size Pressure Load GRUVLOK ® In.00 43.625 168.7 750 51.80 95. Ft. www.06 18.5 74.92 68./mm In.8 33. X Y Z 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket./mm Bmin.4 16.7 750 51.9 4. Amax.1 10./kN 3. 7013 GRUVLOK FLANGES (#300 FLANGE) GRUVLOK FIGURE 7013 FLANGE Max.750 323. In.09 25. For Bolt Torque information.3 14.-Lbs/N-M In.3 35. 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 - * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. Nominal O.1 12./mm In.

500 114. 7000 GRUVLOK 4'' FIG. 7000 END ADAPTER Nominal Size O.3 2.8 11⁄4 31.625 168.4 1⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.8 11⁄4 31./mm In.Couplings FIG.8 11⁄4 31.8 11⁄4 31.4 1⁄4 6.375 60.1 12. In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7000 COUPLING GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.4 1⁄4 6.750 323.3 5. GRUVLOK ® 7240 PERFORMANCE DATA X 25 .875 73.8 11⁄4 31.500 88.8 11⁄4 31.4 In./mm 31⁄2 89 4 100 45⁄8 117 57⁄8 149 7 178 8 200 103⁄8 264 127⁄8 327 15 381 51⁄2 125 53⁄4 146 63⁄4 171 81⁄8 206 95⁄8 244 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 Compressed Expanded Length Length L L In.750 273./mm 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 183⁄4 476 201⁄4 514 201⁄4 514 233⁄4 603 243⁄4 629 243⁄4 629 Total Coupling Number of Movement Movement Couplings Capability Capability In. 7000 NIPPLE GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.0 3. 7240 EXPANSION JOINTS Y GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm 1⁄8 3.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Coupling Figure 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7001 7001 X Y In.2 1⁄8 3./DN(mm) In.8 11⁄4 31.562 141.625 219./mm 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 11⁄4 31.4 1 ⁄4 6. 7000 L GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm 30 450 30 450 30 450 171⁄2 445 19 483 19 483 221⁄2 572 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 In.3 6.0 10.4 1⁄4 6.9 4.2 1 ⁄4 6.3 8.D.2 1⁄8 3.

2 4./mm — — — — — — — — — — 1 25 — — — — — — 11⁄4 32 psi/bar 500 34.5 3.44 In./mm In.Branch Outlets FIG. www./mm Lbs./Kg 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 2.5 500 34.44 3246 14.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Pipe Size Max./kN 1418 6.5 Lbs.com .85 2215 9.2 2.5 500 34./mm In.2 5.31 1418 6.5 500 34.5 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 168-169.7042G 26 11⁄2 40 21⁄2 65 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — In. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv. Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G F X GRUVLOK ® In.44 3246 14.5 5 00 34.31 1418 6.7042M 2 50 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet .anvilintl.5 4.5 500 34. Each In.8 2.5 500 34./mm In.8 2. G 21⁄16 52 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 56 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 — — 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 — — — — — — — — — — — — 31⁄2 89 — — — — — — 35⁄8 92 In.7042F M X Y Male IPS Outlet .6 1.3 1./mm 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 Bolt Size Approx. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.85 2215 9./DN(mm) In.2 3.44 3246 14./mm In./mm 1⁄2 Y Female IPS Outlet.5 500 34.5 3.2 2.6 1. Wt.3 1.5 500 34.5 2. 7042 OUTLET COUPLING FIGURE 7042 ./mm In.31 2215 9.2 4.3 1.8 2./mm 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv.6 1.85 3246 14.5 500 34.

Branch Branch Outlets Outlets FIG./mm In./mm In.7 8.5 500 34.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)./mm 3⁄4 Y Female IPS Outlet.5 Lbs.5 9./mm 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Bolt Size Approx. the maximum working pressure may Cut Groove Specifications for Steel & Other IPS or ISO size Pipe".7042F 3 80 M X Y Male IPS Outlet .66 In.37 7952 35.37 17236 76.0 5. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv.5 500 34.0 5.9 4.0 8.9 3.40 7952 35. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.9 3./DN(mm) In. 27 .66 17236 76.5 500 34./mm In.2 18.6 3. Each In./mm In. Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G Pipe ends must be prepared in accordance with Gruvlok "Roll or For a one-time field test only.37 7952 35.5 11.0 8./mm Lbs.0 11.5 500 34.40 4811 21.2 18. 7042.9 9.9 4.7042M 4 100 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet . Pressure & end load ratings are for use with standard wall steel pipe. Nominal Pipe Size Max./Kg 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7.5 500 34. CONT'D.5 500 34.5 500 34. G 213⁄16 72 23⁄4 70 — — 311⁄16 94 39⁄16 91 — — — — 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 — — 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 — — 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 — — — — 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 — — — — 4 102 4 102 — — — — 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 — — 6 152 6 152 In.6 8. Not for use in copper systems.40 4811 21.5 500 34.0 18.66 17236 76.5 500 34. OUTLET COUPLING F X In.6 7.7042G 6 150 20 1 25 — — 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — In.5 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7042 ./mm — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — — — 11⁄2 25 2 50 — — 11⁄2 40 2 50 psi/bar 500 34. Wt.37 7952 35./kN 4811 21. be increased 11⁄2 times the figure shown.

5 1./mm In.3 2.0 x 21.0 x 26. Max.5 500 34.875 x 1.5 www./mm Specified Torque § Approx.4 Hole Dimensions Max./mm In.5 500 34.4 2./mm 14 ⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.0 x 33. Working Min.375 x 0.875 x 1. Wt.7 2.0 1. 7045 (U-Bolt) U FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Y V T 28 Z Y W Fig./mm 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 psi/bar 500 34.3 x 26.3 1.840 73.3 x 48.5 500 34. Min. In. FPT BRANCH Z T V W Fig.4 2. Bolt Size In.3 x 21.660 73.7 1.840 60./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 40 1 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Lbs.5 500 34.com .375 x 1.5 500 34.Branch Outlets FIG./mm 2.1 3.7 2.6 1.D.0 x 42.315 60.7 2.-Lbs.5 500 34.2 2./DN(mm) 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 O.375 x 1.050 60.315 73.375 x 1.3 1.5 500 34.2 2.3 2. Dia.5 T U 23⁄16 56 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 51 23⁄16 55 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 9⁄16 In. Dia.5 500 34.875 x 1. Pressure▼ In./Kg 2.9 1. 7045 CLAMP-T.0 2.anvilintl.3 2.7 2.050 73.3 x 33.4 1. Each Ft.3 2./mm 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 In.3 x 42./mm In./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 Y Z 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 7 178 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 3 76 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 In. Max.0 2.3 3.375 x 1./mm 1⁄2 12 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.875 x 0.900 60.9 1.660 60.

0 4./mm 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Bolt Size In.Branch Outlets FIG.050 88.7 1.D. CLAMP-T.8 1. FPT BRANCH In.9 1./mm In.660 88.7 3./mm In.9 x 26.7 4. Working Min. Max.3 3.5 4. Pressure▼ In.3 2.0 x 48.9 x 33.5 500 34. Not for use in copper systems.500 x 2.2 2.3 3.500 x 1. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.D.3 3.7 Hole Dimensions Max. Dia.D. 5" and 6" Nom. 29 .3 2.9 x 21.5 500 34.9 x 48.9 x 42. Wt./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 1⁄2 80 x 15 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 20 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 1⁄2 100 x 15 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 20 4x1 100 x 25 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O. CONT'D.900 88. Max.500 x 1. 51⁄2" O.4 1. Min.500 x 1.7 1.500 x 0. Each Ft.5 500 34.8 1.4 3.375 88.7 3.840 114./mm 2.2 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2".4 2.5 500 34.2 2.500 x 1./mm 31⁄8 79 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 Y Z 61⁄8 156 7 178 7 178 7 178 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 In.5 500 34.500 x 1. Dia.5 500 34.3 x 26./mm 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 psi/bar 500 34. In.3 4.315 114.4 1.7 1.3 4.5 500 34.3 x 33.6 2.. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.1 2. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.-Lbs. 7045.875 x 1.5 2.5 500 34./mm In.5 500 34./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 30 40 30 40 30 40 Lbs.840 88.900 73./Kg 3.500 x 0.050 114.315 88.2 3./mm 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Specified Torque § Approx.9 x 60. and 61⁄2" O.D./mm 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 In.3 x 21.500 x 1./mm 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.5 T U 27⁄16 62 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 76 31⁄16 78 213⁄16 73 9⁄16 In.

3 x 60.3 x 76.6 www.-Lbs.3 Hole Dimensions Max.3 x 73.2 2./N-M 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs.5 2./mm 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 Y Z 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 In.500 x 1. Each Ft.7 3.3 x 76.5 2.3 4.5 500 34.3 4.563 x 1.2 2.4 5.996 114.660 141./mm 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.7 2.com .0 4.5 500 34.4 5.9 5.4 2.875 114./mm 4.3 x 48.500 x 2. Pressure▼ In. FPT BRANCH Z Y T V W Fig. Min.4 6./mm In.5 500 34.900 141.1 4.900 114.5 500 34.1 7./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In.500 114.3 5.Branch Outlets FIG.500 x 2.500 x 2./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Max.660 114.5 T U 33⁄16 81 33⁄16 81 35⁄16 84 31⁄16 78 3 76 31⁄4 83 311⁄16 94 311⁄16 94 313⁄16 97 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 In. Wt. Dia.5 5.0 4.5 500 34.3 x 42. Bolt Size In.3 x 88.3 x 42.563 x 1./DN(mm) 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O. 114.4 4.5 5. CONT'D. 7045.anvilintl.5 500 34.5 500 34. Max.D.D.4 5.500 x 1.3 x 60.9 5.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) O.6 2. Dia.5 500 34.563 x 2./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 psi/bar 500 34.5 2.375 114. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z V T 30 Y W Fig. Working Min.3 x 48./mm In. In.375 141./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.500 x 3./mm In. CLAMP-T./Kg 4.

Dia./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 Bolt Size In.500 168.625 x 2.660 168.3 x 48.D.5 500 34.5 500 34. 31 .0 5./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.500 141.4 10.3 6.9 6.5 500 34.1 6.D./mm 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In. and 61⁄2" O. 7045.4 3.9 6.8 3. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.563 x 2.625 x 3.625 x 1. Max.5 500 34. 168.8 3.1 5.625 x 1.8 8.3 x 88. CLAMP-T. 51⁄2" O. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.3 x 42.375 168. 5" and 6" Nom.8 3.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.D./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 5 127 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 53⁄8 137 51⁄2 140 Y Z 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.2 7.5 500 34. Working Min.625 x 2.D./DN(mm) 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5 x 3 O.500 168.D.3 x 76.625 x 4.5 T U 313⁄16 97 33⁄4 95 4 102 3 4 ⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 In. Dia. CONT'D. Not for use in copper systems. FPT BRANCH In.900 168.563 x 3.8 9./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34. Pressure▼ In.0 6.875 168.3 Hole Dimensions Max./mm In.7 3.3 x 76.5 8.3 x 76.3 x 114.5 500 34.Branch Outlets FIG.996 141./mm In.0 3.875 141. Max.6 4.3 x 60.5 4. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Min../mm 5. Each Ft.9 7.0 3.3 x 88.5 500 34.996 168.1 5x3 125 x 80 6 x11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O.2 8.3 6.5 500 34.4 3. Wt./mm In.5 7.3 x 73.-Lbs. In.5 500 34.3 x 73./mm 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.4 6.563 x 2./N-M 100 130 130 180 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs. 141.D.625 x 2.3 x 76.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2".5 7./Kg 7.

0 5.1 x 76.2 7. Max.1 5./mm 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In. 5" and 6" Nom.D.5 500 34.1 x 70./mm 8.996 219. 219./mm 57⁄8 149 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 63⁄8 162 61⁄2 165 Y Z 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.5 500 34. Min.9 16.500 219. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In.D.1 x 114. 7045. Max. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z Y W Fig. 51⁄2" O.anvilintl. 32 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 x 3.625 x 2. FPT BRANCH Y V T Z T V W Fig.3 NOTE: 21⁄2"./mm 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 Bolt Size In.2 5./mm 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx. In./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In./mm In.1 x 76.-Lbs.. CLAMP-T.3 Hole Dimensions Max.0 13.0 8.1 5. Working Min.com .1 11. and 61⁄2" O.625 x 2.D. Dia./mm 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34. Each Ft.0 8. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171.0 11. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.D.1 x 73.5 500 34.5 T U 53⁄16 132 55⁄16 134 51⁄4 133 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 In.625 x 4.500 219. see page 200.1 8./mm In. CONT'D.9 8./Kg 11./mm In.875 219.750 219.5 500 34./N-M 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs. Wt. Not for use in copper systems.1 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)) O./DN(mm) 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8 x 3 O. Dia. Pressure▼ In.Branch Outlets FIG. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.625 x 2. www. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.D.1 x 88.

-Lbs./mm 9⁄16 14 ⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 9 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 Bolt Size In.4 1.4 3.9 x 48. 7046 Fig.5 500 34.5 3.660 88.5 500 34. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.5 500 34.5 500 34.3 3.0 4. GRUVLOK ® CLAMP-T. Dia. Pressure▼ Dia./mm 2. In.5 500 34. Hole Dimensions Max.9 x 60.660 114./mm In.5 500 34. Working Min.3 x 60.3 x 42.500 x 2.4 2./mm In.5 4./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄4• 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 O.0 x 48.900 73.4 1.500 x 1. Ft./mm Specified Torque § Min./mm In.3 4.5 500 34. GROOVED BRANCH 33 .875 x 1.900 114.5 3.4 1./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK psi/bar 500 34.3 2.4 4.900 88. Max.Branch Outlets FIG. Wt.375 114.D.4 2.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In.3 3.500 x 1.3 4.500 x 2.3 x 48./mm In.1 4.0 x 42.500 x 1. 7046 Z Y Z Y V T V T W Fig./Kg 3.9 4.9 x 42.6 2. Max.2 1. Each Lbs./mm In.660 73.875 x 1.500 x 1.3 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 4./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 1 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 - 40 Approx.6 2.375 88.

114./mm In.8 2.5 500 34.0 2.com .6 2. Max.Branch Outlets FIG.996 114.5 5.875 114.4 5.3 5./mm In.500 x 3.6 2.563 x 1.500 x 2.3 x 88.875 141.563 x 2. Max.3 x 73. Each Lbs.2 www.1 3. Dia.660 141.5 5.-Lbs./mm In.5 5.3 5.0 4.563 x 1./DN(mm) 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O. CLAMP-T.9 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 In. Pressure▼ Dia.5 500 34./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 psi/bar 500 34.500 141. Ft.5 2. CONT'D. 7046 34 Z Y V T W Fig.D.0 5.563 x 3.500 x 2.3 5.5 500 34.5 500 34.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 O.9 5.3 x 42.3 x 76.D.5 5.375 141.3 x 76. Wt.563 x 2.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In. 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 Bolt Size In. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In./mm In. In.anvilintl.6 7.1 4.5 500 34./N-M 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 100 130 100 130 - ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Approx. Hole Dimensions Max.6 2./mm Specified Torque § Min.3 5.5 500 34./mm 4./mm In. Working Min. 7046.500 114./Kg 5.0 2.3 x 60./mm 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. GROOVED BRANCH Z Y V T GRUVLOK ® Fig.3 x 48.5 500 34.3 x 88.3 x 73.900 141.

1 6.5 7. Working Min. Ft.3 x 73. 35 .D.0 3./mm In.996 168.5 500 34.3 7.D.2 3.6 4.1 x 114./mm In. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.5 500 34.4 7./mm In.3 x 88./mm In.6 10.500 219.D.625 x 2.D.3 x 76.500 168.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 O.5 500 34.625 x 4. CLAMP-T.1 x 73.7 10. size run pipe may be used on 3" O./mm 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 5 127 5 127 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄4 159 NOTE: 21⁄2". & 61⁄2" O.Branch Outlets FIG.625 x 2. CONT'D. see page 200.3 x 60.5 500 34. Dia.3 x 76./N-M 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 130 180 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 * * * * * ⁄8 x 41⁄4 * 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx. 168.625 x 3.625 x 2.8 3.875 219.3 x 48.9 6.-Lbs. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171./mm In.625 x 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 Bolt Size In.375 168.0 8.3 6. GROOVED BRANCH FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) In.3 8.500 219.4 4.3 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In.500 168. • Cannot be used in cross configuration.3 6. pipe. 5" & 6" Nom. Wt. In.625 x 2.375 219.5 500 34.9 8.5 500 34. Each Lbs.5 500 34..2 7.0 6.4 4./Kg 7. Pressure▼ Dia.875 168. 51⁄2" O.3 8.5 5./mm 6.3 x 114.625 x 3.900 168. 7046.6 3.1 x 88.3 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Hole Dimensions Max.5 500 34.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In. Not for use in copper systems.8 11.6 3. Max.D. Max. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34.4 8./mm Specified Torque § Min. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.7 10.2 16.625 x 4./DN(mm) 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O.625 x 2.1 x 60.5 500 34.

The Fig. www. CROSS Z Y GRUVLOK ® V T Fig. In addition. Clamp-T cross connections are available allowing greater versatility in piping design.Branch Outlets FIG. 2 x 1⁄2" through 2 x 11⁄2" can now be made into crosses from the new design.anvilintl. 7049 CLAMP-T. 7048 & FIG. 7046 Clamp-T has grooved-end branch connection. 7049 – Groove x Thread NOTES: 21⁄2" x 11/4" Figure 7046 cannot be used in cross configuration. 7045 Clamp-T female pipe thread branch is available with NPT or ISO 7/1 connection and the Fig. Fig. 7048 – Groove x Groove The Gruvlok Clamp-T provides for a branch or cross connection in light wall or standard wall steel pipe.com . 7047 – Thread x Thread Z V V V Y Z Y V V Fig. FIG. 36 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7047.

4 0.4 0.375 x 0. GRUVLOK ® BRANCH OUTLET 37 .050 60.4 x 21.9 0./mm 1.8 0.9 0.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 0./mm In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 172-173.840 48.840 42.3 1.4 0.3 x 21.050 42./N-M 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 Approx.900 x 1.0 x 26.3 2.875 x 1.8 0. Max.840 73. Dia.660 x 1.0 x 21.3 x 26.9 0.3 2.4 0. Wt.4 0.7 1.7 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 In.3 x 33./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 42 15⁄8 42 13⁄4 45 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 Specified Torque § Min./Kg 0.7 2.900 x 1. Hole Diameter Min.8 0.875 x 0.7 2./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 Dimensions A B C In.375 x 1.3 1. Dia.900 x 0.4 x 33.7 2.7 1.1 bar) Not for use in copper systems.9 0.315 60.050 48. In.315 42. In.660 x 0./mm In.3 x 33. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" from page 262.4 0.-Lbs.8 0.4 0.D. Ft.7 2.4 1.4 0./mm In. 7044 FIGURE 7044 BRANCH OUTLET Nominal Size A T B C Maximum Working Pressure for all sizes is 175 PSI (12./DN(mm) 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK O.8 0.375 x 1.0 0. Each Lbs.3 x 21.840 60.8 0.660 x 1./mm 21⁄16 53 21⁄16 53 23⁄16 56 25⁄32 55 25⁄32 55 29⁄32 58 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67 211⁄16 69 211⁄16 69 213⁄16 72 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 Take-out T In. Max.Branch Outlets FIG.875 x 1.315 73.8 0.7 1.3 x 26.315 48.050 73.4 x 26.4 0.0 x 33.

5 24./mm 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 102 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 In. Size O.500 165.D. 38 FIGURE 7050 90° ELBOW* Nom.6 Center to End Approx.0 2. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄4C 133 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 7.2 3.5 7.9 4.0 127. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. Size O. Ea./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 88.5 In.5 2.375 60. Wt./Kg www.000 508.5 1.0 490. 7050 90° ELBOW* C to E C . 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 36 914 30.0 4./mm Lbs. GRUVLOK ® O. 139.5 1. Wt.1 6 150 In. In.0 76.500 114./mm Lbs.0 15.000 101.0 1.000 609.3 6.D.D.250 108.6 16.5 7.6 4.D./DN(mm) 0.1 5. Ea. Wt. 76.D.9 53.6 13.D. In.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.com .D.563 141.0 100.0 51⁄2 O./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.500 139.000 457.3 1.625 168. 133.875 73.9 14.3 2. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.1 6.750 273.9 11./DN(mm) In.3 In.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.2 169.7 222.7 3.6 0.9 4. 8.000 406.5 41⁄4 O.anvilintl.7 5.D.7 280. 108.9 16.0 61⁄2 O.4 7.3 5.6 Center to End Approx.315 33.9 17.2 0.3 2.Grooved Fittings FIG.660 42.7 0. Nom.625 219.996 76.4 18./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.6 1.4 1./Kg 4.000 355.0 156.750 323.D.0 344.D. Nom.2 20.3 82 37.8 2.5 10.259 159.8 5.0 0.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.7 3. Ea./mm In.1 10.1 12.Cast malleable or ductile iron.236 133. Size O. 159.6 1.3 Center to End Approx.1 3.0 24. 165.7 10. all others are fabricated steel.900 48.0 6./mm Lbs.0 5.2 1.4 4. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2.0 222.2 6.

4 7.D.9 4.0 41. Nom.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm Lbs.0 61⁄2 O.660 42.2 1.3 5.4 1.000 457.1 12.0 22./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4.315 33.1 4. Ea./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.D. 133.500 139.236 133.1 5. 159.3 2.2 5.7 92.Cast malleable or ductile iron.250 108. Nom.3 1.1 146./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 0.7 117.0 4 100 51⁄4 O.4 18.0 53.7 1.0 24.D.3 0.8 9. GRUVLOK ® 45° ELBOW* 39 .9 14.000 508.3 2. Wt.750 323.0 81. 165.D. Wt.2 1.0 3.D. 7051 C to E O.D.1 In.5 9.996 76.2 20.0 51⁄2 O.625 219.0 6.3 7. Ea.D.000 406.3 6.6 Center to End Approx.1 10.000 355.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.9 0.750 273./mm Lbs. 76. Size O. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.5 0.9 0. 139.0 5.500 165. 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 2C 51 21⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 23⁄4 C 70 0.3 3. 27⁄8 C 83 3C 76 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 4. Size O.3 15.9 2.0 34.0 5.2 255.7 5. 41⁄4 C 108 43⁄4 C 121 51⁄4 C 133 83⁄4 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 317 15 381 19.0 In.0 11.D.2 0./mm In. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.4 2.000 609.259 159.1 3./mm In.000 101.1 6 150 In.1 6.D.6 16. Size O.0 66. In.4 1. FIGURE 7051 45° ELBOW* Nom.625 168.900 48.1 10.375 60.D./mm Lbs.3 Center to End Approx.875 73.563 141./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.5 4.7 0.0 4.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.500 88.6 50.3 2./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.6 11.0 115.500 114./DN(mm) In.0 2.6 Center to End Approx. Ea.7 In.2 179.0 4. Wt.4 2./Kg 8.8 3. 108. all others are fabricated steel. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart. C .

563 141.7 65.2 0.4 1.0 20. Wt.660 42. Size O.8 In.3 0./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.1 12./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs.anvilintl./Kg C .3 46. 31⁄4 83 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 C 48 2 51 1 2 ⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 C 67 0. Nom. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.2 1.7 0.6 Center to End Approx.0 36.4 18./mm 20 500 24 600 20.5 In. Ea.0 1./mm Lbs.000 508./mm Lbs.3 Center to End Approx.1 10. In.3 2.Grooved Fittings FIG. C to E O. In.2 23.5 4. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 40 Fabricated FIGURE 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom. Ea.1 30.2 1./DN(mm) In.000 609.5 0./mm In.9 14.000 406.6 4.7 17. all others are fabricated steel.6 40.750 273.2 Center to End Approx.375 60.com .0 50.500 114.900 48./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 219.3 6.9 4. 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW O.Cast malleable or ductile iron.3 8.8 5.4 1.5 0.D.7 1. Wt.9 3. 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 C 79 37⁄8 C 98 43⁄8 111 47⁄8 124 5 127 5 127 51⁄2 140 7.D.0 3.D. Ea.6 16.000 457.3 2.750 323. Wt.0 24.9 52.875 73.8 0. Nom.000 355./Kg 5.4 18.3 112. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.625 168.0 29.D.315 33.000 101.8 8.2 3.4 In.9 0. Size O. www.2 3. 6 152 7 178 80.3 8.3 2.0 13.500 88.D. Size O.

/mm In.0 2.000 508.D. Ea.4 18.625 168.6 4.3 2.5 32.9 4. FIGURE 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW Nom. Size O.900 48. 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 0.500 88. Wt.2 24.4 1. 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. Wt.3 1.0 43.3 2.660 42. Ea./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.2 0.875 73.5 In.000 609./mm Lbs.5 In.000 406.0 4. Size O. In.0 24./mm Lbs.1 In.D.0 0./mm 20 500 24 600 20./Kg Nom. GRUVLOK ® C to E Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart. Wt.5 6.625 219. 5 127 6 152 65.3 6.315 33. Nom.3 6.8 96.5 2.750 323.750 273.3 0. all others are fabricated steel.5 0./DN(mm) In.D.6 18./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1.9 10.9 14.563 141. In.1 14.1 12. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.375 60.0 3.5 14.8 1.0 19.3 8.1 0.2 1.1 10.6 42.9 2./Kg C .9 0.000 457.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm Lbs.6 Center to End Approx.6 16.1 53.500 114.3 3./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5.000 101. 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW O.2 Center to End Approx.4 1.7 29.7 2.3 0.Cast malleable or ductile iron.7 0.7 8.3 Center to End Approx./DN(mm) In.5 0. Ea.000 355.D. Size O. 41 .

3 In.8 2./Kg C .000 457. Wt.3 2. 91⁄2 241 103⁄4 273 15 381 18 457 21 533 21 533 24 610 27 686 20.750 323.2 6.000 609. Wt.3 0.4 18.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 In./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 12.0 In.2 59.900 48.D.4 1.9 0.0 76.9 14.6 Center to End Approx.9 4.563 141./mm 5.750 273. all others are fabricated steel.7 222.2 26.5 29./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2.9 104.1 10./mm Lbs.000 508.Cast malleable or ductile iron.anvilintl.2 Center to End Approx.D.6 1.3 6.9 9./mm Lbs.D.0 24.375 60.9 2.2 147./Kg Nominal Size In.1 13.0 490. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.5 5.6 16.com ./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O. Ea./mm 20.000 101. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. Ea. 30 762 36 914 344.0 66.0 47. 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* C to E GRUVLOK ® O. www.3 2.1 4.4 11./mm Lbs. In.000 355.500 114.315 33.4 1.7 0.000 406.7 4.2 1. In.0 222. Ea.500 88.D.625 168.5 1.3 Center to End Approx.0 127.0 3.0 156.3 8.6 4.5 2. 42 FIGURE 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In. Wt. In.7 169.875 73./mm 1. 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 C 136 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 C 181 71⁄4 184 71⁄2 C 191 0./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O.0 100.625 219.9 9.660 42. Nominal Size In.7 280.

D.2 255.750 323.000 101.0 5.2 0.2 3.000 355.4 57.1 10.660 42.2 5. Wt./Kg C .1 12./mm Lbs.6 4.4 7./mm 5.9 4. GRUVLOK ® C to E * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.4 7.7 0.9 1.5 169.9 34.7 In.5 1.625 168.2 1. Ea.0 115.625 219. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 117.750 273.5 1.5 17.7 0./mm Lbs.3 2. Wt.2 In.500 88. 5 127 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 10 254 21 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 12. 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 4 102 0. 121⁄2 317 15 381 179.3 2.3 6./mm 1.375 60.6 37./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O.0 66.4 26. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. 43 .0 24.6 16. Wt.0 15. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* O.D.0 0./Kg Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O.0 81.8 2.000 406.4 18.1 146./mm 20.3 2.3 In.875 73.Cast malleable or ductile iron./mm Lbs.6 Center to End Approx.000 457.563 141.4 1.Grooved Fittings FIG./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O. In.D.3 4.2 Center to End Approx. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.000 609.000 508. In. FIG./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In.0 53.D.3 8. Ea.3 Center to End Approx.3 1. Ea.3 2.315 33. In.0 3.0 41.9 14.500 114.900 48.0 82. all others are fabricated steel.

C to GE C to TE In.1 12.anvilintl.8 4.0 3. 7063 TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH O.315 33./Kg 1.4 1.6 25. GRUVLOK ® C to GE 44 C to TE FIGURE 7063 TEE WITH THREADED BRANCH Nominal Size O.D.1 3.6 45./mm In. Nominal Size O.6 1. Wt.750 273.563 140 6.750 323.3 4.6 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 13.625 219. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 41⁄2 114 In./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 0.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 11.2 1.500 88./mm In.8 2.3 5.000 101./mm In.9 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 71⁄4 184 51⁄2 7.7 0.660 42.625 168.1 16.500 114.4 0.1 10. Wt.Cast malleable or ductile iron.6 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 In.875 73.4 1.D.5 C ./mm In.0 44.3 2.0 33./DN(mm) In. Ea.9 0.7 2./Kg Approx. C to GE C to TE Approx.0 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4.9 1.5 6.375 60.900 48.7 7. all others are fabricated steel.9 4.D./mm Lbs.4 73.1 98./mm Lbs. Ea.7 8.0 20.com .3 2.3 8. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.1 8.

2 100 x 100 x 25 95 3. Ea.D.5 165 12.6 50 x 50 x 25 83 1.9 65 x 65 x 25 95 1.8 2x2x1 3 ⁄4 C 2.9 4x4x1 33⁄4 7. Size to End Wt.5 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 C 2.6 51⁄2 C 17. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Center Approx.6 125 x 125 x 80 4x4x2 5C 10./mm Lbs.2 150 x 150 x 40 5x5x1 51⁄2 13.5 165 9.0 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 23⁄4 1.2 6x6x1 100 x 100 x 65 127 5.9 C .4 150 x 150 x 80 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. all others are fabricated steel./Kg In. Size In.8 65 x 65 x 50 95 2.0 32 x 32 x 25 70 0.5 50 x 50 x 40 83 1. sizes Center Approx.3 1 ⁄4 x 1 ⁄4 x 1 2 ⁄4 1.7 50 x 50 x 32 83 0.7 80 x 80 x 40 108 2. Size to End Wt.0 61⁄2 C 26.9 140 8.0 40 x 40 x 25 70 0./Kg 51⁄2 14.5 165 12.7 80 x 80 x 50 108 2./mm Lbs. to End Wt./DN(mm) 5 9. Ea.2 40 x 40 x 32 70 0./DN(mm) In.4 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 23⁄4 1. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O.3 61⁄2 21. O.1 80 x 80 x 65 108 2. Nominal Size to End Wt./DN(mm) In.0 61⁄2 C 26. In.5 51⁄2 14.8 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 125 x 125 x 40 140 6.6 140 6.2 150 x 150 x 50 5 x 5 x 11⁄2 51⁄2 13.2 5x5x4 100 x 100 x 50 127 4.Grooved Fittings FIG.5 61⁄2 C 26. Nominal Center Approx. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Center Approx.6 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 5 x 5 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 32 127 4. Ea.2 1 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄2 4 ⁄4 5.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D. Ea.4 6 x 6 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 80 127 5.8 3x3x1 41⁄4 C 7./DN(mm) In.8 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄4 4 ⁄4 5.0 165 9.1 150 x 150 x 25 4x4x3 5C 11.6 125 x 125 x 100 1 4 x 4 x 2 ⁄2 5C 11. GRUVLOK ® Cast 45 .2 5x5x3 100 x 100 x 40 127 4./Kg In.3 140 6.5 65 x 65 x 40 95 2.6 6x6x2 125 x 125 x 25 140 6.8 1 1 1 3x3x2 4 ⁄4 C 5./Kg 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 ⁄ 2 x 2 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 33⁄4 4.9 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1.8 80 x 80 x 25 108 3./mm Lbs.Cast malleable or ductile iron. In.1 61⁄2 20./mm Lbs.2 65 x 65 x 32 95 1.3 150 x 150 x 65 5x5x2 51⁄2 14 6x6x3 125 x 125 x 50 140 6.7 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 33⁄4 4.6 80 x 80 x 32 108 2. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIG.4 125 x 125 x 65 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 5 10.D.4 165 12.3 2 ⁄2 x 2 ⁄2 x 1 3 ⁄4 4.0 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 33⁄4 4.2 1⁄2 1⁄4 1 1 3 3 x 3 x 2 4 6.

0 300 x 300 x 50 254 36.1 12 129 305 58. Ea.6 300 x 300 x 80 254 33. REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O./Kg 9 52. In.2 3 7 ⁄4 C 50.7 197 14.0 250 x 250 x 80 229 24.2 300 x 300 x 150 254 34.6 12 126 305 57.0 3 7 ⁄4 32.6 250 x 250 x 100 229 24.1 12 x 12 x 5 10 75.7 73⁄4C 54.5 165 12./mm Lbs.3 300 x 300 x 200 254 34./DN(mm) In.1 300 x 300 x 100 254 34.7 11 104 279 47.0 197 22.3 12 x 12 x 6 10 76.0 61⁄2 C 28. In. CONT'D.D.2 12 127 305 57.9 10 x 10 x 8 9C 64.6 12 x 12 x 8 10 76.0 197 15.2 250 x 250 x 50 229 23.0 197 15.9 10 x 10 x 3 9 53.2 14 x 14 x 4 11 100.6 300 x 300 x 125 254 34./DN(mm) In.3 12 x 12 x 1 10 77.5 12 130 305 59.anvilintl.5 Nominal Center Approx.2 11 105 279 47.7 1 10 x 10 x 2 ⁄2 9 52./mm Lbs.0 300 x 300 x 25 254 34.0 300 x 300 x 65 254 35.6 10 x 10 x 2 9 52. Ea.7 250 x 250 x 200 229 29./Kg 61⁄2 C 26.8 11 103 279 46. Nominal Size In. 7061./DN(mm) 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8 x 8 x 11⁄2 200 x 200 x 40 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center Approx. Ea. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 46 Fabricated C to E C to E FIG.0 197 24.6 250 x 250 x 65 229 23./Kg 12 x 12 x 2 10 80.8 12 x 12 x 4 10 75. to End Wt.2 250 x 250 x 125 229 24. to End Wt. In.0 3 7 ⁄4 33.6 10 x 10 x 6 9C 55.3 10 x 10 x 5 9 54./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 4 400 x 400 x 100 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 Center Approx.com . Size to End Wt.0 www.5 197 15.8 73⁄4 33.6 12 128 305 58./mm Lbs.7 73⁄4 34. In.0 165 12.0 10 x 10 x 4 9 53.7 3 7 ⁄4 33./mm Lbs./Kg 11 101 279 45.9 Nominal Center Approx.7 197 15.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 300 x 300 x 250 254 35.0 350 x 350 x 100 279 45.4 12 x 12 x 3 10 74.Grooved Fittings FIG. O.0 10 x 10 x 11⁄2 250 x 250 x 40 229 23. Size to End Wt.0 250 x 250 x 150 229 24.3 12 x 12 x 21⁄2 10 78. Ea. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.6 12 x 12 x 10 10 77.D.

8 1 20 x 20 x 10 17 ⁄4 244 500 x 500 x 250 438 110.3 24 x 24 x 8 20 327 600 x 600 x 200 508 148. In.7 Nominal Center Approx. Size to End Wt./Kg 246 20 x 20 x 12 171⁄4 500 x 500 x 300 438 111. In.6 1 20 x 20 x 14 17 ⁄4 248 500 x 500 x 350 438 112. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONT'D.4 3 20 x 20 x 18 17 ⁄4 252 500 x 500 x 450 451 114. CONT'D.5 20 x 20 x 16 171⁄4 250 500 x 500 x 400 438 113. Ea.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 196 450 x 450 x 300 394 88. REDUCING TEE STANDARD Nominal Center Approx.5 24 x 24 x 20 20 347 600 x 600 x 500 508 157.2 1 18 x 18 x 16 15 ⁄2 203 450 x 450 x 400 394 92./mm Lbs. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Lbs. Ea.1 1 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 194 450 x 450 x 250 394 88. C to E C to E See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.4 C .2 24 x 24 x 16 20 342 600 x 600 x 400 508 155.D.2 1 18 x 18 x 8 15 ⁄2 192 450 x 450 x 200 394 87.9 1 18 x 18 x 4 15 ⁄2 188 450 x 450 x 100 394 85.D.9 1 20 x 20 x 8 17 ⁄4 242 500 x 500 x 200 438 109.Grooved Fittings FIG.D. C to E Fabricated GRUVLOK ® FIG. all others are fabricated steel.3 18 x 18 x 6 151⁄2 190 450 x 450 x 150 394 86./Kg 16 x 16 x 14 12 132 400 x 400 x 350 305 59.1 20 x 20 x 6 171⁄4 240 500 x 500 x 150 438 108. Size to End Wt.7 24 x 24 x 12 20 334 600 x 600 x 300 508 151.3 24 x 24 x 10 20 330 600 x 600 x 250 508 149./DN(mm) In. 47 .Cast malleable or ductile iron.9 1 18 x 18 x 14 15 ⁄2 201 450 x 450 x 350 394 91./DN(mm) In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C to E Cast O.1 24 x 24 x 18 20 345 600 x 600 x 450 508 156.5 24 x 24 x 14 20 340 600 x 600 x 350 508 154. 7061. FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.

6 Nominal Size In.9 4.8 www. In.0 3.1 7.6 Nominal Size In.5 12 26.4 5.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 200 x 200 x 150 197 24.2 5./mm 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 5 127 5 127 Lbs/Kg 7.9 8. Ea.7 37.D. End Wt.2 3.0 12.2 4.0 61./DN(mm) Center to Approx.2 5.5 12 28. End Wt.0 200 x 200 x 100 197 22.5 6. End Wt.6 16.0 3. Ea. In.2 1.6 50.1 1.7 2.7 200 x 200 x 125 197 18. In.8 2. O. End Wt.2 9.0 8x8x5 8x8x6 10 x 10 x 2 3 7 ⁄4 3 7 ⁄4 9 41.3 17.5 250 x 250 x 50 229 28. 7064 REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 Lbs/Kg 1./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 Center to Approx.2 14. Ea.3 7.7 17./DN(mm) Center to Approx./mm 6x6x4 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 100 165 6x6x5 61⁄2 C 150 x 150 x 125 165 8x8x2 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 50 197 8x8x3 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 80 197 8x8x4 73⁄4 Lbs/Kg 26. GRUVLOK ® Cast 48 C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.4 12 26.3 2 4.1 11.2 10. Lbs/Kg 11.6 0.7 2./mm 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 5 100 x 100 x 65 127 4x4x3 5 100 x 100 x 80 127 5x5x2 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 50 140 5x5x3 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 80 140 5x5x4 51⁄2 C 125 x 125 x 100 140 6x6x2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 50 165 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 165 6x6x3 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 80 165 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to Approx.5 12 Nominal Size In.anvilintl.7 0. Ea.6 1.8 2.com .5 5.4 5.5 17 38.1 26.5 2.2 4.3 2.D. In.0 54.6 7.7 1.4 2 5.2 4.

7064.8 GRUVLOK ® Cast 95.2 94.0 11 117.2 600 x 600 x 250 508 300 x 300 x 125 254 39. End Wt./mm Lbs/Kg In.0 18 x 18 x 14 151⁄2 211. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In.9 400 x 400 x 200 305 61.5 400 x 400 x 250 305 63.9 350 x 350 x 200 279 49. Ea.4 450 x 450 x 250 250 x 250 x 125 229 29. End Wt.0 65.D.0 64.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 209.1 400 x 400 x 300 250 x 250 x 100 229 29.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 87. Nominal Size In. CONT'D.4 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 204.0 1 250 x 250 x 80 229 28. all others are fabricated steel.0 20 342.8 11 110.7 98.5 300 x 300 x 250 254 43. In.0 158 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Nominal Size In.0 450 x 450 x 300 250 x 250 x 150 229 24.1 55.5 450 x 450 x 400 300 x 300 x 80 254 38./DN(mm) 10 x 10 x 3 Center to Approx. End Wt./DN(mm) 10 88.3 350 x 350 x 250 279 51./mm Lbs/Kg 12 142.0 600 x 600 x 300 508 10 x 10 x 4 10 x 10 x 5 10 x 10 x 6 10 x 10 x 8 12 x 12 x 3 12 x 12 x 4 12 x 12 x 5 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 64.0 18 x 18 x 16 151⁄2 216.8 600 x 600 x 200 508 300 x 300 x 100 254 38. O. 24 x 24 x 10 24 x 24 x 12 394 394 394 394 92.6 300 x 300 x 150 254 40.0 305 64.0 12 x 12 x 6 Center to Approx.D.7 84.3 16 x 16 x 12 Center to Approx.7 450 x 450 x 350 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.0 300 x 300 x 200 254 41. sizes 20 349.0 12 x 12 x 8 12 x 12 x 10 14 x 14 x 8 14 x 14 x 10 14 x 14 x 12 16 x 16 x 8 16 x 16 x 10 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10 10 91./DN(mm) 9 63.0 155 C . Ea./mm Lbs/Kg In.5 94. 49 .0 12 135.0 24 x 24 x 8 20 334.D.9 85.0 152 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 11 114. Ea.Cast malleable or ductile iron.0 12 139. REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O.5 350 x 350 x 300 279 52.

563 141./mm Lbs.250 108.7 11.0 61⁄2 O. Wt.5 33.2 7.2 218.1 10.750 323.500 165.750 273. 76.8 2.000 508.9 0.7 43.6 Center to End Approx.Cast malleable or ductile iron.3 4.D. 50 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.900 48.500 88.4 1.D.D.9 4. Ea.000 457.0 172 In. 7060 TEE C to E O.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 2.500 114.8 0. 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 101 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 0.7 In.D.5 146. 159.1 6.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 O. 7060 TEE Nominal Size In. O.3 Center to End Approx./mm 1.8 4.6 2.1 6.0 66.1 5.3 16. Wt.D. In. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 41./Kg Nominal Size In.6 Center to End Approx.1 25.8 9.6 74.8 4./Kg C .4 16. 108.D.0 125 379.625 168.0 53. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄2 C 140 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 9.4 11.4 In.0 6.9 275.2 10. www.8 94.8 2. Ea.3 5./mm Lbs.996 76.000 355. 133. In.D.7 1./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.875 73.000 101.0 98.1 12./mm 8.1 18.1 6 150 O.D. Wt.9 14.7 14.236 133.625 219.0 4./mm Lbs.3 2.D.anvilintl.D.2 1.4 18.3 4.2 20.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.375 60.0 24. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast Fabricated C to E FIG./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.5 0.4 24.6 9. 139.1 7. 165.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.000 406.6 16.D./Kg Nominal Size In.0 118.1 3.0 5.com .4 1.7 5.000 609.259 159.3 6./mm 4.500 139.1 4.0 1. Ea. all others are fabricated steel.0 51⁄2 O.3 20./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.4 1.3 2.315 33. In.660 42.

7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 0.3 1.D. Wt.5 1.2 1.1 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6x2 150 x 50 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4.8 0. 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0./mm Lbs.0 2.6 1.7 5. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E FIG.6 1.2 2.3 1./mm Lbs.8 2.5 0.0 0. Ea.5 0.6 1.7 5. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.8 0. All are Fabricated Steel.4 1. Ea. Wt.2 0.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 0.3 1. 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 In. 51 . Ea.3 0./DN(mm) In.0 2.6 0./DN(mm) End to End Approx./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.6 In.9 2. Wt.0 0.0 2.2 0./mm Lbs.3 0.0 2./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 1.3 0. 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 1.0 6.5 2./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs. Ea.6 1. Wt.3 1.0 2.6 1. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 1.0 2.8 2.0 0.5 In./DN(mm) In.0 2.7 In. 1.5 1./Kg Nominal Size In.7 6.5 1./Kg GRUVLOK ® O.3 0.6 1.7 6.D.

7097 – GR.0 2.4 2.0 1.0 5./mm Lbs.0 4.6 0.9 6. Wt./DN(mm) In. 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 5.7 4. X THD./DN(mm) In.4 1.9 6.9 4.0 5. 7073– GR. GRUVLOK ® Fabricated FIG./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. sizes 52 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 5./mm Lbs.7 6.6 1. O. 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 3.9 3.5 6.1 In.6 In.8 4.5 2.4 1.7 0.6 2.5 3./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.2 In.6 3.0 2.4 12.D.1 1.3 3.Grooved Fittings FIG.5 0.3 2. 7073 & FIG. Ea. 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 8.D.3 4. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 1.7 3. 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E FIG.0 7.0 4.com . Wt. Wt.D. Ea.9 2.8 4.7 1./DN(mm) In. Fabricated FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.2 9.7 1.9 11.1 2. www.6 4./mm Lbs.5 1.5 12./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 2. Wt.9 9.2 1.anvilintl./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 In./mm Lbs.5 2.0 1. O.2 1.5 10.5 3.8 4.2 5. Ea.3 7. X GR.5 3. Ea./DN(mm) In.8 2.4 12.1 5.0 2.

Grooved Fittings FIG.9 113 51. CONT'D.9 8.7 23./DN(mm) End to End Approx.2 20. Ea./DN(mm) In.2 7. Ea.D.6 78 35.7 14.5 189 85. 91 41.6 6.5 29./mm Lbs. Wt.2 110 49. ECCENTRIC REDUCERS FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) End to End Approx.2 184 83.6 52.8 5.6 174 78.5 99 44.8 13. Wt.4 15.6 44./Kg GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.4 34.9 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 In. sizes Fabricated Steel *Figure 7097 is available in sizes 11⁄4 x 1 through 12 x 10. 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 In./DN(mm) End to End Approx.3 17. 53 .2 14.3 45.8 16./Kg Nominal Size In.9 6. 7097./mm Lbs.0 23. Center to end dimensions may differ from those shown above. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.7 13. Ea.5 47.1 121 54.7 194 88 199 90.5 31. 34.8 160 72./DN(mm) End to End Approx.9 104 47.0 15.3 117 53.8 20./Kg Nominal Size In.9 156 70. Wt./mm Lbs.9 145 65.4 80 36. Wt.8 149 67.4 9./Kg Nominal Size In.9 179 81.3 84 38.9 21.4 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea.3 In.3 96 43./mm Lbs.1 19.6 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 152 68.7 8.2 10.1 88 39. 12.7 21. 7073 & FIG.

0 8.5 1./DN(mm) In.0 0. 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 8 203 8 203 2.3 5./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. 5.6 12.6 19. FIG.6 8.4 12.4 12.6 8.0 3.6 19. FIG. Wt.D. Ea.3 In.6 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6 x 31⁄2 150 x 90 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 19./mm Lbs.6 8.0 3./DN(mm) In. Lbs./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 1.0 8. 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® FIG.0 2.com .6 In.0 3.7 19.0 2.9 3.0 2. 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 In.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 2./Kg Nominal Size In.0 5.0 8.0 8.6 5.D./mm Lbs.anvilintl. 8.6 19.0 0.D.0 2.0 3.0 3.6 8.2 8.6 8.0 2.6 19.6 17.4 19.0 8.0 8. Ea. 7078 & FIG.3 5.6 3. Wt.0 0.0 3.0 3. 7077. Wt./Kg Nominal Size In.0 8. 7078 & 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 5.0 3. 7079 GR X BEV O. sizes www.5 1. Ea.D.6 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 12 305 In.0 5.3 7./mm Lbs.6 3./DN(mm) End to End Approx.0 5. 7077 GR X GR 54 E to E E to E FIG.6 3. Ea. Wt.3 5./DN(mm) End to End Approx.5 1.6 19.0 8./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. 7078 GR X THD O.9 2. O. FIGURE 7077.4 12.0 7.

6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 4 102 4 102 4C 102 4 102 4C 102 4C 102 4C 102 5 127 5C 127 6.1 4.0 5./mm Lbs. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0.7 5./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt.0 In.6 0.5 0.4 2.0 2.6 1.8 3.0 0.1 2. GRUVLOK ® GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 55 .1 In.6 2.5 1.7 6./DN(mm) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In.0 0.6 1./DN(mm) In. Ea.0 4.4 1.2 1.0 2.8 0.6 4. Wt.2 0.2 3.0 4.6 1.3 0. 7072 E to E E to E O./DN(mm) In.6 In.3 0.6 1.1 6.D. Cast Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.2 1./mm Lbs.6 1.2 1.4 2.6 0.9 3. Ea.4 5./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 2.3 0.1 6.0 2./mm Lbs.5 2.6 0. Ea.3 0. 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 3 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 C 89 2.5 3.3 0.3 0./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.6 0.7 12.3 0.3 1.4 1./mm Lbs. 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 3 76 3C 76 3 76 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 0.4 0. Wt.0 In.6 1.5 6.5 1.7 1.0 2.D.7 1.0 2.6 2. Wt.5 2.8 0./DN(mm) In.6 1. O.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 4.5 9. Ea.5 1.

8 125.7 66.anvilintl./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.9 10.4 14.0 66.3 29 13. O.2 29 13.0 65./mm Lbs.0 56.5 5.3 24.7 54.7 129./mm Lbs.0 59.3 In. Ea.3 In.5 24.6 54.0 58.2 In./DN(mm) In. 7072.9 71.3 26./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.1 30./DN(mm) In.0 69.1 23.7 55.4 154.9 153.6 123. 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 5 127 5C 127 6 152 6 152 6C 152 6 152 7 178 7 178 7 178 11.com .0 67. 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 82.8 20 9. 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 147. Ea./mm Lbs.7 30. Wt.1 20 9.4 133.3 57.6 4.7 25.9 155.2 39.3 83.0 68.0 32. GRUVLOK ® Cast 56 Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.4 29. sizes www. Ea.Grooved Fittings FIG. CONT'D./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D./DN(mm) In.8 25 11. 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 7 178 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 32.7 149.1 87.2 10.3 37.6 152. GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.D.0 69. Wt.9 86. Lbs.1 20 9.2 In.3 68. Wt.0 60.0 55. Ea.0 70.5 131.2 39.D./DN(mm) In.6 37. Wt.

750 323.375 60.5 0.6 46.5 11.625 219./Kg 3 18./ DN(mm) 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.D.8 37. to Long to Short Wt.8 215 97.900 48.4 18. Ea.0 10.7 2.000 101./mm In. C to LE FIGURE 7069 45° LATERALS Nominal Size O./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.2 20.750 273./mm Lbs.6 29 737 32 813 35 889 40 1016 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 345 157 425 193 517 235 940 426 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 609.0 3.5 1. End End In./mm In. End End In.3 30.625 168.000 508./mm Lbs.D.315 33.0 14.000 355. to Long to Short Wt./Kg 1. Ea.D.3 8.1 82.5 1.0 6./Kg 16./mm In.3 8.6 2 ⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 Lbs.1 12.875 73./mm In.2 1.500 114. 7069 45° LATERAL O.5 2.0 4.000 406.6 4./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.5 3 ⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 Nominal Size In.0 24.6 1 10 ⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 14 356 18 457 201⁄2 521 23 584 261⁄2 673 In. In.1 3.9 14.563 141. In.Grooved Fittings FIG. End End In.4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O./mm In.3 2. Ea./mm 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 4.0 5.3 6.000 457.6 21.500 88.9 4.D.660 42. GRUVLOK ® C to LE C to SE 57 .3 2. Center Center Approx./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 1 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.3 5.4 1.4 165 74.6 127 57.0 13. to Long to Short Wt.1 10.

/mm 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 In.anvilintl.6 137.8 75./Kg In.0 16./Kg 100.8 4.0 68. Ea.0 63.6 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 14 x 14 x 4 350 x 350 x 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 140.5 www.4 22./mm 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 Nominal Size Lbs.0 45.0 30. In. 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL O.5 7.5 12.0 66.4 105./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 In.D.0 17.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 26.0 18.0 47.5 8.0 15.1 45.0 7. C to LE GRUVLOK ® C to SE 58 C to LE FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size In. Ea.4 59./DN(mm) 9./DN(mm) 33./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 4 102 Nominal Size Lbs. Center to Center to Approx.5 10.4 11.0 20.2 15.5 5.8 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 Center to Center to Approx.6 27. Long End Short End Wt.com .8 40.7 18. Long End Short End Wt.6 116.0 62.0 30.0 83.0 52./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 5x5x2 125 x 125 x 50 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 Center to Center to Approx./Kg In./mm 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 261⁄2 673 In.0 34.0 37.2 173 78.7 168 76./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 71⁄2 191 Lbs.5 147. Ea.0 37.5 13. In. In. Long End Short End Wt.

5 223 101 240 109 235 107 250 113 263 119 283 128 307 139 275 125 18 x 18 x 8 450 x 450 x 200 18 x 18 x 10 450 x 450 x 250 18 x 18 x 12 450 x 450 x 300 18 x 18 x 14 450 x 450 x 350 18 x 18 x 16 450 x 450 x 400 20 x 20 x 12 500 x 500 x 300 20 x 20 x 14 500 x 500 x 350 20 x 20 x 16 500 x 500 x 400 24 x 24 x 16 600 x 600 x 400 24 x 24 x 20 600 x 600 x 500 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center to Center to Approx. Long End Short End Wt. C to LE C to SE C to LE For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 32 813 In./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 10 254 10 254 Lbs. Long End Short End Wt.D. 45° REDUCING LATERAL In. GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size 59 ./DN(mm) 185 83.D. sizes O.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 306 139 321 146 333 151 358 162 382 173 390 177 410 186 440 200 725 329 785 356 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. CONT'D./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄2 216 Nominal Size Lbs. Ea.9 195 88./Kg In. Ea./mm 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 35 889 35 889 235 889 40 1016 40 1016 In. 7070./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 16 x 16 x 14 400 x 400 x 350 18 x 18 x 6 450 x 450 x 150 Center to Center to Approx. In. In.

/DN(mm) 2x2x2 50 x 50 x 50 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 x 65 3x3x3 80 x 80 x 80 1 3 ⁄2 x 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 90 x 90 x 90 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 4x4x4 100 x 100 x 100 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 G H E1 E2 In./Kg 6.anvilintl.0 23 10./mm In.4 110 49.9 111 50.5 22 10.7 55 24./mm In.3 60.5 35 15. Wt.4 100 45.5 7./mm In./mm 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 9 229 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 13 330 127⁄8 327 135⁄8 346 141⁄4 362 151⁄8 384 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 91⁄4 235 95⁄8 244 Approx.3 www. Lbs. Wt.5 5.4 2. Ea.Grooved Fittings FIG.D./mm In. 7066 TEE WYE E1 O.2 16./mm In.1 50 22.4 26 11. GRUVLOK ® H 60 E2 G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In./mm 5x5x5 125 x 125 x 125 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 6x6x6 150 x 150 x 150 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 121⁄2 318 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 161⁄8 410 155⁄16 389 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 181⁄4 464 183⁄16 462 19 483 20 508 10 254 105⁄16 262 103⁄4 273 111⁄8 283 111⁄2 292 133⁄16 338 131⁄2 343 137⁄8 352 Approx. Ea./mm In./Kg 40 18./DN(mm) In.9 11.9 58 26.8 32 14. Lbs.9 Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.5 27.com .

8 150 68. Ea./mm 112 50./DN(mm) In. Lbs./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 8x8x8 200 x 200 x 200 10 x 10 x 3 250 x 250 x 80 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 10 250 x 250 x 250 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 211⁄8 537 231⁄4 591 197⁄8 505 203⁄4 527 217⁄8 556 227⁄8 581 271⁄4 692 271⁄4 692 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 143⁄8 365 151⁄4 387 147⁄8 378 151⁄4 387 153⁄4 400 161⁄8 410 191⁄4 489 18 457 Approx.2 140 63. TEE WYE E1 O.4 130 59./Kg 140 63./Kg In.5 145 65.D. 7066.8 175 79.2 12 x 12 x 3 300 x 300 x 80 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 12 300 x 300 x 300 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 203⁄4 527 211⁄2 546 233⁄4 603 26 660 28 711 31 787 153⁄4 400 16 406 17 432 18 457 183⁄4 476 201⁄2 521 Approx. Wt.5 145 65.8 120 54. 61 .8 165 74.0 135 61. Wt.0 190 86.7 240 109 GRUVLOK ® E2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Ea.D./DN(mm) In. CONT'D.4 200 90. H G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./mm In./mm Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.

com .0 27.0 7./mm In.0 20./mm In. Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 31./DN(mm) In.3 44.0 14.7 27. Wt. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 Lbs./DN(mm) In./Kg 61.0 9.0 20.0 12.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.5 25. www./mm In. Ea.0 11.0 6x4x6 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x3 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x8 12 x 12 x 10 41⁄2 114 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 6 152 14 356 103⁄4 273 103⁄4 273 12 305 18 457 181⁄4 464 13 330 137⁄8 352 143⁄4 375 231⁄4 591 111⁄2 292 8 203 83⁄8 213 91⁄4 235 151⁄4 387 25./mm In.0 11. Ea.D.1 45.anvilintl.0 43./mm In./Kg In. Wt.3 Approx. GRUVLOK ® H 62 E2 G FIGURE 7067 REDUCING TEE WYE Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./mm 4x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 4x3x4 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x5 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x4 12 x 12 x 10 15⁄8 41 33⁄4 267 11⁄4 32 4 102 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 73⁄8 187 101⁄2 346 93⁄4 248 121⁄2 318 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 103⁄4 273 135⁄8 346 111⁄2 292 161⁄8 410 117⁄8 302 123⁄4 324 55⁄8 143 81⁄8 206 61⁄2 165 10 254 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 Approx.3 27.0 21. 7067 REDUCINGTEE WYE E1 O.4 95.D./mm 16./mm In.

D.660 42.3 51.625 219.Grooved Fittings FIG. End End In.5 4. 7071 TRUE WYE C to LE C to SE FIGURE 7071 TRUE WYE Nominal Size O.0 3.5 0. In.000 609.315 33.0 75.3 8.1 2.000 406./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx. to Long to Short Wt. Ea.3 6.0 23.6 4.000 508.875 73.000 101.2 1. to Long to Short Wt./mm Lbs.750 273.000 457. to Long to Short Wt. 63 .3 234 106 281 128 523 237 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.D./mm In.375 60.750 323.6 9.7 1.D./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.3 1.9 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 1.625 168.5 1.900 48. End End In./mm In. Ea.8 10.9 14.D./mm In./Kg 4.8 0.0 72.3 5.563 141.0 5.1 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 8.1 10./mm In.3 2.8 21.8 36. GRUVLOK ® O.4 18.3 2.1 0.2 20.0 2.500 88.8 15 6.3 6. In.0 61.0 16.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.500 114.6 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 160.000 355./Kg 12./ DN(mm) 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.0 24.6 136./mm Lbs. End End In.3 3./Kg 1./mm In.1 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 Nominal Size In.4 1. Ea.6 16.8 2./mm Lbs. Center Center Approx.7 166.

625 168.5 2.D.000 101.500 114.2 1.625 168.4 11.500 114.0 3.3 0. Ea.Grooved Fittings FIG.000 101.anvilintl.0 4.0 3.3 2.375 60./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 FIGURE 7055 90° ADAPTER ELBOWS O. Wt. C to TE C to TE GRUVLOK ® C to GE 64 Nominal Size In./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 61⁄2 165 Approx. Lbs.9 4.D./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 1.875 73.375 60.7 6.3 1.900 48.8 9.2 0.7 2.7 0.4 1.315 33.875 73./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 61⁄2 165 In.com .3 2.0 4.3 1.5 3.315 33.1 5. Ea./Kg 0.2 1.5 1./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 In./mm 1.2 1.500 88. In.6 0. Lbs.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.2 1.8 0. 7055 GR X MPT 45° ADAPTER ELBOW 90° ADAPTER ELBOW O.0 0.4 1.660 42.9 4.6 0.3 6.0 19.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.7 1.3 6.3 0./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 3 76 21⁄4 57 41⁄4 108 23⁄4 70 51⁄4 133 31⁄2 89 Approx.0 Nominal Size In.0 3.7 11 5.6 4.6 0. Wt.3 2.9 7. 7056 GR X MPT FIG./Kg 0. C to GE O. In.9 8. FIGURE 7056 45° ADAPTER ELBOWS O.500 88.2 3.D.900 48.0 www.4 1.3 2.D.6 4.660 42.3 2.5 2.

6 65.D./mm In.1 4.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 8.D. Threaded Approx.5 1. Wt.4 1./Kg 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 6. O./mm Lbs. 65 . E to E FIGURE 7050 RF REDUCING BASE SUPPORT ELBOWS FIGURE 7087 FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER Nominal Size Grooved End O.750 273.5 0.7 0.3 2.625 219. Ea.1 8.750 273. End to End Approx. GxF In. Wt.5 45.3 3.7 73 33.9 12. GRUVLOK ® H B Dia.315 33.1 12.D./DN(mm) In.7 2.4 0.3 186 84.D.6 155 70.900 48.7 1.9 4.625 168.0 1 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size Grooved End O.6 1.625 219.750 323./DN(mm) In. Center to End H B Dia.4 127 57.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 1.500 88.5 29./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 1./mm In. Ea.625 168.5 17.3 6.375 60.660 42.1 10./mm NPSC Lbs.750 323.6 0.5 2.4 20.9 12 305 121⁄2 318 16 406 16 406 19 483 19 483 22 559 22 559 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 38. 7087 GR X FPT FIG./mm In.2 1.1 10.3 2 ⁄16 52 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 0.500 114. In. 7050RF FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER GROOVED X 150# FLANGED (GXF) C to E E to E O.1 100 45.

4 43.7 68.0 2./mm Lbs.315 33./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 3./mm Lbs.5 1.3 8.2 1.660 42.9 4.6 16. to End Wt.000 457.3 End Approx.2 1. In.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 3.0 24./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * 35.D.750 323.0 15.1 1.5 7.315 33.com . to End Wt. FIGURE 7085 GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End Approx.9 5.8 1.1 3. In.4 1. to End Wt.1 12.1 12.0 3.875 73.2 3.6 2.875 73.Grooved Fittings FIG.1 43.D./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.7 14.D.000 508.7 * * * * * * * * * * * * www.2 8.9 50.6 End Approx.6 E to E O.2 20.0 24.660 42.750 273.3 5. FIGURE 7084 GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal O.3 8.000 609.7 35. Size In.3 2.4 19.7 23. Size In.9 14.500 88. Ea. Ea.4 15./ In. Ea.900 48.563 141./mm Lbs.0 32./ In.375 60.750 273./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.000 406./mm Lbs.4 Nominal O.9 6. In.625 219./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.7 72.000 355.000 355. 7085 E to E GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES GRUVLOK ® O.9 14.4 18.9 Nominal O.625 219.9 96.6 16.3 5.500 114.6 4.000 508.0 10./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 2.5 19.563 141.0 12.5 28.3 2.375 60.3 2./Kg 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * * * 29.000 101.1 10./ In.4 18.000 457.6 * * * * * * * * * * Nominal O.3 2. End Approx.000 609.0 21.9 4.1 7.2 4.0 15.625 168.1 10.6 1.2 20.900 48.1 8.0 9.5 13.500 88.500 114.625 168.6 4. to End Wt.000 406. In.anvilintl.2 10.0 22.4 4.7 11.6 4.4 1. Size In.000 101.D.1 3. Size In.D.D./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.7 4. 66 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.2 30.750 323. 7084 FIG. Ea./ In.0 6.7 9.

7 6. FIGURE 7074 CAP Nominal Size In./Kg GRUVLOK ® E to E * Machined Cap C .996 76.7 10 C 250 12 C 300 14* 350 16* 400 18* 450 20* 500 24* 600 10.7 5./mm 2./Kg In.Grooved Fittings FIG.1 3C 80 31⁄2 C 90 41⁄4 O.1 12.1 6.236 133.7 12.4 0. Ea.0 End to End In. Wt./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 Approx.5 0.000 609.7 5C 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.5 1.8 100 45. In. C 139. C 76.6 16.500 139.6 4.0 24. C 159.000 406.0 5.9 14. 7074 CAP O.750 323.0 1.250 108.8 5./mm 1.0 O. In.8 15.D.0 2.3 79 35.3 5.2 20.000 457. C 108.1 2.5 4.0 61⁄2 O.5 0. 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 21.4 In.D.3 0.2 0.9 33. Wt. Ea.0 1.3 40 18.8 1.625 219.750 273.3 6.500 88. Ea.8 0.1 6C 150 8C 200 4.1 0. C 165.3 2.0 2.875 73.2 1.D.563 141.D.0 0.0 6.2 0.1 45 20.D.D.900 48.9 4.3 2.Cast Malleable or Ductile Iron For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 0.8 4./mm 4C 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.9 9.1 3.500 114.000 508.3 6.000 101.4 1./mm Nominal Size O./mm Lbs./DN(mm) 11⁄4 C 32 11⁄2 C 40 2C 50 21⁄2 C 65 3 O.7 0.3 8.660 42./DN(mm) In.259 159.1 End to End Approx. C 133./Kg 0.000 355.500 165.5 5.625 168.4 18.D.0 2.4 58 26.2 1. 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 11⁄2 38 Lbs. End to End Approx./DN(mm) In. 67 .4 0. Wt.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.3 3.D.D.6 In.D.375 60.0 51⁄2 O.6 2. Lbs.

3 6.500 114.315 33.0 7.3 5. FIGURE 7075 BULL PLUG FIGURE 7068 CROSS Nominal Size Fitting O.1 1.2 5.500 114.1 1. Nominal Size O.8 110 49.2 1.anvilintl.0 3. 7068 FIG.0 3.000 508./DN(mm) In.000 101.1 12.0 2.4 4.Grooved Fittings FIG. 68 Nominal Size O.375 60.8 4.0 31.875 73./Kg www.4 7.3 0.000 457./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 48.625 168./DN(mm) In.4 18.500 88.660 42.D.750 323. 7075 CROSS BULL PLUG C to E E to E O.9 1./mm Lbs./mm Lbs. Ea.9 14./DN(mm) In. Ea.6 2.000 355.1 3.4 3.5 3.2 2.3 5.750 273. Wt. In. Wt.375 60.5 1.6 16.5 8.4 9.D.1 10.5 1./mm In./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 2.1 2.875 73.3 Center to End Approx. Wt. End to End Approx.D.0 24.000 609./mm Lbs.000 406.3 2.3 8.3 12.8 70./mm 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.5 170 77.6 4.9 140 63.D. GRUVLOK ® O.3 4 102 5 127 6 152 7 178 * * 10 254 2./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.0 In.com .6 Center to End Approx.6 8. In.0 21. In.3 5.563 141.5 17.3 2.9 4.1 260 118 320 145 585 265 In.4 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.625 219.500 88.2 20.4 * * 18.563 141.3 2. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 1.4 2. Ea.D.625 168.4 12. 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 28.900 48.4 1.9 4.

2 0./Kg 1 5./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 1.1 12.9 4.875 73. O.5 1.0 GRUVLOK ® E to E This product is not UL/ULC Listed or FM Approved.625 219.3 2.750 323.5 1. 7080 FIG.0 10.4 1.4 Nom./ In. Size E to E FIGURES 7080. Size O./mm DN(mm) End to Approx. In./ In./mm Lbs.750 273.3 0. Ea. 7086 FIG.1 12.2 46.D./mm Lbs./mm Lbs. In.2 1.375 60.4 9.3 8.563 141.5 2.1 3.2 6.1 10.9 E to E O.375 60.7 13. In.D. 7082 GR X HOSE NIPPLES GR X GR GR X MPT GR X BEV E to E O./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 0.D.563 141.000 101.2 0. In. O. In.9 0. FIGURE 7086 HOSE NIPPLES Nom.8 0.2 6. In.4 1.D.660 42.3 6./ In.3 5.625 168.0 3.660 42. Ea.3 6.9 7 ⁄4 184 93⁄4 248 11 279 121⁄2 318 14 356 16 406 Nom.D.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 End to Approx.500 114.750 273.3 2.4 1.1 1.750 323.3 2.500 114.5 2./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1./ In.315 33.7 0. End Wt.5 7.4 0. 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4.6 2.D. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 0.3 0.0 15.4 3.D. Size O. End Wt.3 5.0 3.900 48. Size O.900 48.4 27.0 3.9 2.1 10.2 0.5 4.9 End to Approx.0 24.4 0.2 33.9 29. Ea.0 12.1 1. O.3 1. 69 .875 73./Kg 0.3 14./mm DN(mm) 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4.1 3./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 5. In.4 1.5 8.5 Nom. End Wt.500 88.0 13.8 0.315 33. 7081 & 7082 ADAPTER NIPPLES End to Approx. End Wt.0 20. 7081 FIG.500 88.2 1.3 8.3 2.D./mm 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 6 152 Lbs.9 In. Ea.625 168.9 0.625 219.

Nominal Size O. 7065 FIG.D.4 11./Kg In.D.4 11. sizes These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. C to EOB C to EOR FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) Approx. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling.625 168./mm In.Grooved Fittings FIG.500 114./DN(mm) In.6 3./mm In. Wt. GRUVLOK ® C to EOB O. Wt./DN(mm) In.2 5. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig. Ea.0 14.D. 70 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. sizes.6 17.3 6.1 7.6 3.1 37.com . For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch In.anvilintl./mm Lbs.1 5x5x8 125 x 125 x 200 6x6x8 150 x 150 x 200 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 31. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling.D. www.2 5.D. Nominal Size O.3 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 4 102 51⁄8 130 7./mm In.D.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm Lbs. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch Approx./mm In. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength./Kg 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 4. Ea. 7062 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) BULLHEAD TEE SPECIALTY TEES (GR X GR X FPT) C to EOR O.

3 300 20.0 66./mm psi/bar In./Kg In.625 168.3 2.2 9.0 Dimensions ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Dimensions GRUVLOK ® O./DN(mm) In.50 1.5 5.D.660 42.875 73.8 2.40 15.583 141.1 12.5 22.60 2. Ea.50 4.90 2./mm In.3 8.30 1.20 48.7 300 20. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx.00 0.3 6.70 0./mm In.7 300 20.8 7.7 300 20.70 0.9 300 20.500 88./mm psi/bar In./Kg 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 1.375 60.7 300 20. In. Wt./mm Lbs.0 3. Nominal Size O.Grooved Fittings FIG. 7050DR STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) C to E H FIGURE 7050DR 90° DRAIN ELBOW Nominal Size O.750 273.60 4.0 29.3 2.7 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄4 57 0.7 300 20./DN(mm) In.7 300 20.9 4./mm Lbs.7 300 20. Wt. Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.750 323.10 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5. Available fabricated Schedule 10 only.D.7 300 20. Ea.7 300 20.900 48.10 3.20 1. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx.7 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 11.625 219.2 1.500 114.1 10. 71 .D.

/kg 5 ⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 15⁄16 33 15⁄16 33 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 0.7 300 20./mm In.7 300 20.875 73 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In. Max.3 0.4 0./mm PSI/bar 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 2.D./mm Lbs.3 1. In.8 0. Pressure In./mm In.4 0.7 300 20. Ea. Pressure In. 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING A Z Y GRUVLOK ® X 72 NPT FIGURE 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING Nominal Size Run x Branch O.900 48 2. Max. Wt.6 1.anvilintl. 300 20.8 0.4 0.7 300 20.8 0. Ea.7 300 20.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm Lbs.375 60 2.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx. Wk.0 0.6 1.7 300 20.875 73 2.4 1.4 1.0 0./mm In.375 60 300 20. Wk.900 48 1.D./DN(mm) In.875 73 2.com . In.6 www.900 48 1.4 Nominal Size Run x Branch O.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx./kg 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 1./mm PSI/bar 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 1. Wt.0 0./DN(mm) In.3 0.7 300 20.375 60 2.

Wt.7 0.3 2.D.625 168.3 6.625 168./DN(mm) In.6 6.6 11. Ea.2 8. FIGURE 7460 TEE FIGURE 7450 90° ELBOW Nominal Size O.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 2. Center to End Approx.D. O.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 1./Kg In.8 2.6 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2. In./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.5 1.8 6.5 3.6 4.500 88. 73 .8 2. Nominal Size O.7 25.1 8.D.6 1.0 3./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2. Center to End Approx.3 2./DN(mm) In.375 60.625 219.9 4.500 88.7 19.2 16.5 1.7 35.Grooved Fittings FIG. 7450 90° SHORT PATTERN ELBOW SHORT PATTERN TEE C to E C to E O. Ea.875 73./mm In.1 3./mm In.0 3.1 3.875 73.3 8.500 114.9 4. Wt.3 8. 7460 FIG.3 6.0 14.2 3.500 114.5 1.375 60.625 219.D.0 See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GRUVLOK ® C to E See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

7 28./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. In.0 441.8 115. In.0 194. Center Approx.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 31.D.750 323.2 20.0 7./Kg 271⁄4 692 323⁄4 832 381⁄4 972 433⁄4 1111 491⁄4 1251 543⁄4 1391 651⁄2 1664 173.000 406.750 273. to End Wt. R= D 3D FIGURE 7050-3D 90° ELBOW Nom.0 6.000 457.3 2.625 219./Kg 226.4 24.2 20./Kg 5.0 Nom. to End Wt.3 398.com .5 305.9 14. Ea.D. 7057 3D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O./ In.3 5.0 5.563 141. 7050 3D FIG.625 168./ In. Ea.6 In.9 14.4 78.4 102.5 973.6 FIGURE 7057-3D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.1 Center Approx.8 58./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 127.0 14.1 10.1 710.D.9 44.000 355.6 63.4 6.6 16.4 18. In./mm Lbs.4 9.3 148.D.D.5 8. In.3 8.3 2./mm Lbs.500 88.3 14.375 60.8 560./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.000 101.8 1270.9 427.8 22.3 6.375 60.5 429. Size O.000 609./mm 10 254 111⁄2 292 13 330 141⁄2 368 16 406 20 508 24 610 32 813 Lbs.4 18.4 879.2 48.5 18.4 18.000 101.Grooved Fittings FIG. Size O.4 191 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 133⁄4 349 161⁄2 419 22 559 Nom.3 2.6 8.500 88.3 5.D.000 457. Size O. Size O.750 273.563 141.anvilintl.000 508 24. Ea. In.7 322.000 355.875 73 3.4 246.3 193.9 40. In.500 114.875 73 3.1 12.3 576.6 544. to End Wt.3 8./ In. In.000 508 24.3 2.7 3.7 254. to End Wt.9 4.6 327.9 18.6 4.9 4.500 114.1 12.3 www.000 609./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./ In. GRUVLOK ® R =3 74 O.5 11.7 150.5 4.6 16.6 4./mm 40 1016 48 1219 56 1422 64 1626 72 1829 80 2032 96 2438 Lbs.000 406.9 673.3 14.625 219.1 254. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./Kg 71⁄2 4.625 168.3 6. Ea.7 332.1 97.2 Nom.750 323.

3 2.2 675. O.6 4.7 177.1 12. In.D.1 Center Approx.3 8. Ea.2 20. Ea.7 7.3 12. GRUVLOK ® R=3 D R= 75 .875 73 3.2 540.750 323.1 26. In.0 3.D.7 245.8 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 9 229 103⁄4 273 141⁄2 368 Nom.3 18.750 323.000 609./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10./Kg 18 457 213⁄4 552 251⁄4 641 29 737 321⁄2 826 36 914 431⁄4 1099 120.6 In.5 54./mm Lbs.8 9.5 467.9 Nom.2 4.500 88.3 5.3 227.1 12.4 1.5 164./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 406.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Size O. In./ In.0 9.6 10.3 103.1 378.8 21./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.9 135.500 114.9 14.3 5. 7058 3D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.7 3.9 4.3 103. 7051 3D FIG.9 461.1 171.000 355.000 609. Size O.6 Nom.625 168.3 8.750 273.9 66./ In.9 33.6 15.6 4.625 168. to End Wt.9 4.6 215.3 824.9 15.9 14.D.375 60.4 18.9 97.1 Center Approx.625 219.9 37.000 101.9 227.375 60.000 406.8 212.0 41.000 457.4 68./mm Lbs./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 6.875 73 3. Ea./Kg 53⁄4 3.D.5 12.000 508 24. Size O.625 219.563 141. In. 3D FIGURE 7051-3D 45° ELBOW Nom.6 12. In.7 82.6 FIGURE 7058-3D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.500 88.5 4. to End Wt./mm 221⁄2 572 27 686 311⁄2 800 36 914 401⁄2 1029 45 1143 533⁄4 1365 Lbs.1 363.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 80.2 20.000 355.6 8./ In. In.563 141. Size O.000 101.3 5.6 16. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 1.500 114.3 209. In./Kg 3.000 457.D.5 5.D.3 2. to End Wt./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 18 457 Lbs.7 304.000 508 24.8 2./Kg 146.6 16.3 6.750 273. Ea.4 18.8 5.0 30.8 6./ In. to End Wt.4 373.1 297.

2 48.4 7.6 2./mm Lbs. to End Wt. In.6 11.8 74./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.8 7.3 5.1 Center Approx.4 272.5 27. In. Size O. Ea.0 98./ In.500 114.3 91.750 323.3 8.3 2.D.7 60.9 4.000 609. Size O.3 6.3 336.4 9.6 4.2 24.2 164. In. Ea.2 4.3 6.000 406.3 39.4 8.6 16.4 5.1 6./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.2 153.6 3.35 593 26 660 31 787 87.3 5.4 Nom.2 20.3 3.625 219.000 457.5 152.6 FIGURE 7053-3D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx./mm 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Lbs.563 141.500 88.2 11.000 101. R=3D GRUVLOK ® R=3D 76 FIGURE 7052-3D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.0 274.1 13.9 14.4 18. to End Wt./Kg 107./ In.375 60.3 2.875 73 3. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./Kg 13 330 151⁄2 394 181⁄4 464 203⁄4 527 23.2 20.6 416.1 124.3 188.8 265.0 222.8 30./ In.D. to End Wt. Size O.3 www. In.625 168.2 120.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 58.1 12.000 457.3 9.9 4.com ./Kg 3.3 8.6 157.750 273.6 4.4 202./mm 16 406 191⁄4 489 221⁄2 572 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 32 813 381⁄4 972 Lbs.625 168.4 18.5 5. In.500 114.375 60./mm Lbs.3 339.000 609.D.750 273.2 15.3 2. In.6 128. In.2 49.563 141.500 88.750 323.1 12. Ea.8 7.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 Nom.4 114 43⁄4 121 5 127 5 127 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 101⁄2 267 Nom.625 219.000 101.8 216.6 16.2 2.000 508 24. Size O.3 22.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 355. Center Approx.000 355.5 71.000 508 24.anvilintl.3 4./ In.2 19. 7053 3D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.3 4. Ea. to End Wt./Kg 41⁄2 2.8 601.9 14./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.9 490.D.8 1.2 1.6 In.D.875 73 3.000 406. O. 7052 3D FIG.

5 84 627.6 4./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. to End Wt. Ea.3 2.3 6.7 1384 209.3 120 1.000 609.8 1581 273.0 19.6 4./ In. GRUVLOK ® R 77 . In.2 3.9 14. to End Wt. Ea.9 108 1.1 12.4 2134 284.750 323. In.1 137.4 187.3 8.5 773⁄4 947./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10. 7050 5D FIG. In.000 457.000 355.5 42.3 6.1 Nom.8 20./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 4.500 114./ In.000 101.3 6.6 31.625 168.D.8 44./mm Lbs.2 1778 347.2 20.7 541⁄2 460.6 16./mm Lbs.2 20.D.3 13.1 60.1 12.500 88.875 73 3.6 1187 162.6 85. to End Wt./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. Ea.6 2.7 62.9 9.000 508 24./mm Lbs.D. Size O.563 141./Kg 7. = O.9 12./Kg 93⁄4 5.9 3048 585.2 2438 372.290.8 72 488.1 26.6 In.5 144 1. In./mm 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 211⁄2 546 24 610 30 762 36 914 48 1219 Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 3658 845.9 1975 430.2 4./Kg 39 244.9 4.0 11. to End Wt.4 18.750 273.9 14.2 35.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Size O.1 991 110.625 219./Kg 60 332.6 5D FIGURE 7057-5D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.000 406.750 323.3 5.000 609.3 5. In.000 457.750 273. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 20.625 168.D.0 621⁄4 603.D. Ea.0 6.6 96 822./ In.3 8.0 931⁄4 1.6 16.4 16.043.875 73 3.6 15.625 219.3 2369 621.000 508 24.000 355. Size O.2 93.0 27./ In.1 Center Approx.1 Center Approx.9 Nom. Size O.4 18.4 2743 473.4 1829 221.563 141.D.000 101.375 60.7 3 46 ⁄4 358.5 248 111⁄4 286 123⁄4 324 121⁄4 311 151⁄2 394 191⁄2 495 231⁄4 591 31 787 Nom.5 10. 7057 5D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.369.864. In.3 2. 5D R= FIGURE 7050-5D 90° ELBOW Nom.0 68.500 88.4 1524 150.9 70 766.000 406.375 60.0 9.0 26. In.500 114.

0 221.0 1.7 293.9 90. In./ In.6 FIGURE 7058-5D 30° ELBOW Center Approx. Ea.0 274.2 377.7 36.6 16.8 51.5 224.375 60. Ea.3 6.D.000 101.563 141.2 20. to End Wt.6 7.000 101.9 4. In.375 60.anvilintl./Kg 63⁄4 4.4 385./ In.6 16.3 5./mm Lbs.D.9 396./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10. Size O./mm Lbs.2 25.8 294.9 4.750 273.625 168.1 494.5 5.8 7.000 355. R= 5 5D D FIGURE 7051-5D 45° ELBOW Nom.875 73 3.5 13.D.3 2. In.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./mm 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 318 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 241⁄2 622 Lbs.9 16. 7058 5D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.7 16.1 12.000 406. to End Wt.9 171 71⁄2 191 8 203 83⁄4 222 91⁄2 241 113⁄4 298 14 356 183⁄4 476 Nom.1 Center Approx.8 489.000 609./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. In.3 5.0 4.D.5 21. Size O.6 508.4 18. to End Wt.5 28.121.5 112.000 457.2 10. to End Wt.875 73 3.3 8.750 323.7 43.000 508 24.000 406. Center Approx.500 114.8 2.0 3.5 7.625 219.3 174. In. GRUVLOK ® R= 78 O.500 88.com .9 103. Ea.625 219.6 4.7 228.8 605.000 508 24.1 12./Kg 4.3 6.500 114.9 14.2 1.6 284.750 273.3 2. In.4 18. 7051 5D FIG.9 14.4 873./Kg 199.6 3.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 8.0 133.Grooved Fittings FIG.000 355./ In.3 171.7 776.2 20.8 19. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.4 352./ In. Size O.7 Nom./mm 303⁄4 781 37 940 43 1092 491⁄4 1251 551⁄4 1403 611⁄2 1562 733⁄4 1873 Lbs.6 4.9 87.3 9.4 www.563 141.8 70.750 323.7 133.3 627.0 5.4 56.625 168.000 609.6 In.1 12.D.1 16.500 88.9 12./Kg 231⁄2 597 28 711 323⁄4 832 371⁄2 953 421⁄4 1073 463⁄4 1187 561⁄4 1429 155. Ea.3 8.2 Nom.000 457.9 39. In. Size O.

9 4.000 406.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 Nom.D.1 8.D.9 4.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea. Ea. GRUVLOK ® R= 5D R= 5D 79 . to End Wt.3 12.3 2./ In.1 12.2 390.9 37.1 10.7 4.000 508 24.8 56.1 Center Approx.3 5.6 177. FIGURE 7052-5D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.2 20. 7053 5D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.000 355. In.625 219.9 14.500 114.375 60.3 28.2 564.6 16.8 8.750 323.1 340.563 141.4 18.000 457.2 Nom. In.9 10.8 Nom.3 5.3 5.8 67./ In.1 75./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.3 6.750 273./mm Lbs.375 60.000 101.625 168.4 519.6 4. to End Wt. to End Wt.875 73 3.4 89.3 6.4 330.625 168./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 190.7 60./Kg 5 127 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 71⁄2 191 9 229 12 305 3.D.3 256. Size O. 7052 5D FIG. In.7 3.2 20.6 FIGURE 7053-5D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.000 609.875 73 3. Ea.1 252. In.500 114.000 609.6 4.D.4 34./Kg 15 381 18 457 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 353⁄4 908 100.0 189. In.6 In.750 323.500 88./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 315.2 8. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./mm DN(mm) Center Approx./mm Lbs.6 147.6 6.1 14.000 457./mm Lbs.9 3. Size O.9 14.7 143.1 Center Approx.3 114.6 16./Kg 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 10 254 12 305 16 406 3.3 8.8 86.1 248./mm Lbs.6 1.000 508 24.0 1.000 101.6 45.4 5.0 11.4 18.3 6./ In.5 750. Size O. In.3 6./ In.500 88.2 235. to End Wt./Kg 20 508 24 610 28 711 32 813 36 914 40 1016 48 1219 133.D.0 419. Size O.1 12. O.D.8 25.8 112.9 18.6 17.8 4.3 8.625 219.6 196.2 2.7 150.750 273.563 141.000 406.000 355.3 2. In. Ea.0 2.5 24.

2 2045 397.9 78.7 140 1./Kg 11 279 123⁄4 324 141⁄2 368 161⁄4 413 18 457 221⁄4 565 263⁄4 679 353⁄4 908 6.000 609.5 50./ In.5 98.4 5.000 891⁄4 1. In.500 114.4 1778 174./mm Lbs./mm Lbs. Ea.6 35.7 Nom. In.6 69./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.563 141.D.3 6.7 3200 548.7 12. Ea./mm Lbs.D.3 2.8 20.1 508 2267 492.9 22.000 101. Size O. In.2 20.2 17. 7057 6D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O. to End Wt.1 14.625 168.6 108. 7050 6D FIG.500 114./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.6 2724 711.6 16.1 406.750 531⁄2 410.750 323. Size O.1 Center Approx.000 621⁄2 527. to End Wt. R GRUVLOK ® = 80 R= 6D FIGURE 7050-6D 90° ELBOW Nom.000 101. O. Size O.1 1137 126./ In.7 71.625 168.496.5 18. to End Wt.5 609.1 457.5 22.0 4267 980.5 323.D./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.3 2.D.2 6.4 49.3 2845 432.anvilintl.7 157.5 Nom.2 3. In.4 126 1. Size O./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 Center Approx.875 73 3.625 219.000 457.9 14.4 18.D.3 2.1 12.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 16 406 19 483 22 559 25 635 28 711 35 889 42 1067 56 1422 8.3 29.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.com .D.1 18.000 1071⁄4 1. Ea.3 5.6 4.8 13. In.000 406.3 8.0 www.4 31.9 11.000 711⁄2 691.2 2134 256.750 273.6 31.1 41.209.6 3556 678.9 112 953.875 73 3.9 4.8 84 566.375 60.2 14.2 24./ In.6 4.9 10. Center Approx. Ea.6 6D FIGURE 7057-6D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.000 355./Kg 10.500 88.7 22./ In.2 16.375 60.162./Kg 70 385.7 Nom.8 98 727.3 355.567.9 1359 186.7 15.0 7.000 508 24./mm Lbs.625 219.8 10.9 4.8 168 2.750 443⁄4 279.500 88.3 6.085. In.563 141.2 217.3 5. to End Wt.6 1588 239. In.4 1816 313.4 2489 329.000 801⁄2 877. In.3 8.4 273.

000 609. Ea.2 20.3 2./ In.000 406.500 88.1 1416 254. Size O. Ea.4 18. to End Wt.000 101.625 219.1 Center Approx.0 441. Ea.625 168.4 18. Size O.9 483⁄4 427.000 508 24.7 28.5 429.625 219.000 457.3 5./mm Lbs.D.3 6.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 18.3 8.9 4.D.000 406. to End Wt.3 2.4 31.7 3 41 ⁄4 332. Ea. In.9 127./Kg 35 226.0 5.8 115.1 Center Approx. In.7 1060 150.563 141.500 114.5 8.6 8.6 4.375 60.1 12.6 16.4 18.8 553⁄4 560.3 1772 398. 7051 6D FIG.3 1238 193.4 78.7 254.8 833⁄4 1.D.875 73 3.0 14.4 246.1 12.875 73 3.1 97.000 101.4 889 102.6 4.7 1594 322.0 6.000 355. In.9 44.375 60./Kg 5.7 3. to End Wt./ In./ In. R= 6 R= 6 FIGURE 7051-6D 45° ELBOW Nom.5 18.3 8.750 273.270.000 355.4 693⁄4 879.3 6.000 508 24.6 In./Kg 71⁄4 4.1 623⁄4 710.4 24./mm Lbs.4 184 8 203 83⁄4 222 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 13 330 153⁄4 400 21 533 Nom./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.9 4. GRUVLOK ® D D 81 .1 10.3 5. to End Wt.9 14.750 273.2 Nom.6 63.500 88./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.D. In.0 194. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.4 6.750 323. Size O.9 40.750 323.3 2./Kg 26 660 311⁄4 794 361⁄2 927 413⁄4 1060 47 1194 521⁄4 1327 621⁄2 1588 173.2 48. In./mm Lbs.500 114.3 14.3 2.5 4.5 973. Size O.6 327./mm 9 229 101⁄4 260 11⁄2 38 123⁄4 324 14 356 171⁄2 445 21 533 28 711 Lbs.5 305.3 14. 7058 6D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.563 141.3 2127 576.5 11.6 16.000 457.000 609.D.9 14.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 20. In.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.4 9.6 FIGURE 7058-6D 30° ELBOW Center Approx./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.8 58.3 148. In.8 22./ In. O.0 7.0 Nom.625 168.6 544.9 673.

3 6.6 416.0 41.3 3.000 101./ In.750 273.9 1.2 20.9 66.1 12.2 19.5 71. Ea. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.3 12.3 18./ In.8 30.D.6 In.3 8.9 824.875 73 3.000 609. In.6 4. Ea.625 168.3 5.6 Nom. In.5 164.3 336. O./mm 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 Lbs./mm Lbs.2 20. to End Wt.3 2.625 219./mm Lbs.8 6.D.com .000 508 24.4 5.000 609.9 Nom.000 406. In.D.5 27.4 373.6 215.500 88.875 73 3.563 141.9 461.625 219.750 273.2 4.2 1.4 18.6 16.1 Center Approx./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.8 www.8 363./ In.9 14.3 9. Size O./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. Size O.6 157.0 9.6 FIGURE 7053-6D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx. to End Wt.500 114.D.9 4.Grooved Fittings FIG.5 152.4 202.000 457.3 91.anvilintl.750 323./Kg 51⁄4 3.7 3.D.9 37.625 168.3 5.3 8. In./ In.6 15.000 457.8 601.5 12.34 1329 Lbs.563 141.8 265.2 120.D.000 355. GRUVLOK ® R= 6D 82 R= 6D FIGURE 7052-6D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.4 18.375 60.3 5.7 7.7 60. In. Size O./mm 22 559 261⁄4 667 303⁄4 781 351⁄4 895 391⁄2 1003 44 1118 52.000 355.9 4. In. 7053 6D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.1 13.6 4. Ea.7 258.2 48.000 508 24.500 88.3 2.9 277.7 82.9 14./Kg 3./Kg 16 406 19 483 221⁄4 565 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 313⁄4 806 381⁄4 972 107.4 272.3 188.1 12.4 8./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 6.3 2.2 570./Kg 146. Size O.4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Nom.000 101. to End Wt.4 7.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In. Ea.3 209.2 11. 7052 6D FIG.375 60. Center Approx.6 16.1 26.500 114.3 125.9 97./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.000 406.750 323. to End Wt.5 5.5 4.

D. GRUVLOK ® L 83 .4 43⁄16 105.2 65⁄8 168.0 313⁄16 96.6 51⁄2 138.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In. In.8 8 202.8 11⁄16 26.1 61⁄4 158.1 9 229.1 5 127.0 11⁄16 26.3 15⁄8 41.2 8 200 85⁄8 219.1 3⁄4 19.9 7⁄16 11.0 10 250 103⁄4 273.3 513⁄16 147.5 53⁄8 136.9 7⁄16 11.8 313⁄16 96.9 15⁄8 41.9 91⁄2 240.9 63⁄8 161.4 101⁄2 266.3 45⁄8 117.2 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 59⁄16 141.1 5 127.2 4 100 41⁄2 114.9 11⁄16 26.1 3 76.7 15⁄8 41.3 513⁄16 147.5 51⁄16 129.1 3 76.1 3 76.3 11⁄16 26.9 7⁄16 11.8 73⁄4 196.1 3 76.9 7⁄16 11.2 21⁄2 65 27⁄8 73./mm O.5 57⁄8 149.9 7⁄16 11.1 5 127.1 3 76.3 33⁄16 81.3 41⁄4 108.9 7⁄16 11.7 11⁄16 26.8 43⁄8 111.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 P BUTTERFLY VALVE R E N K CLOSED H G OPEN F Lock with 5/16" Shackle or OSHA Lockout (Not Supplied with Valve) S T M U C O.1 3 76.1 3⁄4 19.0 3 75./mm A B C D E F 2 50 23⁄8 60.4 615⁄16 175.8 33⁄16 80.2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 3 80 31⁄2 88.9 313⁄16 96.0 12 300 123⁄4 323.6 5 126.9 61⁄2 165.1 3⁄4 19. B J A SERIES 7700 .D.1 51⁄4 133.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 11⁄16 26.

4 29⁄16 65.8 12 300 11⁄4 31.2 7 178.3 7⁄16 11.0 1313⁄16 350.1 3 76.1 5 127.3 5 127.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.anvilintl.7 713⁄16 198.6 101⁄2 266.2 81⁄16 204.0 165⁄8 422.3 12 304.7 9 228.3 5 127.7 81⁄16 204.5 25⁄8 66.7 10 253.7 811⁄16 221.2 7⁄16 11.2 5 5 ⁄16 135.2 2 51.8 1⁄2 13.1 1 ⁄8 3.1 3 76.5 25⁄8 66. for additional information.7 91⁄2 241.3 7⁄16 11.9 101⁄2 266.2 101⁄2 266.1 11⁄2 38. Contact your Anvil Rep.3 4 102.3 5 127.3 12 304.com .1 101⁄2 266.0 8 200 1 25.8 1⁄2 13.1 11⁄2 38.0 1013⁄16 275.0 4 100 9⁄16 14.7 8 203. 84 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 11⁄2 38.4 1⁄2 13.2 2 51.5 23⁄4 70.0 7 9 ⁄16 240.0 2011⁄16 525.3 115⁄8 295.0 4 102.3 18 457.0 101⁄2 266.0 1013⁄16 275.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.2 2 51.2 2 51.1 4 102.2 3" or 5" handwheels may be included on valves sizes 2" .5 101⁄2 266.0 1415⁄16 379.0 7⁄8 22.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.2 51⁄2 140.2 7⁄16 11.0 5 127.5 13⁄8 34.2 2 51.4 4 102.3 7⁄16 11.1 11⁄2 38.2 61⁄4 158.7 4 102.0 3 80 9⁄16 14.2 71⁄2 191.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 .2 2 51.1 3 76.8 5 127.0 21⁄2 65 9⁄16 14.1 3 76.1 11⁄2 38.5 17⁄8 47.4".5 31⁄4 83.3 5 127.3 5 127.8 10 250 11⁄4 31.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.1 11⁄2 38.2 61⁄2 165.3 7⁄16 11.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.3 5 127.0 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 7⁄8 22.5 25⁄16 58.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.3 15 381.3 3 76. www.9 4 102.1 3 76.0 5 6 ⁄16 160./mm G GRUVLOK ® H J K L M N P R S T U 2 50 9⁄16 14.5 25⁄16 58.

/mm 33⁄16 81.9 5⁄8 15.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7600 BUTTERFLY VALVES D E ORANGE GRIP C F REF.3 25⁄8 66.3 L In.4 1 25.0 211⁄16 68.2 39⁄16 90.0 21⁄16 52.4 87⁄16 214./mm 1 25. 85 .9 Dimensions E F In./mm In.1 43⁄8 111.0 415⁄16 125.0 B In.4 11⁄4 31.9 41⁄4 108.9 5 ⁄8 15.4 1 25./mm 113⁄16 46.8 27⁄16 62.2 23⁄4 70.9 3⁄8 8.1 63⁄4 171.3 K In.3 49⁄16 116.9 3 ⁄8 8./mm 5⁄8 15.4 313⁄16 96.0 35⁄8 91.1 43⁄8 111.4 D In.9 3⁄8 8.8 69⁄16 166. Size In.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Nom.4 87⁄16 214./mm 5⁄16 8.4 6 152.4 1 25.8 H In.9 6 152./mm 21⁄4 57.4 43⁄8 111.9 5⁄8 15.3 215⁄16 74./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 A In.7 3⁄8 8.5 7 177.1 35⁄16 84.5 35⁄16 84.8 45⁄8 117. GRUVLOK ® K REF./mm 37⁄16 87. L A B G REF.2 G In./mm 23⁄8 60.2 33⁄8 86.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C In.9 5⁄8 15.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. BLACK COATING SERIES 7600 ./mm 2 50.3 51⁄4 133. H REF.8 313⁄16 96.4 121⁄4 311.

5 318 14.12 486 21.00 51 2.26 464 10.25 57 2.00 254 10./mm In.25 57 3.50 165 17.00 127 5.25 413 19./mm In./mm In./DN(mm) In.00 127 5.000 610 26.Valves & Accessories SERIES 8000GR BUTTERFLY VALVE K DIA.00 76 1.53 13 0. HOLE J DIA.75 400 16.00 127 6.25 337 14.50 597 25. N GRUVLOK ® D 86 POSITION INDICATOR R DIA.00 533 23.00 51 2.000 457 20.40 391 16./mm In.94 456 19./mm In./mm In. BOLT HOLE E DIA./mm In.44 494 20.75 273 12.anvilintl.00 813 2.00 381 16.00 152 6.000 508 24.com .25 260 www.44 519 20./mm 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 14.75 171 6.00 864 39.53 13 0.38 619 10.75 832 34. 0.06 332 14.75 425 5.00 127 5.53 13 0./mm In.25 57 2.38 60 2.50 241 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.00 635 27.37 1.00 152 6.00 76 3.000 356 16./mm In. Nominal O.25 83 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3 ⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 1⁄2 x 1⁄2 116 6./mm In.33 364 15.00 356 15.53 13 0.75 171 9.38 416 18.50 749 32.000 406 18./mm In./mm In.00 254 10./mm 13.60 66 3.00 254 10.50 38 1.00 76 3.81 21 13.75 375 15.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS B C D E F G J K L M N P R In.75 44 1.50 38 1. GEAR OPERATOR (Shown 90 out of Position) F G SIZE OF KEY B P A M L C DIA. A Size In.000 FIGURE 8000GR .94 532 24.50 699 32.25 667 29.00 254 10./mm In.75 44 2.

7 2.3 0./mm In.1 0.8 0.4 1./mm 1⁄2 1⁄2 21⁄16 37⁄8 113⁄16 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 12 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 52 211⁄16 68 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 4 102 1 5 ⁄16 128 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 D 46 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 63 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 Cv 6. 3. FIG. 2./mm In. Ea. the pressure/temperature rating is dependent on the solder material used.9 92./Kg 0.Valves & Accessories FIG.5 22.8 60. Please refer to the limitations listed in ANSI B16. Lbs. 87 .18. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES C OPORT D 141S Standard Port A NOTES 1.1 1.5 1. 141S. Wt.0 3. use the following formula: Soldered End Size Port Dia./mm In.3 9. Solder end valves are designed to be used with solders not exceeding a melting point of 470°F/250°C.2 1. Dimensions of solder joint ends conform to ANSI B16.4 GRUVLOK ® DIMENSIONS Valve Code Where: QL = flow of liquid in gallons per minute (GPM) CV = flow coefficient ∆P = pressure drop (PSI) SL = specific gravity of liquid ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 0. A C In. For solder joint valves.7 0.9 Approx. 171N & FIG. Higher temperatures may damage the seal material.2 30. Rate of Flow Calculations for liquids: To determine the flow rate of a liquid passing through a valve./mm In.22.

2 0.5 0.4 0.6 24./mm In. Ea.3 1. Wt.0 0. A C D In.3 0.9 1.7 0.3 1.1 0./mm ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 75 4 100 ⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 65 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 1 171S Full Port Soldered End 9 21⁄2 64 3 76 39⁄16 91 49⁄16 103 49⁄16 116 57⁄16 138 67⁄8 175 83⁄16 208 105⁄16 262 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 67⁄16 164 87⁄16 205 81⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 17⁄8 48 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 311⁄16 94 5 127 7 5 ⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES DIMENSIONS GRUVLOK ® Valve Code Size A C D In. 141S.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 1./mm In.1 1.0 10. Lbs.anvilintl. Lbs.0 0./mm In. Ea./mm ⁄4 8 3⁄8 10 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 3 75 4 100 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 67⁄16 164 75⁄8 194 85⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 1 171N Full Port Threaded End 65 88 DIMENSIONS Port Dia.0 5.1 0./mm ⁄8 10 3⁄8 10 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 15⁄16 24 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 2 51 2 51 27⁄16 62 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 78 37⁄16 87 37⁄8 98 45⁄16 110 59⁄16 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 63⁄8 162 81⁄16 In.4 4./Kg 0.5 2./mm In./mm In.2 3. 3 65 141 205 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 313⁄16 97 5 127 57⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 6 7 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx. FIG.3 14.2 0./mm In.7 Valve Code Size Port Dia.4 4.0 3.9 22. 171N & FIG. www.1 0.Valves & Accessories FIG.8 9./mm In.5 6.9 2.com . Wt.9 3.2 12.0 0.3 0.5 2.2 1.7 11.9 8.7 0./Kg 0.

1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O. 89 ./mm In./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3./mm In.500 88.D. Wt.2 38 17. In.6 18 8.3 3.Valves & Accessories FIG.625 168.3 6. Lbs. 7500 BALL VALVES B C F Valve Pipe O. A SERIES 7500 . Ea./mm In.375 60.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx.D.9 4./mm In./mm In./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In.500 114.2 106 48./mm 2./mm In.

/mm In./mm In.4 9.4 51⁄16 128. In./mm Lbs. In./mm In.anvilintl.9 113⁄16 45.7 41⁄4 107.4 Size ANSI O./mm In./mm In.5 101⁄4 260.4 87⁄16 214.4 12 304./mm In.3 65⁄8 168.6 51⁄2 140./DN(mm) 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7500 BALL VALVES G F C 90 J CLOSED OPEN GRUVLOK ® B A L K D E B H SERIES 7500 .2 1 25.8 131⁄2 342.0 81⁄8 206./mm In./mm In.625 168./mm In.D./Kg 6./mm In.6 4. www./mm In. Wt.com .BALL VALVE WITH GEAR ACTUATOR Dimensions A B C D E F G H J K L Approx. Ea.

GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE Cv FLOW B A ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom. 400G FIGURE 400G .1 402G 6 152 61⁄4 159 67⁄16 164 81⁄8 206 111⁄4 286 121⁄4 311 133⁄4 349 16 406 6 152 7 178 71⁄2 191 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 4025G 403G 404G 405G 406G 408G 410G Cv Flow Approx.D.830 12 5.3 50 22.4 15 6.3 6./mm Number In.7 68 30.1 36 16.0 3.1 10.3 2.450 36./mm In.208 900 22./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 2./mm In.375 60.Valves & Accessories FIG.9 4./Kg 66 1.791 350 8.860 1.890 520 13.625 168. GRUVLOK ® GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE 91 . Wt.500 114.302 228 5.750 273.3 8.625 219.5 198 89. Each Lbs.563 141.875 73.500 88.676 88 2.3 5.8 20 9.235 130 3. Model A B In.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Size O.8 140 63.

4 10./Kg.5 4.8 130.2 13.6 33./mm In. 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 21⁄2 64 27⁄16 61 31⁄8 79 4 102 49⁄16 115 51⁄16 128 41⁄2 114 313⁄16 96 41⁄16 103 51⁄16 128 513⁄16 147 61⁄4 159 515⁄16 150 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 F In.0 www. 7. Ea.750 273.3 8. Size In.5 6.0 26.1 19.625 168.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVES FIGURE 7800 .5 5.500 114.500 88.0 3.3 2.1 10./mm 23⁄8 60 27⁄16 61 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 51⁄16 128 65⁄16 160 75⁄16 185 Nominal Dimensions C D E In.0 83.CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK ® G 92 A Hinge Pin Plug Lifting Eyebolt (10" and 12" Valves Only) F C 1/2" NPT B D E 1/2" NPT Nom.com .anvilintl.0 183.5 3. Lbs.625 219./DN(mm) In.3 5./mm 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 93⁄4 248 123⁄4 324 143⁄8 365 18 457 21 533 B In.750 323.3 6./mm 17⁄16 36 19⁄16 39 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 35⁄16 84 315⁄16 100 415⁄16 125 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. A In.D.0 59. Wt./mm 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 415⁄16 125 6 152 63⁄4 171 81⁄2 216 101⁄4 260 1211⁄16 322 143⁄4 375 Approx.9 4.5 15./mm 33⁄16 81 35⁄8 92 311⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 63⁄4 171 8 203 93⁄16 233 103⁄8 264 G In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.875 73.563 141.8 11.9 O./mm In.0 8.375 60.2 59.1 12.

/Kg 25 11.9 4.3 5.3 8. Size A G F 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 245⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter G Flange G Flange 125# 250# In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 93 . Each Lbs.500 114.625 168.875 73.6 90 40./mm 2.0 3.625 219.0 310 140.GROOVED-END STRAIGHT BALANCING VALVES NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe./DN(mm) In.3 28 12./mm In./mm In. GROOVE D-END STRAIGHT B O./mm In.1 12.6 460 208./mm In.7 870 394.7 41 18.6 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-G .3 6.9 12 305 12 305 14 356 171⁄2 445 2011⁄16 525 283⁄16 716 30 762 381⁄16 966 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 C E Nom./mm 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 Approx. Wt./mm In.750 273.563 141. A B Open C E F In.8 130 59.500 88./mm In.1 10.Valves & Accessories GBV-G BALANCING VALVES 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON.D.750 323.

6 90 40.9 4./mm In./mm In. G Flange G Flange Wt./DN(mm) In.7 870 394.com ./mm In.3 28 12.7 41 18./mm Lbs./mm In.3 6.563 141.9 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 12 305 141⁄8 359 1815⁄16 481 205⁄16 515 241⁄16 611 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 24 5⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 45⁄8 117 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140 65⁄8 168 93⁄16 233 93⁄4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter Approx./mm In.1 10.500 114. Each 125# 250# In.anvilintl.0 3./Kg 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 25 11.750 323.0 310 140.D.3 5./mm In.Valves & Accessories GBV-A BALANCING VALVE 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON. GROOVE D-END ANGLE GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-A ./mm 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. 94 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe. A B Open C D E F In.875 73.6 460 208.625 168.8 130 59.750 273.500 88. www. Size O./mm In.GROOVED-END ANGLE BALANCING VALVES B E D C A G F Nom.625 219.3 8.1 12.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C A 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx.3 1.2 1.0 2./mm In. Lbs./mm In. Lbs.2" A B C In. Ea./mm In.2" A B C In.8 2.5 1.9 0.6 6.5 1.4 2./Kg 1.8 2./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" .Valves & Accessories GBV-S (SOLDER) GBV-T (NPT-THREADED) FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES B A C MODEL: GBV-S - Model GBV050VS GBV075VS GBV100VS GBV125VS GBV150VS GBV200VS Nominal Size In.5 5.0 3.2 0. Wt. Ea.5 1./mm 3 76 31⁄4 83 313⁄16 97 45⁄16 110 51⁄16 129 6 153 45⁄8 117 47⁄8 125 51⁄4 135 55⁄8 143 57⁄8 150 611⁄16 170 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx.1 0./mm 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 511⁄16 144 7 179 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 118 415⁄16 126 53⁄8 137 55⁄8 142 63⁄8 162 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189.7 0.1 0.5 1.1 3.6 1.1 0./mm In.3 1.5 GRUVLOK ® B See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189./Kg 1.5 MODEL: GBV-T - Model GBV050VT GBV075VT GBV100VT GBV125VT GBV150VT GBV200VT Nominal Size In. Wt./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" . For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 95 .

/mm In./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.com ./mm In. 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx. Each G G In./mm In./mm In.Valves & Accessories FTV-S (STRAIGHT) GRUVLOK ® TRI-SERVICE VALVE B C A E (diameter) G F 96 Connection Size A In./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 2213/16 579 285/8 727 325/8 829 MODEL FTV-S ./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 12 305 12 305 14 356 171/2 445 2011/16 525 283/16 716 30 762 381/16 967 B (fully open) In.(STRAIGHT) C E In.anvilintl. 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 850 390 www.

/mm In./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 183/4 476 24 610 261/4 667 MODEL FTV-A ./mm In./mm In. 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 45/8 117 37/8 98 43/8 111 51/2 140 65/8 168 93/16 233 93/4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 860 390 GRUVLOK ® B F ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.(ANGLE) C D E In. Each G G In./mm In./mm In.Valves & Accessories FTV-A (ANGLE BODY) TRI-SERVICE VALVE D A C E (diameter) G Connection Size A In. 97 ./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 73/8 187 83/16 208 95/8 244 12 305 141/8 359 1815/16 481 205/16 516 241/16 611 B (fully open) In.

0 13. 7260 GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E GRUVLOK ® Y 98 NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange.7 750 51.4 79. 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 7 178 83⁄8 213 101⁄8 257 111⁄8 283 141⁄8 359 Basket Removal Approx.3 6./DN(mm) In.7 8.0 3.7 600 41.0 5.0 35.500 88.9 4.0 20./mm In.375 60./mm In.0 3.Valves & Accessories FIG. Size O.1 Max.anvilintl. Ea.7 750 51.500 114.8 www.3 8.6 30.* Working Pressure PSI/bar 750 51.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE) Nom./Kg 6. C to O X FIGURE 7260 . Wt.7 750 51./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 13 330 151⁄2 394 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 91⁄8 232 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 81⁄8 206 101⁄2 267 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.563 141.3 5.6 13.0 8.625 168.4 E to E C to O X Y In.625 219./mm In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.0 2.com .9 19.D.3 2.875 73.7 750 51.7 750 51.6 45. In. Clearance 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 6 152 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 93⁄4 248 12 305 Lbs.

8 400 181. 7260 (CONT'D.7 E to E C to O X Y In.1 12.3 187 84.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nom. Ea.750 273. Wt. Maximum system working pressure is dependent upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capability of other system components. Size O.000 406.18" Fabricated Not for use with copper systems. Clearance 141⁄4 362 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 20 508 241⁄2 622 Lbs. C to O X FIGURE 7260 ./mm 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 10. 99 ./DN(mm) In.2 Max.8 272 123.5 400 27.4 350 158./mm In./mm 18 457 20 508 22 559 24 610 31 787 103⁄8 264 113⁄8 289 123⁄4 324 12 305 151⁄2 394 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 171⁄8 435 191⁄8 486 201⁄2 521 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 Basket Removal Approx.) GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange./Kg 133 60.750 323.D.000 457./mm In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.7 300 20.Valves & Accessories FIG.6 300 20.6 16.* Working Pressure PSI/bar 500 34. In.4 18.7 300 20.000 355.9 14. 14" .4 GRUVLOK ® Y *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok Strainer.

com .1 80.0 125.4 18.6 470./mm 1 ⁄2 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 D In.9 Dimensions A B In.4 42./mm 7 178 93⁄4 248 10 254 12 305 17 432 20 508 223⁄4 577 28 711 30 762 Approx. Maximum system working pressure is dependant upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capacity of other system components.500 88.0 5. In. 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 5.2 *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok® Strainer.625 219./mm 77⁄8 200 10 254 101⁄8 257 121⁄8 308 155⁄8 396 181⁄2 470 215⁄8 549 253⁄4 654 30 762 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄4 210 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 213⁄4 552 C Plug Size In. Wt.1 10.Valves & Accessories MODEL 758G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 758 G .D.3 112.375 60.0 50.625 168./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. Not for use with copper systems.0 8.0 19.9 4.3 2.0 93.500 114. Each Lbs.0 277.0 36./mm In.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER GRUVLOK ® A B C (NPT) D Screen Removal Nominal Size O.563 141.0 3.0 10.anvilintl.750 273.875 73./Kg 12.0 213.8 205. www.3 6.3 8.750 323.2 23.1 12./DN(mm) In.

0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. This rating may occasionally differ from maximum working pressures listed and/or approved by UL.3 6. • Pressure ratings listed are CWP (cold water pressure) or maximum working pressure within the service temperature range of the gasket used in the coupling.7 300 20.7 300 20.1 10. Each Plug Size PSI/bar In.0 418.0 495.7 300 20.500 88.7 300 20.3 5.4 32. 40 steel pipe with roll grooves to ANSI C606-97 specifications.500 114./mm Lbs.4 12. • Maximum working pressure and end loads listed are total of internal and external pressures and loads based on Sch.750 323.375 60.2 13. • Warning: Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before attempting disassembly and or removal of any components.0 277.0 55.7 300 20.3 4.625 168./mm In.Valves & Accessories MODEL 768G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 768 G . D Values Wt.000 406.0 190. GRUVLOK ® A 101 .750 273.563 141.0 70.0 46.6 16.4 22.3 8. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.4 Dimensions Cv Approx./DN(mm) In.9 14.7 A B C 93⁄4 71⁄8 49⁄16 248 192 116 103⁄4 713⁄16 413⁄16 273 211 122 113⁄4 811⁄16 51⁄16 298 231 129 141⁄4 105⁄8 65⁄8 362 281 168 161⁄2 13 103⁄16 419 330 258 181⁄2 141⁄16 85⁄8 470 357 219 24 177⁄8 113⁄16 610 454 284 27 209⁄16 125⁄8 686 522 320 30 24 143⁄8 762 609 366 40 2915⁄16 187⁄8 1016 760 480 42 309⁄16 19 1067 777 483 1⁄2 12 1 ⁄2 12 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 59 92 162 284 410 770 1010 1800 2800 4600 5800 9.0 225./mm In. In.0 182.2 6.875 73.625 219. ULC. • For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased 11⁄2 times the figures shown. and/or FM as testing conditions and test pipes differ./Kg Working Pressure 300 20.3 2.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER B C Screen Removal D Plug Size Not for use in copper systems.7 300 20.2 26.2 126.0 8.0 3.7 300 20.9 4.0 18.D.7 300 20.1 12.000 355./mm In.7 300 20.7 300 20.0 121.6 83./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2.

0 x 73.7 300 20. 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 161⁄2 419 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 31⁄4 83 47.0 3.SUCTION DIFFUSER Nominal Size In.0 303 51./DN(mm) In./Kg 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 21⁄2 65 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 81⁄4 210 8 203 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 101⁄2 267 131⁄2 343 14 356 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 171⁄2 445 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 113⁄4 298 91⁄2 241 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 111⁄2 292 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 38 17.875 114.500 114./cm.3 x 2.375 88./mm In.875 73. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In./mm In. 7250 FLOW T-O GRUVLOK ® CLR 102 OAL T-O C-O CLR 21/2" x 21/2" thru 10" x 8" C-O OAL 10" x 10" thru 16" x 14" FIGURE 7250 .500 x 2.875 88./DN(mm) In.7 300 20.7 www./mm In. Approx.500 88. 7250 SUCTION DIFFUSER C-E C-E GRUVLOK FIG.875 x 2.875 4.500 114.3 37 16.0 303 47.0 329 51.3 36 16.9 4. Sq./mm In.500 x 2.0 329 95.9 4.anvilintl.2 38 17. In.2 72 32.500 x 4.7 300 20.7 300 20.9 x 73.0 329 51.0 303 47.0 3. PSI/bar Lbs.500 x 3.3 x 114.D.7 300 20./mm In.3 System Orifice Pump Max.0 613 300 20.500 x 2./mm In.500 x 3. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.com .3 x 88.Valves & Accessories FIG.9 x 60./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 3x2 80 x 65 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 3x3 80 x 80 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4x4 100 x 100 O.3 36 16.3 3.7 36 16. 7250 FLOW OAH OAW OAH OAW FIG.7 300 20. Sq./mm In./mm 2.9 x 88.

D.0 72 32./cm.625 x 5.561 300 20.Valves & Accessories FIG.3 6.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .1 x 219.3 x 88.7 300 20./mm In.1 10.625 273.0 2.3 5./mm In. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.563 168. Approx.829 283.1 x 168.7 300 20./mm In.500 168.1 192 87.0 72 34. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.3 x 114.750 273.3 x 114.7 300 20.500 141./DN(mm) In.625 x 8.3 8.6 133 60.3 8.829 397.0 1.1 x 219.625 x 5. Sq.7 300 20.2 203 92.625 x 6. PSI/bar Lbs. GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size 103 .625 219.0 1.563 x 5./Kg 5 125 5 125 6 150 6 150 6 150 6 150 8 200 8 200 8 200 10 250 10 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 100 5 125 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 5 125 6 150 8 200 8 200 10 250 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 9 229 9 229 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 151⁄4 387 151⁄4 387 171⁄4 438 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 18 113⁄4 457 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 211⁄2 1015⁄16 546 278 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 28 195⁄8 711 498 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 101⁄2 268 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 10 254 131⁄2 343 19 483 19 483 22 559 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 171⁄2 445 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 201⁄2 521 191⁄2 495 201⁄2 521 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 26 660 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 73⁄8 187 95.625 x 3./mm In.6 75 34.750 x 8.3 x 141.174 182.9 6.7 300 20.500 168.SUCTION DIFFUSER In.625 x 6.7 300 20.3 6./DN(mm) In.7 74 33.625 219./mm 5.7 300 20.625 x 4.3 8.3 x 168./mm In./mm In.5 1. 7250 (CONT'D.174 283.3 6. Sq.1x 141.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 74 33.563 141.3 118 53.563 219.0 1.1 x 273./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 5x5 125 x 125 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 6x6 150 x 150 8 x 5* 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 8x8 200 x 200 10 x 8 250 x 200 10 x 10* 250 x 250 O.1 10.625 168.750 x 10.0 613 124.7 300 20.7 300 20.563 x 4.5 1.7 300 20.5 190 86.5 118 53./mm In.1 System Orifice Pump Max.0 800 94.0 613 124.174 182. In.3 x 141.0 800 182.0 607 95.

3 467 211.9 14.561 571.8 467 211. 4.4 x 355.0 3. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.684 571 3. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.406 993.1 12. In./DN(mm) In. “CLR” Dimension indicates clearance needed for diffuser basket removal.8 NOTES: 1. 3.9 14. Dimensions may vary Contact Gruvlok Rep. Drain Holes: (End Cap)— 3⁄4" NPT for sizes 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 thru 6 x 5.000 x 14.750 323.6 x 355. 104 28 711 36 914 36 914 36 914 39 991 39 991 195⁄8 498 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 22 559 24 610 24 610 24 610 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 26 660 34 864 34 864 34 864 37 940 37 940 73⁄8 187 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 397.0 3./mm In. 2.7 196 88./mm In.D.684 571./DN(mm) In.9 x 323.0 2.750 323.Valves & Accessories FIG.9 x 273. Sq.0 6. Approx. Not for use in copper systems.000 355.3 382 173.684 993.750 x 10.com .0 6.Use 11⁄4" SCH.6 x 323.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .6 x 273. "Orifice Cylinder Open Area" is the total area of the opening in the diffuser basket after the pre-filter screen has been removed.7 300 20.750 355.3 382 173. Pipe Support .7 300 20.7 300 20./cm.1 14.SUCTION DIFFUSER GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size In./Kg 12 300 12 300 14 350 14 350 14 350 16 400 10 250 12 300 10 250 12 300 14 350 14 350 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 171⁄4 438 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 * Fabricated Other sizes available on special request.7 300 20. -1" NPT for sizes 6 x 6 thru 16 x 14.6 System Orifice Pump Max. 40 Pipe for 21⁄2" thru 10" pipe & 2" SCH.750 x 12.6 16. Sq. 40 Pipe for 12"& larger diffusers. www./mm In. for ordering information./mm 12.406 300 20. 7250 (CONT'D.9 382 173./mm In.000 x 10./mm In./DN(mm) 12 x 10* 300 x 250 12 x 12* 300 x 300 14 x 10* 350 x 250 14 x 12* 350 x 300 14 x 14* 350 x 350 16 x 14* 400 x 350 O.000 406.7 300 20.000 x 12. PSI/bar Lbs.000 x 14. Contact Gruvlok Rep./mm In.750 355. Product must be supported by pipe supports (supports not included).anvilintl. for certified values. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.

Wt. Ea. Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 250 120 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 MODEL GAV-15 . 105 ./mm Length In.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) Maximum Temp./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. Inlet Size °F/°C In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-15 Max. 20 & 25 10 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Valve Orifice In./DN(mm) Orifice Size In. Ea Lbs/Kg 51⁄2 2. Temp./mm 51⁄4 130 43⁄4 100 43⁄4 100 GRUVLOK ® AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE Approx./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2. Water Pressure psi/bar 150 10 Max./DN(mm) Approx. 3⁄4 & 1 3⁄8 1⁄16 15./mm Width In./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-15 43/4" OUTLET 51/4" INLET MODEL GAV-15 . °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In./mm Overall Height In. Wt.

Ea Lbs/Kg 71⁄2 3. °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In. Wt. Wt./DN(mm) Approx. Temp. 20 & 25 15 2 Valve Orifice In./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. 3⁄4 & 1 1⁄2 1⁄16 15./mm Length In. Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 8 3 8 3 2 1⁄16 2 INLET MODEL GAV-30 .AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-30 106 MODEL GAV-30 . Inlet Size °F/°C In. Water Pressure psi/bar 300 20.4 www.7 Max.com ./DN(mm) Orifice Size In. Ea./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) Max./mm Width In. Overall Height In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2./mm 6 150 51⁄8 125 51⁄8 125 Approx.anvilintl.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-30 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE 51/8" GRUVLOK ® OUTLET 6" Maximum Temp.

750 323.8 12 304.625 219. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 145 10.750 273.1 3.6 12.8 11⁄4 31.4 20 508.4 1⁄4 6.4 155 10.6 4.5 165 11.0 9. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.563 141.1 38.0 20 508.9 1⁄2 12.0 8.4 20.4 1⁄4 6.500 88.2 46.7 5⁄8 15.875 73.0 3.D./kN 11⁄4 31.0 3./mm psi/bar A 12 304.9 Model or 10 dig.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.5 1⁄4 6.4 16 406.1 10. Ea.3 2.5 1.4 3⁄8 9.375 60.4 14.5 3⁄8 9.7 7⁄8 22.GRXGR FLEX CONNECTORS A ± .3 5.8 12 304. Permanent Intermittent Wt.0 5.4 16 406./mm In.0 450 31. In.0 Parallel Offset * Approx.7 150 10.0 20.4 1⁄4 6.9 GRUVLOK ® Nominal O.6 225 15.0 270 18.1 1⁄2 12.2 5 ⁄8 15.5 2.3 6. 107 .5 1 ⁄4 6.9 1⁄2 12.6 16 406.7 275 19.1 12.3 8.8 14 355.7 3⁄8 9./mm * See Motion Classification to the left for additional information./DN(mm) In.Valves & Accessories FIG.500 114.0 300 20.0 17. AF21-GG GROOVED ENDS FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GG .9 4./mm Lbs. # AF0390232007 AF0390232106 AF0390232031 AF0390232114 AF0390232122 AF0390232130 AF0390232148 AF0390232155 AF0390232163 Pressure 70°F In. Size In.4 2.5 1.8 3⁄4 19.4 1⁄4 6.625 168.0 6. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.

www.4 3⁄8 9. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 88.4 3.7 14.6 15⁄8 41.8 12 304.4 8.875 73. AF21-GF CLASS 150 FLANGED X GROOVED FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GF .4 17 431.563 141.com .3 11⁄8 28.7 150 10.0 6.5 3./mm * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.8 31.4 18. 108 Nominal Size In.1 10.0 40 18.8 14 355.9 7⁄8 22.7 1⁄4 6.7 AF0390232197 AF0390232213 Parallel Offset Permanent Intermittent In.0 270 18. Wt.GRXFL FLEX CONNECTORS GRUVLOK ® A ± .7 275 19.6 18./mm 2 2./DN(mm) In.1 50 22.4 4.6 225 15.4 155 10. Model or 10 dig.625 168.375 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 60.2 3⁄4 19.7 15.8 12 304.9 4.3 6.9 1⁄2 12. # Pressure 70°F In./mm psi/bar A AF0390232171 AF0390232189 AF0390232247 AF0390232254 AF0390232262 AF0390232270 AF0390232288 Approx.750 273.0 3.625 219.5 3⁄8 9.5 165 11.anvilintl.750 323.6 5⁄8 15.4 1⁄4 6. Lbs.8 39.9 10.5 1⁄4 6.D.3 8.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.8 12 304.3 5.9 5⁄8 15. Ea.Valves & Accessories FIG.7 10.3 2.9 5⁄8 15.9 1⁄2 12.0 16 406.6 14 355.500 114.3 145 10.1 12.9 O.3 8.2 304.3 23.1 5⁄8 15.0 47./mm In. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.4 1⁄4 6./kN 12 450 17⁄8 5⁄8 7.6 15 381.0 300 20.

6 450 31./mm Lbs.5 1⁄4 6.6 9 228.6 225 15.0 11⁄8 28.0 24.0 13.6 9 228.875 73. In.5 12.6 25. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 1⁄2 12.3 2.D. In.4 GRUVLOK ® A ± .4 11 279.6 11 279.4 5⁄8 15./mm psi/bar In.6 9 228.0 11. # AF0390232387 AF0390232395 AF0390232403 AF0390232429 AF0390232437 AF0390232445 AF0390232452 AF0390232460 AF0390232478 Parallel Offset A Pressure 70°F Permanent Intermittent Approx./kN 9 228.4 3 ⁄8 9.0 6.0 270 18. Anvil also provides AnvilFlex™ Increaseres contact your Gruvlok Rep.563 141.9 4.500 88.0 5.7 150 10.2 14 355.3 145 10.Valves & Accessories FIG.FLXFL FLEX CONNECTORS Nominal Size * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.0 3.9 304 SS Braid Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.5 1⁄4 6./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. 109 . AF21-FF CLASS 150 FLANGED X CLASS 150 FLANGED FLEX CONNECTOR 300 Series SS Ferrule O.6 1 25.750 273.750 323.0 300 20.5 75.0 8.4 1⁄4 6./mm In.0 47.3 30.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose AF21-FF .6 54.1 5⁄8 15.8 13 330.0 4.5 165 11.7 1⁄2 12.625 168.9 1⁄2 12.6 9.4 12 304. Wt.0 34.4 1⁄4 6.5 3 ⁄8 9.1 12.3 8.3 5.1 10.375 60. Ea.7 3 ⁄4 19.7 3⁄8 10.7 275 19.625 219.500 114.4 14.3 6.4 155 10./DN(mm) In. for additional information Model or 10 dig.4 1⁄4 6.0 105.4 1⁄4 6.9 1⁄2 12.4 19.

8 4.625 168.89 72.316 23. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.00 58.74 41. Wt.3 5.High Pressure System FIG.167 129.2 Max.9 800 55. Coupling Bolts Qty.0 3. End Load Lbs. Wk.9 1.426 259.2 2.375 60.3 8. 7004 HPR® with standard gasket.3.4 8.9 4.6 2.8 1200 82.366 184.2 800 55.9 Max.99 102. 7004 HPR® COUPLING Y Z GRUVLOK ® X Nom.085 84./DN(mm) In.3 14./mm In.D.6 3. see coupling data chart notes on page 262.1 12.3 2.35 Fig.500 114.9 www.4 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.3.HPR COUPLING Range of Pipe End Separation In. Lbs.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . In./kN 5.7 43.625 219.8 1200 82.6 11.6.750 323.545 51.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .com ./mm In.8 1200 82. Size In.875 73.0 6.5 7.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.6. Ea.563 141./Kg 3.3.3 6.8 1000 68./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx.6.6./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.0 25.610 322.1 10.9 14.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .8 1200 82.750 273.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .790 34.500 88. 110 FIGURE 7004 ./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 11 279 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Not for use in copper systems.6 32.anvilintl.90 29. Pressure PSI/bar 1200 82.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.8 1200 82.9 19.1 5.36 19. Size O.141 454. For additional details.4 15.65 11.65 7.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .

5 5. 7068 EG END GUARD® COUPLING Y HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Z C to E X FIGURE 7004 .8 3. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .500 88. Wk.053 106.3./mm In.6. 7004 EG® FIG.0 4.8 46.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.1 2.3.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Fig. Ea./mm Lbs.4 2000 137.5 7.1 12.6.2 11.4 2500 172. Size Pressure Load End Separation X Y Z Qty.1 10./mm In.0 25.6.84 113.6 32.625 168.9 FIG.3 6.4 2500 172.3. Ea.750 273.375 60.943 306.639 389.1 15.2 0 -1⁄4 0 . O.3 5./mm In.6.86 68.9 1500 103.D.27 16.6. In.3 8.0 20.9 GRUVLOK ® O.075 49.453 504.5 2. 7068 EG HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Nom. Max.0 3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .875 73./DN(mm) In./mm In.625 219.67 87.9 4.595 709.5 9.6 11.375 60.4 1250 86.9 2500 172.3 2.92 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 5. Size In. Not for use in copper systems.500 114. Center Approx.9 1.3 8./mm In. 7004 EG with “EG” gasket.66 159.500 88.19 24.1 11.2 19.500 114./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.4 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 For additional details.END GUARD (EG) COUPLING Nominal Max.0 3.8 6. Lbs.High Pressure Fittings FIG.761 176.9 4.D.3 14. 111 .99 39.2 1250 86.230 72./kN In.625 168. Wt.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 1./mm PSI/bar Lbs. End Range of Pipe Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts O. see coupling data chart notes on page 262.750 323. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M16 x 85 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx.D.9 19.875 73./Kg 4.7 43.4 2500 172. Size To-End Wt.3 6./ In.

5 *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.9 6.D.625 219.com . Center Approx. Center Approx.3 61⁄2 165 5 127 4.9 4.375 60.anvilintl./mm Lbs. Size To-End Wt./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.7 11.0 5. 7022 EG HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE Nom. 7050 EG FIG.1 2. O.500 114.2 15. OD Size To-End Wt. HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW Nom. Center Approx. GRUVLOK ® Nom. In.500 114./mm Lbs./ In.3 2. Ea.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3. 112 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 168. Size To-End Wt.500 114.D.875 73.750 323.3 9.9 4.5 FIG.2 12./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 2 50 2.3 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 1.9 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 * * * * * * C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E FIGURE 7050 EG.3 4.1 10.5 3. Ea. www.6 1.375 60.625 168.5 5.625 168.1 4.500 88.5 1. 7051 EG FIG./ In. O.D.0 7.0 27. 7022 EG FIG.2 1.3 2.500 88.3 1.375 60./mm Lbs.3 6./mm In.6 FIGURE 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE TEE Nom./mm Lbs.375 60.875 73.D. In.875 73. O.0 12. 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE HIGH PRESSURE TEE O./mm In.D.3 6. Ea.5 17.0 2.4 16. In.D.8 0. O.0 3.2 3.3 2.375 60./ In. C to E 2.3 2.500 88.3 2.High Pressure System FIG.9 4./mm In.0 3.3 6.8 2. O.750 273.5 7.0 3./Kg DN(mm) 2.9 1. Size To-End Wt.D.9 2. In.4 * * * * * * FIGURE 7051 EG.3 8. Center Approx. Ea./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2./ In. HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 O.9 7.3 4./mm In.2 38.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.5 2./mm In.3 6.9 2.500 114.375 60.6 2.3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .5 8./Kg 1./DN(mm) In. Lbs.7 1.4 0 -1⁄8 0 .6.0 3. Ea.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 Approx Wt.875 73.3 5.3.RIGIDLITE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. -Lbs.4 3.8 GRUVLOK ® X § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6 0./mm 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 Specified Torque § Min.Advanced Copper Method FIG. Max.1 1.D. Ft.0 3.3 8./mm 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 67⁄8 175 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 51⁄2 140 5 127 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 Qty. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3. 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING Z Y Nominal Size O. see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.625 168. X Y Z In.3.6.9 4.1 1. 113 .2 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 4.9 0.563 141. In.6.3 2.1 Range of Pipe End Separation In.2 FIGURE 7400 .500 88.625 219.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 5.

9 4.7 300 20.91 1. Working End Mating Flange Bolts Latch* Wt.0 2.500 114.886 12. Torque § Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min. GRUVLOK ® Amax.7 300 20.375 60. Sealing Max.22 7. (ISO) mm Ft. Qty.948 8./mm Ft.7 300 20.D.563 141.0 3.66 2.anvilintl.4 15.500 88.6 2./mm PN10 (16) In. Range Dimensions Specified Approx. Ea.2 1.6 7. 114 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 .-Lbs/N-M Lbs.292 32.341 46. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Z Y X Bmin.3 2./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 300 20.Advanced Copper Method FIG.44 10.771 21.00 17./mm In.7 6.9 8.3 6. Max.1 6./DN(mm) In.FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 150 OR ISO PN10 OR PN16 BOLT PATTERNS Latch Bolt Mating Flange Bolts Max.3 2.3 5.9 4. X Y Z A Max.84 4.97 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 61⁄4 159 7 178 77⁄8 200 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 14 356 161⁄2 419 3⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20.329 5. Specified Surface Nom. B Min. Max.625 168.-Lbs/N-M In.625 219. In.3 8. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.1 300 20.0 9./mm In. Size O. 37⁄16 87 4 102 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 10 254 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 705⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 220 298 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 250 339 250 339 4.6 4.7 300 20.7 1./mm In./mm In.com .8 4.875 73.528 77./mm PSI/bar Lbs.1 www./kN In.

flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. To avoid interference issues. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange See “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Serrated Face Mating Flange X A max. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-165. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200.Advanced Copper Method FIG. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket. Rubber Grooved Surface Bmin. Pipe Flange Adapter Insert Grooved Flange Pipe Gasket Flange Adapter Insert ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.5. GRUVLOK ® Y Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure 7012 Component Gruvlok Figure 7012 Flange Flange Z Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. 115 . Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. Gruvlok Flange adapter insert required when mating to rubber surfaces or serrated faced mating flanges.

2 17.D./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./DN(mm) In.5 9.6 7.7 0.3 19. Wt.563 141. 7551 FIG.1 Center to End In. 116 0. Ea. Wt.3 8.3 FIGURE 7560 . Size O.8 11.0 3. 7550 FIG.9 3.3 2.5 1.7 3.4 13.5 1.3 2.Advanced Copper Method FIG.625 168. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7550 .90° ELBOW Nom.500 114.3 8.0 3./mm 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 71⁄2 191 Approx.500 88.625 219. Size O.875 73. In.3 5.3 6.625 168.3 8.5 1.4 8.com .D.D.7 18.625 219./Kg 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.6 13.1 Center to End In.625 219.3 5.4 1.500 114.D./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx.45° ELBOW Nom./DN(mm) In. Lbs. O.5 1.375 60. Ea.0 3.3 2.9 4.6 8. In.3 5.1 3.3 6.500 88.563 141.5 2.875 73.875 73.3 6.3 4.375 60.6 0.D./Kg 0.500 88.D.anvilintl. O.TEES FIGURE 7551 .6 6.7 5.9 4.1 0.3 7. Lbs.0 29./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.8 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.3 3./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. www. Wt./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 12 305 Approx.1 5.4 6. In.500 114.6 0. Lbs.1 Center to End In.9 0.7 2.3 1.9 4. Ea.8 2.1 41.4 1. Size O.5 0./Kg 1.563 141.375 60./DN(mm) In.625 168. Nom.1 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7560 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEES C to E C to E O.9 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.

3 5.0 0. Ea.END CAPS Nom.0 3./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.3 1. Wt. Wt. 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.4 8" fittings fabricated upon request. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In.2 1./DN(mm) End to End In.6 0. Size In. Lbs. 7572 FIG./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 4 203 Approx.9 4. 7574 (GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER END CAP E to E E to E FIGURE 7572 .1 0.5 4.0 0.563 141.500 88. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 0. O. Wt.2 5. Size In.3 8.(GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER FIGURE 7574 .0 5.3 2.1 End to End In.875 73.0 2./mm Approx.9 2. Lbs.4 0.D.8 1.625 168.8 1./mm 2.Advanced Copper Method FIG.375 60.0 0.500 114.3 1. Ea.0 0.2 2.6 0.3 6.3 1.3 0. Lbs.2 0./mm Approx.5 0.0 GRUVLOK ® O./DN(mm) End to End In.8 2./Kg 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 35⁄8 92 5 127 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 0.D.9 0.5 2.4 2. Contact your Gruvlok Representative for more information./Kg Nom. In.0 2.D.3 11.9 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 51⁄2 140 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 2.2 1.3 3. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Ea.D.9 2.625 219. 117 .2 4.

(GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In./mm Lbs. 7561A (GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE C to E O.5 19 8.9 2./DN(mm) Center to End In. Wt.Advanced Copper Method FIG.4 8.2 11. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.7 5.D.2 4.0 4. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7561A ./mm 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 Approx.8 3.3 Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 Center to End In.1 2. Ea. In. www. In.1 5.5 5./mm Lbs. Wt.8 0. sizes 118 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.7 1./mm 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx. In.4 7.8 8./mm 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 11 279 11 279 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx.3 12.3 18.4 5.com .1 1.anvilintl.5 3.2 5./DN(mm) 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center to End In. Wt.5 11.8 2.2 8./Kg Cup 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7.3 18./Kg Cup 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 18 8.6 Nominal Size In.2 2.8 2./mm Lbs. Ea.5 12.D. Ea./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 5 127 1.2 18.

5 1. In.7 0.5 1. Ea.7 1.6 1./mm Lbs.8 1. 119 ./Kg Cup 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 4. Ea.8 2.0 0.1 4.8 2. Wt.5 1./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 1. In.2 2.1 0.1 2. In.D. Size In.8 0.7 2./Kg Cup 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 1./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 Center to End In.5 1.8 1.5 1.0 4.6 2. Size In./mm Lbs. Size In.1 4.6 0.1 0.5 2./DN(mm) 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 100 x 32 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to End In./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 80 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 65 x 32 Center to End In.1 2.5 1.7 0./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 Approx.1 2.D. Wt. Ea.8 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom.7 2.5 1./mm Lbs. C to E FIGURE 7564A .(GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE Nom.7 1.2 Nom./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 Approx. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Advanced Copper Method FIG. Wt.0 0.7 0.1 4.2 GRUVLOK ® Cup See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx. 7564A (GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE C to E O.

500 114.2 1.6 0. 7582 (GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER TRANSITION FITTING E to E E to E Cup Cup O.500 88./Kg 0. 120 FIGURE 7575 . Ea.3 1./mm 3 76 3 76 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 Cup In.5 2.D.3 1.0 0. Size In. GRUVLOK ® O.4 0. Lbs.3 2.0 0.anvilintl.D.875 73.625 168.3 0.3 1./mm 2./Kg 0.5 5.0 3./mm 7 ⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 7⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 15⁄16 34 Approx.3 End to End In.2 0.2 0.5 2.Advanced Copper Method FIG.(GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER Nom./mm 23⁄4 70 3 76 7 3 ⁄16 87 47⁄16 112 57⁄16 138 63⁄8 162 Cup In.7 0.3 5. Ea.5 1.TRANSITION FITTING Nominal Size In.563 141.4 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 FIGURE 7582 ./DN(mm) 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4x2 100 x 50 End to End In.3 2. www.4 0.3 0.D.4 0. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.9 4.9 3.2 0. Wt.D.7 0.1 0./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 O.0 0. Lbs.4 0.6 0.375 60. 7575 FIG.3 0.com .6 0./mm 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 111⁄16 42 23⁄16 55 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 Approx.3 6. In.2 0.

/mm 5⁄8 16.3 2.0 35⁄8 91.0 5⁄16 7.1 211⁄16 67.2 2 50.0 5⁄8 16.0 91⁄4 235.888 48.2 21⁄4 57.910 48.D.375 60.0 21⁄4 57.500 88./mm 1.5 41⁄2 114.D.4 53⁄4 146.8 65⁄16 159.8 5⁄8 16.9 35⁄16 84.29 159.9 41⁄4 108.9 211⁄16 69.365 60.1 2.876 73.FULL PORT W OPEN FULL PORT B CLOSE O.1 511⁄16 144.6 J K L M W W1 In.9 21⁄4 57.8 21⁄4 57. A B C D H In.9 21⁄4 57.0 5⁄16 7.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size In.0 91⁄4 235.8 5 ⁄8 16.9 13⁄4 45.1 61⁄4 159.9 3.4 51⁄8 129.0 5 ⁄16 7.5 1.0 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 65⁄16 159.1 11⁄2 38.1 43⁄4 120./DN(mm) 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 O.0 5⁄16 7.1 71⁄16 179.1 21⁄2 63.490 88.1 71⁄2 190.6 6.9 3 76. GRUVLOK ® J 121 .0 2. C FULL PORT D L M K B A Vent Hole C D with extension piece L H A O.FULL PORT .8 39⁄16 90.D.2 57⁄16 137.6 91⁄4 235.0 51⁄16 128. Vent Hole SERIES 7500B .1 2.Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B W1 GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE .870 72.5 91⁄4 235.5 415⁄16 126.1 61⁄8 155.5 65⁄8 168.9 3.

STANDARD PORT 4" .anvilintl./DN(mm) In.8 61⁄4 159.250 122 J OPEN K B A STANDARD PORT CLOSE C 3.5 71⁄8 180.5 91⁄4 235.STANDARD PORT 4" W1 GRUVLOK ® 9.com .12 SERIES 7500B .400 O.5 21⁄4 57.Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE ./mm 5⁄8 16.0 In. www. In.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size O.0 3⁄8 9.469 113.0 Vent Hole with extension piece 5.D.545 115.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 45⁄16 109. 7.D./mm 4 100 4.12 B A M OD C 3.0 Vent Hole 7.5 A B C J K L M W1 71⁄2 190.4 4.

D.00 +.7 1.53 0.455 164 n/a n/a n/a n/a -0.88 0.018 -0.500 88.20/-.3 2.00 +.500 88.3 Tolerance In./mm n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.000 152 6.008/-.38 E +/-.875 73.0 3.4 1.000 102 6.76 In. 7089 GROOVE BY GROOVE E FIG.625 168.006/-./mm B +/-.53 0.000 +.88 0.395 137 6.18/-.000 +.900 48.563 141./mm 3.33/-.88 0.030 +/-.29 In.3 5.3 5.9 4.000 152 6.315 33.000 +.022 -0.881 22 1./mm 0.020 -0.563 141.15/-.375 9.090 +/-2.3 6. NIPS/DN In.000 +.92 0. 7088.25/-. Figure 7089 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 6" only./mm 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 1.030 +/-.53 n/a n/a C Actual Tolerance +0. IPS Pipe Size O. 7088 GROOVE BY THREAD E B STEEL TUBE A POLYPROPYLENE FIG.3 2.00 +.312 7.334 110 5.15/-.458 37 1.00 +.00 102 4./mm +.344 85 4.375 60.500 114. Figure 7090 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 3⁄4" through 2" only.88 0.000 +.005/-.000 D Actual In./mm In.875 73. 7090 THREAD BY THREAD FIGURE 7088.92 0.00 ±. FIG.88 0.050 26.76 In.000 102 4.625 15.3 6.312 7.00 +./mm In.720 69 3.7 1.000 152 6.000 +.55 1.018 -0.022 -0.375 60.7 1.000 102 4.13/-. 7090 E A B STEEL TUBE POLYPROPYLENE FIG.625 15.3 2.0 3.375 9.88 0.007/-.315 33.000 +.4 1.000 76 4.500 114.005/-.3 2.7 1.13/-.015 ±.114 28 1.00 +013/-.9 4.312 7. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.010 ±.010/-.000 +.00 +.25 ±.625 15.37 -0.DI-LOK® NIPPLES Nom. 7089 & 7090 .45 -0.45 -0.900 48.92 0.050 26.50 -0.DI-LOK® Nipple FIG.660 42.660 42.625 15.006/-.625 15.250 57 2. 123 .015 -0.3 A +/-.697 43 2.000 152 GRUVLOK ® GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLE DI-ELECTRIC PIPE CONNECTION Figure 7088 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 4" only. 7089 & FIG.55 -0.625 15.375 9.000 152 6.625 168.

507 3.4 38.1 56 25.7 3. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200 see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262./mm 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 125⁄8 321 147⁄8 378 163⁄4 425 183⁄4 476 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. LbFt/ LbFt/ Lbs.6 3.875 73.919 14.3 2. In.563 141./Kg N-m N-m 150 203 150 203 200 271 200 271 250 339 250 339 250 339 500 678 550 746 550 746 550 746 190 257 190 257 250 339 250 339 300 406 300 406 300 406 600 814 700 949 700 949 700 949 6.709 Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts X Y Z Qty.7 600 41.3 8. Wk.Plain-End Fittings FIG.995 30. Ea.750 323.4 3.9 4.1 www.323 1. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 174-175. Torque § Min. Wt.5 4.246 8.4 450 31. End No.766 5. Max.0 7.4 750 51.7 300 20./kN 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2.1 12.6 17.950 27.1 10. Nominal Size Max.625 168.509 30.7 300 20. Load Grippers Pressure In.4 7.500 114./mm In.341 4.690 17.D. of O.3 5.7 300 20.8 16.4 10.8 31. Max.000 406.618 7.625 219./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 5 1x6 7⁄8 x 5 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 - Specified Approx.500 88. Not for use in copper or PVC systems.1 300 20.788 13.229 12.4 600 41.5 40 18.9 95 43.7 300 20.6 16.4 88 39.3 6.0 350 24.8 10.750 273.9 14.0 3.773 2.4 23. 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 81⁄8 206 93⁄8 238 111⁄8 283 127⁄8 327 141⁄2 368 18 457 201⁄4 514 221⁄8 562 24 610 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 Size In.507 3.7 300 20.7 14./mm PSI/bar Lbs. 7005 ROUGHNECK® COUPLING Z GRUVLOK ® Y 124 FIGURE 7005 .000 355.528 7./mm In.anvilintl.com .895 1.375 60.159 13.157 3.ROUGHNECK® COUPLING X NOTES: See Coupling data chart notes in technical data section for additional information.858 10./DN(mm) In.377 31.

3 21.3 2.5 1.3 8.3 5.9 11 5.875 73./mm 2./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O./Kg 3.500 88.625 168. In.D.1 38.2 2. In.6 4.6 4.6 6.625 219. Lbs.4 4. Ea.3 8.2 3./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx.9 4.8 8./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 FIGURE 7060P .3 5.8 2.D. C to E C to E 125 . 7050P FIG. Wt. Wt.8 30.625 219.3 2.500 114.000 101.7 9.625 219.625 168.000 101.1 27.2 4.500 88.3 5./mm 2. 7051P FIG.0 13.9 11.4 24.2 4.2 7.375 60. GRUVLOK ® O.1 Center To End In./mm 2.375 60.3 6.375 60.625 168.3 5.6 4.2 18.3 Nominal Size In.TEE O. C to E FIGURE 7050P .2 2.6 3.3 6.D.6 9.500 114.0 3. Ea.D.5 8.875 73.90° ELBOW Nominal Size In. In. Lbs.8 8.D.563 141.9 4.9 14.8 2.45° ELBOW Nominal Size In.8 6. Lbs.6 13.Plain-End Fittings FIG.3 12./Kg 2.500 88.D.1 Center To End In.0 3.875 73.0 3.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIGURE 7051P ./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.0 61.563 141.9 4.3 2.5 1. O.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 8.563 141.2 6.1 31 14. Wt.9 3./mm 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 51⁄8 130 53⁄4 146 6 152 Approx./mm 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 11 279 11 279 Approx.500 114.6 4. Ea.3 9.0 3.000 101.3 6.0 0.7 1.7 17.4 6. 7060P 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEE O.1 Center To End In./Kg 2.

Wt.3 5./mm 2.5 92.D./DN(mm) In.6 33.0 3./mm In.6 6.5 3. 7068P FIG. 7069P CROSS 45° LATERAL O.3 2.D.6 24.7 17.563 141.9 4.9 4.8 3./mm In.563 141.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 3.90° TRUE WYE Center Center Approx.5 1.8 C to SE O.0 41.D.000 101.3 9.875 73.7 26.1 74.0 17.0 6.875 73.0 4.9 13. 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 6.1 Center To End In./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.0 24./mm In.CROSS Nominal Size In. C to SE FIGURE 7069P . Ea.6 4.5 10.8 8.5 4.0 9.6 4.375 60.com ./Kg 4.4 21.625 168.7 6.0 3.5 14.875 73.6 4.2 54. End End In.anvilintl.D.500 114. to Long to Short Wt.1 22./DN(mm) In.7 4. Ea.6 9.2 53.9 4. to Long to Short Wt.2 2.3 2.000 101.000 101.625 168.625 219. End End In.2 14. C to Center Center Approx.2 17 7.3 8./Kg Nominal Size O.625 219.500 88./mm In.3 8. Lbs.3 5.2 10.3 8.4 2./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx.D.500 88.8 31.1 LE LE Nominal Size 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 to 5./mm Lbs.D.375 60./mm Lbs.3 www.0 7.0 3.3 6.8 20. 7071P GRUVLOK ® 126 FIGURE 7068P .1 2.Plain-End Fittings FIG./Kg 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 83⁄4 222 10 254 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 14 356 18 457 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 O. In. Ea.3 12.3 5. FIGURE 7071P .375 60.3 6. 90° TRUE WYE C C to LE C to E FIG. O.8 5.625 219.500 114.500 114.1 38.1 37.625 168.563 141.500 88.3 2.45° LATERAL 2.9 10.7 12.

0 53./DN(mm) 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center Approx./Kg 10 254 10 2254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 46.0 19.0 20.8 118./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 Center Approx.0 Nominal Size In.6 5.2 25.1 11.6 11.0 33.7 74. 7061P REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In.0 112.Plain-End Fittings FIG. To End Wt.9 42.3 5.2 11./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.4 11.5 26.0 35.D.0 21.9 5. Ea.3 11.1 44.0 59.0 50.5 130. In. To End Wt. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 3.4 24.0 20.REDUCING TEE See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.2 11.8 50.D. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7061P . Ea.4 86. In.0 22./Kg 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 10 254 10 254 7.6 78.0 O. 127 .0 39.9 48.

8 34.8 4.5 2.3 6. Ea.0 15.0 1.563 141.375 60.3 2.2 21.5 1.1 Center To End In.625 168. Ea.D.5 9. Wt./mm 4 102 5 127 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 Approx.3 2. 7050LRP FIG.45° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In.3 17.625 168.500 88.3 5.500 114.7 3.D.7 25./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 8 203 93⁄4 248 111⁄4 286 15 381 Approx.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 1.9 9./Kg 2.6 4.563 141.6 4.D. O.625 219.5 5./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.500 114.7 17.9 4.4 4./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.0 7.8 6.anvilintl. FIGURE 7075P .375 60.D.9 4.500 88./mm 2./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. Lbs.3 1.5 3.3 5. In. In.2 www.000 101.5 2. Ea.1 4.5 12.4 12.500 88.5 2./mm 2.D.4 13.9 4.3 8./Kg 1.3 8.3 5.1 Center To End In.6 4.0 3.875 73.375 60.com .7 FIGURE 7051 LRP .9 2.625 219.8 0.0 3.5 3. 128 FIGURE 7050 LRP .0 5.6 4. Wt.3 6. GRUVLOK ® O.7 29.875 73.000 101.90° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In.625 219.4 11./mm 2.0 6.5 5.3 8.3 7.8 28./mm 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 6 152 8 203 Approx.2 6.0 3.0 3.D.500 114.000 101.0 7.1 Center To End In.563 141. In.5 7.3 2.Plain-End Fittings FIG.9 56. 7051LRP FIG.8 3./Kg 2.BULL PLUG Nominal Size In.3 6.5 2.0 13. Lbs.625 168.875 73. 7075P 90° LR ELBOW 45° LR ELBOW BULL PLUG C to E E E to E C to O. Wt. Lbs.

563 141./Kg 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8. 7081P & FIG. Wt.D.2 10.7 9.0 22.5 7.625 219. 7080P Plain x Grooved E to E O.9 50.0 12.4 4.2 0.1 1.500 88.5 28.5 1.5 13./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. 7085P FIG. FIG.D.4 19.3 5./mm 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.3 8.7 35. 7082P Plain x Bevel FIGURE 7080P. End To End In.3 14.0 10.9 2.7 23. 7080P.1 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 Approx.500 114.1 End To End In./mm 2.625 168. GRUVLOK ® FLANGE NIPPLES 129 .3 6. 7081P Plain x Thread FIG.1 3.500 114.7 11.5 1.563 141.D. Lbs.6 4.0 21.500 88.0 9. Lbs.Plain-End Fittings FIG.9 4. Ea.ADAPTER NIPPLES Nominal Size O.000 101.9 0.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 2.625 219.PLAIN-END X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal Size In.0 6.4 3. FIGURE 7085P PLAIN-END X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End To End In. Wt.2 4.0 3.000 101.625 168.3 8./DN(mm) In.6 4. 7081P.4 5.0 3.3 2.375 60. 7082P ADAPTER NIPPLES E to E (Plain-End x Class 150 or 300) E to E O.1 8. Lbs.D.4 9. 7084P & FIG. Ea.D.5 4. Ea./Kg 1.2 3.0 32.5 19. In.7 FIG.9 5. FIG.9 4.7 72. Wt.5 2.7 14.4 43.7 O./mm Approx.4 29.3 5./mm In.3 2. FIGURE 7084P .375 60.875 73.3 6.5 7./Kg 6./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. E to E O.4 15.2 6.875 73.0 15.D. 7082P .

0 7. Lbs.0 13.2 29.2 29.0 7.2 29. Ea.D.D.4 7. FIGURE 7077P ./mm 7 178 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 Approx. Lbs.5 3.SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size In.4 4./Kg 17.7 17.Plain-End Fittings FIG./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 5x2 125 x 50 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 End Center To End In.0 7.7 17.7 17.4 11.7 17.2 Nominal Size In.7 29.4 7./mm 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx.5 5.0 13.5 2.0 7.0 7. Ea.2 11.com .0 1. Wt.5 3./DN(mm) 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 End Center To End In./Kg 3.anvilintl.0 4.2 11. www.5 3. sizes 130 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7077P SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® O.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Wt.0 13.5 5.5 2.0 13.0 7.5 5.

5 19./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.1 10.750 273. 131 ./mm In.2 30 13./mm In. Size In. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 43⁄4 3⁄4 x 43⁄4 - See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 176-177.0 6 2.5 9.500 88.3 GRUVLOK ® HDPE COUPLING See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 178-179. Ea.9 4. Size X Y Z In.3 8.3 6.500 114.750 323.625 168.5 5.625 219.3 6.0 8.500 114. Size In./DN(mm) In. 7305 FIG./mm In./Kg 4. Ea.375 60.625 219.7 20.7 8./Kg 4.625 168.9 33⁄8 86 41⁄2 114 53⁄4 146 8 203 101⁄2 267 125⁄8 321 143⁄4 375 6 152 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 111⁄4 286 135⁄8 346 17 432 191⁄2 495 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 Coupling Bolts Qty. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.750 273. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.3 34.4 18 8.1 12.3 3.D.9 12./mm In./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2./mm In. Wt.3 8.6 42. Wt. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 - Approx./mm In.3 3. Lbs.5 3.1 10.HDPE Couplings FIG.750 323.3 Coupling Dimensions Nominal O.D. 7307 HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING Z Y Y X X FIGURE 7307 .9 12 5.5 2. Lbs.6 43 19.5 2.5 3.9 33⁄8 86 45⁄8 117 51⁄4 133 71⁄2 191 10 254 12 305 143⁄8 365 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 8 203 11 279 131⁄4 337 153⁄4 400 177⁄8 454 Z 45⁄8 117 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 6 152 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 Coupling Bolts Qty.HDPE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Nominal O./DN(mm) In.9 4.375 60.5 15.HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING FIGURE 7305 .5 58 26. Size X Y Z In.500 88.1 12.

C. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 180-181./mm 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 A. In./mm 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts Qty.500 114.com .0 26 12./DN(mm) 4 100 6 150 8 200 O. B. undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of gasket. to B Min. F. Wt. Lbs.anvilintl./mm In. 7312 HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Y Z Gruvlok Fig. The Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the Gruvlok Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area.3 8./mm In. Ea.HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Nominal Size In. Size In. 7312 Flange Component Serrated Face Mating Flange GRUVLOK ® X 132 Amax. Do not use Gruvlok Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference./mm 8 5⁄8 x 3 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 2 3⁄4 x 2 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 Approx.HDPE Couplings FIG. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 168.D.625 219. The sealing surfaces A Max.3 6. The use of a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment. www.1 Flange Dimensions X Y Z In. Size In. of the mating flange must be free from gouges. 7012 Gruvlok Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing. 53⁄4 146 73⁄4 197 101⁄4 260 Latch Bolt Qty.8 22 10./mm In. In./mm 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 103⁄8 264 123⁄8 314 147⁄8 378 31⁄8 79 37⁄8 98 31⁄2 89 Sealing Surface A Max B Min. Grooved Pipe B min.7 E./Kg 15 6. Gruvlok Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tierods across non-restrained joints. Flange Adapter Insert FlangeGasket Flange Adapter Insert Rubber Surface FIGURE 7312 . D. Gruvlok Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation. Gruvlok Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. 7312 Flange Mating Flange Gruvlok Fig./mm 4. Fig.

/Kg DN(mm) Max./mm In.3 2. **“T” .3 1.Sock-It® Method FIG./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1. 133 .3 300 20.D./ DN(mm) In.7 250 17.4 1. W Y U* Pressure To End In./mm In. O. 7100 FIG.4 1.7 300 20.7 1./mm In.SOCK-IT® STRAIGHT TEE (S X S X S) Dimensions Max.7 1.2 13⁄16 21 1 25 11 ⁄16 17 15 ⁄16 23 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄4 11⁄16 57 17 27⁄16 11⁄4 62 32 29⁄16 13⁄8 65 35 3 111⁄16 76 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 41⁄2 114 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 6 152 2. Pressure In.660 42.0 1./mm In.Run take-out dimension.375 60.0 2. Size **T U* V W Y Z Wt./mm In. Working Approx.5 5. Ea.9 2./mm PSI/bar In.2 4.6 2.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1./mm Lbs.5 GRUVLOK ® V * “U” .SOCK-IT® ELBOW (S X S) FIGURE 7103 . 7103 90° ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) STRAIGHT TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) Y Z C to E W U Y T W U FIGURE 7100 . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.Run take-out dimension. Nominal Approx.3 3.315 33.9 1./mm PSI/bar In.900 48.D./mm Lbs.315 33./mm In.7 300 20.660 42./ In.7 1.0 2.7 300 20. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.3 2. Dimensions Nominal O.2 25⁄16 59 27⁄16 62 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 7⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 19⁄16 40 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 * “U” . For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.3 300 20.7 300 20.900 48./mm In.Outlet take-out dimension. Ea.3 1.7 250 17.4 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1.375 60. Working Center Size Wt.9 0.

1 2./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 C to SE .anvilintl./mm In.Take-out dimension./mm In.7 300 20.1 1.SOCK-IT® REDUCING ELBOW (S X NPT) GRUVLOK ® W Max.7 0.2 1. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.7 300 20./DN(mm) PSI/bar Y C to TE T U C to SE See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20.5 1. www.5 0.0 * “U” . Nominal Working Size Pressure In.D.3 1.7 2.7 300 20.Center to Thread End Center To SE In. Sock-It® End. sizes 134 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 15 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 20 1x1 25 x 25 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 300 20.9 2.Sock-It® Method FIG./mm In.com .4 1.Take-out dimension. 7101 90° REDUCING ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X NPT) FIGURE 7101 .0 2. Wt. In./mm Lbs./mm 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 Dimensions U* T** W Y Approx./Kg 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 1.7 300 20. Ea.6 0.1 2. ** “T” . Thread End.0 2 0.7 300 20.7 1.Center to Sock-It® End C to TE .8 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 Center to TE In.

2 250 17./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 Approx.9 0.9 1.2 175 12.2 2. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 20.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 3.0 2.7 300 20. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.7 300 20.5 5.1 **T In.6 3.7 300 20.2 2.0 2.5 1./mm 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 27⁄16 62 27⁄16 62 Z In.9 2. sizes FIGURE 7105 . 7105 Z U Y V T W Note: Anvil® is the only manufacturer to offer a 21⁄2" Sock-It Fitting * “U” .2 2.2 1.7 250 17.D.3 1.4 5.7 1./DN(mm) 1 x 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 25 x 15 1 x 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 25 x 20 1x1x1 25 x 25 x 25 1 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 2 x 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 50 x 15 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 1 2 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Max.Run take-out dimension.4 1.9 1.9 0.7 300 20. Lbs.Sock-It® Method FIG.2 250 17.7 300 20. ** “T” .2 2./Kg 2. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 1 ⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 U* In.9 2.5 1. Ea.6 1.0 0. GRUVLOK ® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) 135 .1 3.2 1./mm In.0 0.Outlet take-out dimension.1 175 12.7 300 20./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In.SOCK-IT® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In. Wt./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 Y In.7 300 20.7 300 20.

2 1.4 3.Outlet take-out dimension.5 1.1 2.2 1.com .0 0.SOCK-IT® REDUCING TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In./mm 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 Z In.1 2.4 www. ** “T” . 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 Y In./mm In./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20./DN(mm) * “U” .5 3./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 Approx. Wt./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In.anvilintl. sizes 136 11⁄4 x 1 x 1⁄2 32 x 25 x 15 11⁄4 x 1 x 3⁄4 32 x 25 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 x 1 32 x 25 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 40 x 32 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 40 x 32 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1 40 x 32 x 25 2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 50 x 40 x 15 2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 50 x 40 x 20 2 x 11⁄2 x 1 50 x 40 x 25 Max.7 300 20.0 2.Sock-It® Method FIG.9 2.D.7 250 17.4 1.0 3.0 1.1 300 20. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.1 1.2 250 17.1 1./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 U* In.2 250 17./Kg 2.2 **T In. 7106 REDUCING TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) Z Y V T W GRUVLOK ® U FIGURE 7106 .1 1.Run take-out dimension.0 2. Lbs. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 2.7 300 20.7 300 20. Ea. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.

7 250 17.3 GRUVLOK ® COUPLING (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) * “U” . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.375 60. Working Pressure In.9 0. 137 .2 Dimensions U* n. Wt.3 300 20.315 33./DN(mm) In.1 1.SOCK-IT® COUPLING (S X S) Nominal Size O.3 2.7 300 20.9 1./mm PSI/bar 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.900 48.4 1.7 0.7 1./mm W In.660 42. Ea.0 2.7 300 20.Sock-It® Method FIG. Lbs./Kg 1.D. Max./mm Y In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7107 Z Y W U FIGURE 7107 ./mm Z In.9 2.Run take-out dimension.8 1./mm 1⁄4 11⁄16 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 Approx.

Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.3 6.0 Lbs.0 CAUTION: Contact your local Gruvlok representative for corrosive application environments./mm In.Stainless Steel FIG. In.3 8.3 1.0 275 19. Wk. with Type 316 Grade 8M stainless steel heavy hex nuts conforming to ASTM A194. In./Kg 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1 ⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1.0 2. www.66 42.8 2.44 2.900 48.500 88.46 9.2 0-1⁄4 0-6.2 0-1⁄8 0-3. Max./mm Lbs./mm 0-1⁄8 0-3.4 * All bolts are hex head design Type 316 Grade B8M Class 2 stainless steel to ASTM A193.9 4.0 275 19.374 19.4 1.0 275 19.65 780 3.218 5.47 Range of Pipe End Separation In.785 7.2 6.0 7.0 3.5 13.1 Max./kN 595 2. Ea.3 2. 138 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7400SS RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y X FIGURE 7400SS ./mm In./mm 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 6 152 81⁄8 206 103⁄8 264 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 53⁄8 137 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 73⁄4 197 111⁄8 283 135⁄8 346 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 60 Coupling Bolts* Size Approx. † Ratings apply when used with Schedule 40 ASTM A312 Type 304 stainless steel pipe for all sizes.47 1./mm In.480 42.1 1.0 275 19.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.7 1.067 71.1 1.375 60.0 3.8 3.17 16.6 0.4 2. Wt.0 275 19.com .RIGIDLITE STAINLESS STEEL COUPLING Z Nominal Size O.anvilintl. No Coatings or zinc options.0 275 19.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.4 4. Refer to ratings chart for additional data.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.7 0.625 219./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 1.3 2.875 73.500 114.42 1.646 11.625 168.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.0 275 19.77 4. End Pressure† Load† PSI/bar 275 19.

/mm In./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3.D./mm In.625 168.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE B C F Valve Pipe O. Lbs.3 3. A SERIES 7500 SS .2 106 48./mm 2. In.6 18 8.9 4./mm In. Wt./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O./mm In./mm In. 139 ./mm In.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx.500 88.2 38 17.375 60. Ea.500 114.3 6.

/DN 2 FP 50 O.375 FP 60./Kg 14.3 61⁄2 165 31⁄4 83 103⁄16 258 Dimensions D E In.D./mm C In./mm In. Full port only./mm G In.2 31./mm B In. www.2 NOTE: Contact your Gruvlok representative for actuator mounting details.anvilintl.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE GRUVLOK ® B G C E H D F Valve Pipe O.com ./mm 2./mm A In. A SERIES 7500 SS . In. Wt. Ea. 140 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 43⁄16 106 2 51 F In.D./mm Cv 31⁄4 83 53⁄8 137 135 Approx. Lb.THREE-WAY DIVERTER VALVES Size ANSI In.

7 1.6 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe./DN(mm) In.8 0.3 1.6 0. Lbs.6 2.4 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7060SS FIG.8 2.2 0.2 0.6 10.8 9.0 7./Kg 0. C to E Approx.9 3.2 0.D. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIG.2 5.7 1. 7050SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In.5 5. 7051SS 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 Approx.Stainless Steel FIG./Kg 1.1 3.8 0.0 3.4 2.8 5.1 19. Lbs. 7074SS STAINLESS STEEL CAPS Nominal End to End Size In.1 18. O. 7074SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW STAINLESS STEEL TEES STAINLESS STEEL CAPS O.1 4./DN(mm) In. Wt.8 1. 7050SS FIG. Ea.8 2.7 0./Kg 1.7 25. Wt./DN(mm) In.4 13.3 7.7 11.4 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.8 GRUVLOK ® O.7 41. C to E 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 71⁄2 191 103⁄4 273 15 381 E to E C to E C to E FIG. Wt. FIG.5 4. Lbs.9 0.4 11.5 0. Caps are all cast fittings.0 1. 7060SS STAINLESS STEEL TEE Nominal Center to Size End In.5 0. Lbs./Kg 0.1 0.D.0 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.D.9 0.4 1.7 2.6 2.3 0.3 4. 7051SS FIG.D.6 17. 141 . NOTE: Pressure and load ratings equal to or greater than Schedule 10S as listed above. Ea.5 0. Wt.4 1./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx.3 1.4 0./DN(mm) In.9 6.1 7.2 14.5 1. Ea.9 3. Ea./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 Approx.3 1.4 0. FIG.7 29.5 1./mm O.

3 1.0 6.6 3.8 1. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.com . www.0 4.7 2.5 31. Lbs.0 2.6 29. Lbs./mm 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 40 x 32 2 x 2 x3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Approx.9 4. Wt./DN(mm) In.6 5.9 2. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E 142 FIG.3 1.4 Nominal Size Center to End In.2 1.6 1. Additional sizes available./DN(mm) In.1 1.7 4./DN(mm) In.5 1.4 14. Ea.9 4.5 6.1 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.8 2.1 2. Lbs.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.9 4.6 1./Kg 5.1 1. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.8 2.STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Center to End In.5 0.7 6./Kg 1.9 2.6 13./mm 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 Approx. Ea.Stainless Steel FIG.7 14. Wt.3 3. Nominal Size Center to End In./Kg 3.anvilintl. 7061SS STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEES O.5 1./mm 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 Approx.4 0. 7061SS . Ea.3 0.8 4.0 0.8 1.D.5 2.0 2.1 14.D.0 1.0 1.0 2.

/Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.9 0.STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx. FIGURE 7072SS .5 2.5 1.8 13.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 11.0 7.6 6.0 2.2 0.7 8. Ea.5 1.3 2./DN(mm) In.0 4. Additional sizes available.3 0.7 3.1 1.3 0.9 1.1 2.0 1.6 12.8 1.D. In.3 3.3 7. End to End Size Wt.1 3.7 0. Ea.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1./mm Lbs.4 7. 7073SS FIG.2 7.2 11.2 10./mm Lbs. End to End Size Wt. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1.5 1.STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx.5 1.8 Nominal Approx. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.8 4.8 0. End to End Size Wt. End to End Size Wt.5 5.2 1.7 0.6 1. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. Ea.0 3./DN(mm) In. Additional sizes available.0 3./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 1. Ea. In.5 3. In. 4.8 0.8 19.4 0.5 2.0 6. O.9 2.9 6.1 0.9 0./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86 0. In.2 0./DN(mm) In.8 Nominal Approx.2 FIGURE 7073SS .8 5.2 0.7 5.4 1.1 3.4 3.9 23./mm Lbs.8 4. 7072SS STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O.5 1.3 3.9 0.Stainless Steel FIG./mm Lbs.2 14. GRUVLOK ® STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 143 .D./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 35⁄8 92 31⁄2 89 43⁄4 121 45⁄8 117 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 5 127 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.7 0.0 2.2 7.6 4./DN(mm) In.9 3.

Roll Groovers MODEL 1007 & 3007 ROLL GROOVERS MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 .STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC. (3) Contact a Gruvlok Representative for information on grooving alternate materials Steel: 2" .12" – Sch. 144 2 21⁄2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 125 1:00 150 1:20 200 1:35 250 1:50 300 2:20 350 2:40 400 3:00 This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover setup for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover.S.21⁄2" – Type M 3" .anvilintl. (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: 200 250 300 n/a n/a 14 16 350 Std./DN mm) – Sch. 5570603. 10.12" – Sch. n/a n/a NOTE: Some sizes may require optional equipment. 10S requires optional roller sets Copper: 2" . n/a n/a 400 Std. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove.8" – Type DWV MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 . 40 (Std.GROOVER CAPABILITY GRUVLOK ® Pipe Material 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule In/DN mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12 100 Steel Stainless Steel Copper Model 1007 125 150 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 5778715 & others pending. Wall) Steel Pipe Model 3007 Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U. www. Patents 5450738. Wall Stainless Steel: 2" .) Pipe Size (In.com . 14" & 16" Std.

The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove. M & DWV Steel Stainless Steel Copper 150 8 10 12 200 250 .) GRUVLOK ® MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C . 21⁄2" – Type M 3" .6" – Type DWV MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C .Roll Groovers MODEL 3006 & 3006C ROLL GROOVERS 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule) 4 5 6 100 125 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S K. 5778715 & others pending.188" n/a n/a 300 . Note: The universal diameter gauge is part of the copper option or is available as a stand alone option (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: (3) Please contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information on grooving alternate materials & wall thickness. 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 150 1:20 200 1:55 250 0:40 300 1:20 GROOVING TIMES: This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover set-up for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover. Steel: All sizes – Sch. 5570603. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC.GROOVER CAPABILITY Pipe Material Pipe Size (Inches)/Max Steel Pipe Wall Thickness Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U. 10 Stainless Steel: All sizes – Sch. Patents 5450738.219" n/a n/a n/a n/a NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material. 40S Copper: 2". 145 .S. L.

6 Pipe Wall Thickness In.660 42.1 64.4 25.0 4.7 0.0 Nominal Size In.7 10.365 9.4 34.0 6.4 2.5 0.D./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.8 8.5 21. 165.9 0.375 9.1 8.0 16.0 10.197 5.1 6./m Ft.996 76.0 5.900 48.4 1. 108.0 2.322 8.0 22.14 3.D.anvilintl. For example: for 6" x 6" x 3" tee.4 7. In./m 24.6 7.7 3.3 5.3 34./mm 0.000 457.5 0.8 2.0 1.875 73.1 3.3 4.000 406.4 18.9 31.8 38.5 10.0 20.3 0.5 1.5 Elbow 90° 45° Ft.7 5.8 7. use the value that is corresponding to the branch size.0 16. 139.0 0.8 0.5 0.1 3.0 7.7 6.1 0. www.9 10.7 7.6 0.7 4.4 2.1 3.6 0.1 3.0 O.3 0./m Ft.4 22.7 5. in/mm.7 1.2 6.4 0.0 20.com .5 8.9 1.248 6.5 97.3 For the reducing tee and branches.8 6.3 6.0 5.9 2.2 2.2 0.8 5.2 31.7 12.8 ft (3.0 Pipe Wall Thickness In.6 20.4 4.248 6.0 6.750 273.1 1.2 2.D.1 2.8 4.D.1 11.0 73.3 12.1 3./mm 6.6 4.1 2.6 9.9 26.Fitting Size O.9).1 Elbow 90° 45° Ft./m 4.280 7.5 4.500 139.7 5.750 323.6 1.6 16.375 9.4 1.1 33.1 2.8 5.1 3 80 41⁄4 O.1 1.375 9.3 9.0 0.4 3.0 24.7 1.1 8.375 9.3 1.1 2.0 4.7 9.1 50.3 2.5 20.7 0.5 0.D.2 0.4 2.237 6.D.0 0.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.6 3.3 9.7 0.2 8.8 29.216 5.7 4.8 6.D.133 3.9 8.4 1.7 5 125 61⁄4 O.4 2.9 0.1 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 3.D.1 4.315 33.500 114.145 3.259 159.3 1.3 8./m 10.0 32.0 40.3 3.2 20.625 168.3 0.280 7.3 13.3 2.3 0.000 508.7 1.1 10.3 10. In.220 5.D./mm 1.6 13.0 0.1 2.1 12.375 9.8 7.3 6.5 5.8 16.4 20.6 24.3 1.2 0.7 2.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.000 355./m Ft.7 2. Gruvlok Fittings are identified by either the Nominal size in inches or the Pipe O.3 2.0 1.7 8.1 6.6 1./m 1.9 3.D. 133.4 6.7 3.2 17. & FLOW DATA FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE) 146 Nominal Size In.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.9 23.5 0.375 60.2 10.1 2.6 113.4 12.0 6.0 15.500 88.2 2.000 609.4 4.4 3.1 26.6 0.3 8. 76.0 8.2 25.2 22.0 87.9 19.D. Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance GRUVLOK ® FITTING SIZE O./mm 0.D./DN(mm) 61⁄2 O.8 6.3 10.0 25.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.0 1.563 141.1 41.0 10.236 133.7 6.4 2./m Ft.250 108.5 0.625 219. 159.2 1.8 0.2 0.0 8.203 5.9 14.6 3.4 1. the branch value of 3" is 12.0 51⁄2 O.3 2.258 6.3 0.2 28.375 9.0 3.4 5.3 4.9 9.6 16.0 1.280 7.1 7.7 5. of the pipe that the fittings is to be used with.3 6.154 3.1 5.0 2.2 1.9 4.3 0.1 0.5 0.500 165. The Fitting Size Chart is used to determine the O.6 1.6 0.

............ 154-155 FIG...................................... 162-165 FIG.12") .... internal and external....................... 150-151 FIG...................................... 184-189 FIG..... 178-179 FIG............................... Thorough lubrication of the external surface of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket............ See Gruvlok Lubricants in the Technical Data section of the Gruvlok catalog for additional important information........................ 7305 HDPE Coupling .................... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling .. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY.................................... 182-183 FIG............ AF21-GG... 7001 Standard Coupling ..................... 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling .......... 196-198 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ........................6° C) use Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant and lubricate all gasket surfaces.............. 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets...... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling . 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14" ........................ 7042 Outlet Coupling .................................................... 199 Specified Bolt Torque..... 176-177 FIG....... 160-161 FIG....... 180-181 Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting ........... GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves.................... 152-153 FIG........... 192-195 Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ..................................... 174-175 FIG...... For temperatures above 150°F (65...... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™.................... 7045 & FIG. 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2" .................................. 166-167 FIG................. 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter ............. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling ...... 7010 Reducing Coupling .... 200 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY 147 ... 148-149 FIG.............. 7011 Standard Coupling ........The instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications..... 170-171 FIG... 190-191 Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® ...................... 168-169 FIG.24") ............. 7044 Branch Outlet ..... 156-157 FIG........................ 172-173 FIG..... 7000 Standard Coupling .... ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS FIG....................... Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing. 158-159 FIG..........................

Metal-to-Metal. TO INSTALL: loosely pre-assemble the segments into two “Housing Halves” making sure that the alignment tang(s) and slot(s) on the bolt pad(s) are properly mated. Step 3 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. On couplings 10" and larger. Install the “Housing Halves” as shown in steps 4 & 5.FIG. www. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe.com .anvilintl. flip or roll the gasket into centered position. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. The coupling is properly installed when all bolt pads are firmly together . 7001 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 148 Step 1 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. NOTE: The housings for sizes 16" and larger are cast in four or more segments. On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends.

joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 149 . See page 200 for bolt torque information. Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. 7001 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact.FIG. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. lower bend load capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.

The use of Gruvlok lubricants ensures compatibility between the lubricant and the gasket. 2 Turn the gasket inside out and slide the gasket completely over one of the pipe ends. (Dimension A) should be visible when the gasket is in proper position. approximately 75% of the pipe’s gasket-sealing surface. flip the gasket toward the pipe end so that the proper side is facing out. The end of this procedure will result in the gasket snapping into place. are met. Working your way around the circumference of the pipe.com .FIG. Position the gasket centrally between the grooves of the two pipe ends. This will aid in step 4. 3 Lubricate the gasket sealing lips. in the Gruvlok Large Diameter Pipe Roll and Cut Groove Specifications.anvilintl. 7011 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 150 1 Inspect the pipe ends making sure the criteria. www. Ideally. Turning the gasket inside out will reduce the stretching necessary to put the gasket into position. 4 Pull the two pipes into contact aligning the pipe ends. CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch fingers during this step.

The specified minimum torque for each nut is 600 ft. battery strength and operational variations. Secure the adjacent housing with an oval neck track bolt and heavy hex nut and then rotate the secured housings. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. This helps prevent pinching of the gasket during assembly. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Hint: For horizontal assembly. 7011. place housing segment on top of the pipe to support the weight of the housing segment.-lbs. 6 Secure the housings about the pipes making sure the coupling keys are engaged in the pipe end grooves. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Firmly torque each bolt.-lbs. 5 Lubricate the exterior surface of the gasket. Continue this procedure for all segments. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. again balancing the weight of the housings on the top of the pipe. lower bend load capabilities. The specified maximum torque for each nut is 800 ft. 8 Installation of the Figure 7011 Standard Coupling is completed. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.FIG. CONT'D. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 151 . joint leakage and pipe joint separation.

NOTE: Sizes 14" and larger are cast in multiple segments.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. 7401 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 152 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. NOTE: VdS . On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .FIG.com .www. Some applications require lubrication of the entire gasket surface. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket.com 2Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.anvilintl. To install the larger sizes align the tongue and pocket of the couplings appropriately and tighten the nuts alternately to the specified bolt torque. www. flip or roll the gasket into centered position. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. When properly assembled there will be a small equal gap between the adjacent bolt pads. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe.anvilintl. On couplings 10" and larger.

CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. lower bend load capabilities. 5Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. CONT'D. battery strength and operational variations. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Place one housing over the gasket. 7401.FIG. 4Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 153 . Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities.

FIG. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. centering it between the grooves on each pipe. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. 7000 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 154 1 Check & lubricate gasket — Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. battery strength and operational variations. www. pull the gasket into position. NOTE: VdS . 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends together. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications.com .com 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .www.anvilintl.anvilintl.

making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. 4 Housings— With one nut unthreaded to the end of the bolt. lower bend load capabilities. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. unthread the other nut completely and swing the coupling housing halves over the gasket. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CONT'D.FIG. Insert the bolt and turn the nuts finger tight. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. 6 Assembly is completed — Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. 7000. 5 Tighten Nuts — Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 155 .

anvilintl. battery strength and operational variations.www.anvilintl.com 2 Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the one tube. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either tube. centering it between the grooves on each tube. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant to the entire surface.com . pull the gasket into position. both internal and external. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two tube ends together. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . www.FIG. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the tube end. of the gasket. NOTE: VdS . 7400 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 156 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service.

FIG. 7400. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. CONT'D. Place one housing over the gasket. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 157 . making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. lower bend load capabilities. 4 Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened.

Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.com . Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. 7003 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 158 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. www. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.anvilintl.FIG. 3 Alignment — After aligning the two pipe ends.

CONT'D. Insert locking pin into handle linkage to secure handle in closed position. 5 Lock coupling— Fit the nose of the locking handle in the notch of the opposite housing. Swing the other half of the coupling into position around the gasket and into the grooves. always inspect gasket for damage and hinge/handle assembly for loosenenss. 3) When re-using coupling and gasket. 4 Housings— Put one half of the open coupling over the gasket as the coupling keys fit firmly into the grooves on each pipe end. (See Caution. distortion or any other damage.) 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. 2) Care needs to be taken so that fingers do not get caught or pinched when handle is placed in locked position as a result of cam action of handle assembly. Press firmly down on the handle until it makes contact with the coupling housing. 7003. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly.FIG. CAUTION: 1) Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 159 .

www. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. NOTE: VdS . CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Angle the pipe end slightly to the face of the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket to ease assembly.com . Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.anvilintl.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. and insert the larger pipe end into the gasket.FIG.www.com 2 Gasket Installation— Place the smaller opening of the gasket over the smaller pipe. The center leg of the gasket should make flush contact with the pipe end and will prevent telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . Angle the gasket over the pipe end and pull the gasket lip open around the circumference of the pipe. 3 Alignment— Align the adjoining pipe center lines. battery strength and operational variations.anvilintl. 7010 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 160 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service.

5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque.FIG. CONT'D. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. Gasket Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib Proper Position of The Gasket Sealing Lips 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. A illustrates the correct position of the Fig. lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CAUTION: In vertical installations the pipes must be supported to prevent telescoping during installation. 7010 Reducing Coupling gasket and housing properly assembled onto adjacent pipe ends. 6 Assembly Complete— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. A NOTE: Fig. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 161 . 7010. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.

loosen the latch bolt nut to the end of the bolt thread. 3. Bmin. Amax. Check pipe end for proper grooved dimensions and to assure that the pipe end is free of indentations and projections that would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok flange gasket.www. the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the rubber-faced flange.FIG. and the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the standard flange gasket. When mating to a rubber-faced metal flange. use procedure described in note 3. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . 4. (It is not necessary to remove the nut from the latch bolt.) Swing the latch bolt out of the slot. 2.anvilintl.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. The flange gasket cavity must face the pipe end. if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max.). 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 162 APPLICATIONS WHICH REQUIRE A GRUVLOK® FLANGE ADAPTER INSERT: 1. 1 On the side without the hinge pin. place the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the Gruvlok Flange. to B Min. When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert. When mating to a serrated flange surface. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve).com . Open the Gruvlok Flange and place around the grooved pipe end with the key section fitting into the groove.anvilintl.com www. a standard full-faced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face. NOTE: VdS .

should not extend beyond the pipe end. Gasket "A" Latch Bolt Note: This side must face the mating flange 2 Place the latch bolt back into the slotted hole. (See Figure below) 3 Check the gasket to assure that it is properly suited for the intended service. sealing on the pipe. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 163 . The pipe should extend out beyond the end of the sealing lip by approximately 1/8" on the 2"-6" sizes and 3/16" on the 8"-12" sizes. CONT'D. 7012. Lubricate the entire exterior surface of the gasket. including the sealing lips. Tighten the nut until there is a 1/16" gap between the flange halves at location "A". using the proper Gruvlok lubricant.FIG. The lip of the gasket. The Gruvlok Flange gasket must be inserted so that the sealing lips face toward the pipe end and the mating flange.

com . Sliding the flanges into place will dislodge the gasket and cause leakage to occur. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 164 4 Stretch the Gruvlok gasket around the pipe end and then press the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. and the flange. It is important to line up the bolt holes before bringing the two flanges together. it is important that the insert is properly aligned with the gasket prior to tightening the bolts. which would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok Flange gasket. tank. 7012. www.. free of indentations. When using a flange insert.anvilintl.D. 5 With the gasket in place apply lubricant to the exposed gasket tip. pump. The flange housings must be in firm metal-to-metal contact. Assure the gasket is still in the proper position and align Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange. CONT'D. Tighten the nuts on the latch bolts alternately to the specified latch bolt torque. bolt holes. flat and smooth.FIG. which will seal on the mating flange. The gasket must be properly positioned as shown in the figure below. etc. 6 Verify that the mating flange face is hard.

The Flange Adapter Insert will be exposed to the fluids in the system. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 7 Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. 7012. All the bolts or studs must be torqued to the mating flange bolts specified torque. The flange faces should have metal-tometal contact. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 165 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Figure C1 NOTE: The Gruvlok Fig. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Figure C2 Do not use a steel Flange Adapter Insert in copper systems or in systems where galvanic corrosion is possible. CONT'D. 7012 Flange requires the use of an Flange Adapter Insert when used against rubber surfaces (Figure C1). Ensure that the Insert is compatible with the fluids in the systems and with adjacent piping components. lower bend load capabilities.FIG. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. serrated flange surfaces or mating flanges with inserts (Figure C2). See page 200 for bolt torque information. Tighten the nuts alternately and evenly so the flange faces remain parallel. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance.

FIG. Place the Gruvlok Flange Gasket around the pipe end by pressing the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. above. www. firm metal-to-metal contact. 1 Place each Gruvlok Flange segment around the grooved pipe with the key section fitting into the groove and the flange gasket cavity facing the pipe end.anvilintl.com .D. Alternately and equally tighten the latch bolts and nuts to the specified latch bolt torque bring the four flange segments into full. “This face towards mating flange” on the 16"-24" sizes) is facing out as shown in figure Step 3. Move around the gasket in both directions until the gasket is fully seated in the flange gasket cavity. If so. Place the flange halves around the pipe and complete the assembly as described in Step 1. Loosely assemble the segments using the four segment-bolts-and-nuts. NOTE: An alternative method of assembly is to loosely preassemble two segments into two equal halves of the flange leaving a small gap (approximately 1/8") between the two segments of each flange-half. and flange recess. 2 Check the gasket grade to verify that it is properly suited for the intended service. The gasket may be shipped with the sealing lips facing outward. Lubricate the entire surface of the gasket and the flange cavity using the appropriate Gruvlok Lubricant. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 166 Gruvlok® Flanges of 14" size and larger are cast in four segments to ease handling during assembly. it will be necessary to rotate the gasket so the narrow gasket lip (marked.

Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Only Gruvlok Flange gaskets may be used with Fig. 5 Tighten the nuts evenly to the specified mating face bolt torque so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm even contact around the entire flange. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with mating flange bolt holes. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. See page 200 for bolt torque information. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 167 . CONT'D. 14” – 24” FIG. Pull the two flanges into contact using care to assure that the gasket remains fully seated within the gasket cavity during assembly. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. NOTE: Take care to assure that the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGE CAUTION: GASKET MUST BE FULLY SEATED AGAINST THESE THREE SURFACES PIPE SURFACE DIAMETER GASKET NARROW UP PROPER POSITION OF GASKET SEALING LIPS WIDE UP 3 The correct position and relationship of the components of the Gruvlok Flange assembly is shown in the Figure above. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 7012. battery strength and operational variations.FIG. 7012 flanges. The wide gasket lip must seal on the pipe surface diameter and the narrow gasket lip must face the mating flange. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. NOTE: Design of the Gruvlok Flange provides sealing only with the special Gruvlok Flange gasket. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Insertion of the flange bolts prior to contact of the flanges will help in the alignment of the flanges. Insert the next bolt or stub opposite the first and again thread the nut on hand tight. lower bend load capabilities. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance.

ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing.anvilintl. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket. 2Gasket Installation— 3Alignment— Slip the gasket over one pipe end making sure the pipe abuts the gasket’s center ribs. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. Make sure the recess in the outlet of the housing is properly aligned with gasket outlet. Rotate the gasket to align the outlet of the gasket to the same direction as the branch outlet.com .FIGURE 7042 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 168 These instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications. & lubricate 1Check gasket —Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. place one side of the housing over the gasket. Make sure the ribs on the outside of the gasket align with the recesses in the housing and the keys in the housing are in the grooves on both pipes. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both sides of the pipe. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. www. Align the pipe ends and pull the pipe into the gasket until the center ribs are in contact with the pipe ends. 4Housing Assembly– With one nut and bolt removed and the other loosened.

FIGURE 7042. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Securely tighten the nuts alternately and equally until they are completely tightened and there is no gap between the bolt pads. CONT'D FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. lower bend load capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 5Tighten Nuts— Reinsert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. 7042 – SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 169 . 6Assembly is complete CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CAUTION: Make sure the ribs on the exterior of the gasket are enclosed in the housing recesses. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Continue tightening the nuts alternately and equally until the specified bolt torque is reached. See page 200 for bolt torque information. battery strength and operational variations.

Apply a thin layer of Gruvlok lubricant to the back surface of the gasket. 1 1 1 Hole Saw Size (Inches) (+1/8. -0) 11⁄2 1 ⁄4. PIPE PREPARATION Branch Size (Inches) 1 ⁄2. Some sizes use a Ubolt design.FIGURE 7045 & 7046 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 170 ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5/8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Align the strap around the pipe. 3⁄4. insert the bolts and tighten the nuts finger tight. www.anvilintl. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing. 1Pipe Preparation— Cut the appropriate size hole in the pipe and remove any burrs. 1 ⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 23⁄4 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 & lubricate 2Check gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. 3Gasket Installation— 4Alignment— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket.com .

FIGURE 7045 & 7046. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 7045 & 7046—SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts and U-bolts used on the Gruvlok® Clamp-T’s. See page 200 for bolt torque information. 6Assembly is complete ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. FIGS. CONT'D. lower bend load capabilities. 5 Tighten nuts—Alternately and evenly tighten the nuts to the specified bolt torque. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 171 .

anvilintl. Remove the gasket from the housing and apply a thin layer of Gruvlok® lubricant to the back surface of the gasket.com . Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. www. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing. 3 Alignment— Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5⁄8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket. 2 Gasket Installation— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket with Gruvlok® lubricant. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe.FIGURE 7044 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 172 1 Pipe Preparation and Gasket Lubrication— Cut a 13⁄16" hole in the pipe and remove any burrs.

ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER BRANCH OUTLET ASSEMBLY. (37 to 45 N-M).FIGURE 7044. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 173 .-Ft. 5 Tighten Nuts — Making sure the fitting is properly located over the pipe hole. 4 Housing Assembly— Attach the U-bolt from the other side and fasten the nuts finger tight. tighten the nuts alternately and evenly to the specifed torque of 27 to 33 Lbs. CONT'D. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is Complete — Visually inspect the as- sembly. the gasket will extrude out from under the housing. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. battery strength and operational variations. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. lower bend load capabilities. See page 200 for bolt torque information. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.

FIGURE 7005 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 174 1 4 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.) 2-21⁄2 3-4 5-8 10 12 14-16 1 1 11⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 150 200 250 500 550 550 190 250 300 600 700 700 3 Check the gasket color code to verify that the gasket grade is properly suited for the intended service. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end.) (Ft-lbs. weld splatter. www. See the chart. (Ft-lbs. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside of the gasket and slip the gasket over one pipe.com . Max. The gasket should be equally spaced between the lines scribed on each pipe. projections. or other imperfections which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Align the second pipe and while holding the pipe in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. battery strength and operational variations. In. In. from pipe Pipe Size Distance end for mark Bolt Torque Min. 2 Mark each pipe at a distance from the pipe end according to the pipe run size.anvilintl.

on plain-end or beveled standard wall steel pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 175 . Working pressure and end load are based on a properly assembled Roughneck coupling with bolts fully torqued to the above specifications. lower bend load capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.FIGURE 7005 7 Reinstallation after a disassembly will require that the threads on the bolt and in the nut are clean and lubricated with a light oil. Roughneck Couplings are designed to be used on plain-end pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings only. See page 200 for bolt torque information. *Bolt torque ratings shown must be applied at installation. making sure that the tongue on one housing half is aligned with the recess on the other housing half. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Gasket Housing Pipe Grippers ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NOTE: Torque requirements must be met and housing halves must be assembled with equal gaps between bolt pads. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. See chart on previous page for bolt torque. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. For externally coated pipe applications. 5 Place each half of the Roughneck coupling over the gasket. contact Gruvlok. Not recommended for use on steel pipe with a hardness greater than 150 Brinell. HDPE. cast iron or other brittle pipe. 6 Tighten the nuts alternately and uniformly until the required bolt torque is reached. plastic.

Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe products. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lip and outside surface of the gasket. Mark each pipe at a distance from the end of the pipe according to the pipe size: Size Inches Distance to Mark 2-4" (51 . The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). 2 Check to assure the gasket material is accept able for the intended service. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket.FIGURE 7305 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 176 1 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations.102 mm) 1" (25.anvilintl.com .5 mm) NOTE: Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends.8 mm) 10&12" (254 . Align the second pipe and while keeping the pipes in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. www. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe.203 mm) 11⁄4" (31. projections or other imperfections. The gasket must be positioned centrally between the lines on the pipe ends.305 mm) 13⁄4" (44.4 mm) 5-8" (127 .

joint leakage and pipe joint separation. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 177 . Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. See page 200 for bolt torque information. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. 4 Place the Figure 7305 housing casting over the gasket. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. battery strength and operational variations. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. making sure the tongue on one casting is aligned with the recess of the other casting. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels.FIGURE 7305. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. lower bend load capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.

Make sure the gasket does not overhang into the pipe groove. slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings.anvilintl. 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service.com . The gasket must be positioned on the gasket seat surface of the grooved steel pipe. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. indentations. The steel pipe must be grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® Grooving Specifications for Steel Pipe. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket. The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N).FIGURE 7307 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 178 1 Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. The pipe ends must be free of scratches. projections or other imperfections. Align the second pipe and while holding it in the butted position. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant. If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. www.

battery strength and operational variations.FIGURE 7307. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. See page 200 for bolt torque information. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 179 . Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. making sure the housing grooved end is directed into the pipe groove. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. lower bend load capabilities. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 4 Place each half of the coupling housing over the gasket. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact.

3 Place the housing over the end of the pipe and using a straight edge.FIGURE 7312 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 180 1 Make certain the pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and 8" sizes. www. Torque all bolts to the required latch bolt torque levels. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. align the face and the flange face with the end of the pipe. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. 4 Tighten the housing nut until the housing bolt pads make firm metal to metal contact.com . CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe Products. indentations.anvilintl. Refer to the Specified Latch Bolt Torque Table. or other imperfections. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket. The gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). Do not let the pipe extend beyond the flange face. projections. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. If Silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service. Inspect the surface of the mating flange to be assured the surface is free of dimensions of the mating flange to be assured that the scratches.

The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Refer to the Specified Mating Flange Bolt Torque Table. battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Be sure the flange sealing lips are facing out. lower bend load capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Tighten the flange face nuts alternately and evenly so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm contact around the entire flange.FIGURE 7312. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE FOR LATCH & MATING FLANGE BOLTS Specified bolt torque is for the latch and mating flange bolts used on Gruvlok® flanges. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. 5 Position the Gruvlok Flange gasket around the pipe end and press the gasket into the flange gasket pocket. Torque all bolts to the required mating flange joint torque levels. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 181 . Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Continue this procedure until all holes have been fitted. Insert a standard bolt or stud through one bolt hole and thread the nut on hand tight. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Insert the next bolt or stud opposite the first and thread the nut on hand tight. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. 6 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange bolt holes. Note: Take care to assure the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges.

D. Also apply a light coating of lubricant to the pipe ends to further ease insertion of the pipe into the Sock-It Fitting. projections. www. Other lubricants may affect gasket performance. of the Sock-It Fittings as this would prevent proper insertion of the pipe. 2 Check all lock bolts to be sure they do not extend into the I. indentations. mark the pipe at a distance of 11⁄2" from the end for 1". and sharp edges which could affect proper gasket sealing.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING 182 1 Pipe surface shall be cleaned at least 1" from the end of the pipe to remove any coating. 11⁄4". NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe. No additional cleaning is required.com . NOTE: Use only Gruvlok Lubricants. 3 Apply a light coating of GRUVLOK Lubricant to the gaskets located in each end of the Sock-It Fitting.anvilintl. As a guide for installation. and 11⁄2" size fittings and 13⁄4" for the 2" & 21⁄2" size fittings.

INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING. The end of the Sock-It Fitting should be within 1⁄16" from the edge of the marking on the pipe. Replace bolts in cases where bolt end sharpness has been comprised. A slight twist while pushing fitting and pipe together will ease the required insertion force. and the system drained of fluid prior to loosening the lock bolts to remove or reposition the Sock-It Fitting. Rotate the fitting until the desired position is obtained. battery strength and operational variations. Bolt end must be inspected to assure bolts ability to cut into pipe. (See Step 1). WARNING: System pressure must be relieved and vented. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Sock-It Fittings may be removed by loosening the lock bolts. Reinstallation may be accomplished as described in Steps 1-4. (NOTE: The 21⁄2" Sock-It fitting has 2 locking bolts for each pipe end. Tighten the lock bolt until the bolt head bottoms against the threaded boss. CONT'D 183 . CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.4 Insert the prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It Fitting until the pipe end makes contact with the internal pipe stop.) Install the other prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It fitting in the same manner. CAUTION: Do NOT hammer fitting on.

Once the GBV installation has been completed and the system has been filled and purged. Always follow local plumbing codes for installation best practices. 5% antimony) type solder or equal. 2). The arrow must point in the direction of flow for proper operation. All threaded connections should be sealed using an approved pipe sealant per industry standards. air entrapment in the fluid must be removed.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 1 Clean the system piping of debris (pipe scale. See www.SWEAT (SOLDER) CONNECTIONS: 6 GBV-S models are supplied with sweat style connections. CAUTION: Before soldering. 4 All GBV’s are marked with an arrow on the valve body to indicate direction of flow.anvilintl. Overtightening when installing valves may result in fracturing of the valve body at the threads.com . Caution should be used when sweat style connection valves are installed to prevent overheating the valve. 2 GBV-S . For installations using fluids other than 100% water. As with any water system it is important to make provisions to keep the system clean.com for appropriate correction factors. and memory stop. or call your local Anvil representative. (Go to Step 8) Fig. For optimum operation. 7 6 Fig. ensure the valve is opened at least one full turn to avoid damage to the sealing O-ring due to overheating. each valve loop must be adjusted to the correct flow setting. 1 184 www. Anvil recommends that the GBV be protected during installation by wrapping a damp rag around the handle / bonnet assembly prior to soldering the valve into the line. flow rates must be corrected for the changes created by the fluid medium. GBV-T . which vary with the fluid temperature. Provisions must be made for easy access to the probe metering ports (PMP’s).NPT THREADED CONNECTIONS 3 To ensure accuracy of measurement Circuit Balancing Valves (GBV’s) should be located at least five pipe diameters downstream from any fitting and at least ten pipe diameters downstream from a pump (as illustrated in Fig. GBV GBV 5D PUMP 10 D Solder the valve body in line using 95/5 (95% tin. GBV-T models are tapped with NPT threaded connections. 5 GBV’s may be installed in horizontal or vertical piping (as illustrated in Fig. 1). welding slag) and other contaminants. rust.anvilintl. 2 The operation of the valve is dependent on the fluid characteristics such as specific gravity and viscosity. Employ piping best practice when engaging pipe to threaded valves. reading scale.

adjust the handwheel position until the differential pressure reading across the venturi corresponds to the required GPM. Fig. Both the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale indicate a valve position reading of 0.3 indicates that the valve is partially open (2. 3) WARNING: Anvil does NOT recommend leak testing an HVAC system with air due to safety concerns.5 to indicate the valve position in terms of the number of full turns. (Fig. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. the valve may open as much as 5. Two indicators describe the position of the valve: the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale. 360° turn of opening when lined up with an arrowhead symbol. This is not a problem with the valve. (Fig. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1⁄10th of a turn of the arrowhead symbol when the valve is closed hand tight. 10 The valve operates from fully open to closed by a clockwise rotation of the orange handwheel using five 360° turns. 9 To set the system flow. due to the depth of the stem threads. 5: GBV setting of 5.9 and is located on the upper half of the handle assembly.CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 6). 4: GBV Fig. 3: GBV setting of 0. as compared to water.0 turns. the performance curves for these GBVs are calibrated only to 5. indicates that the valve is fully opened.3 turns. 3) Fig.3 turns open). OPERATION: 8 Valves are circuit balancing valves that are selected to deliver the correct flow in a piping circuit based on line size and design flow rate. DO NOT USE A WRENCH ON THESE VALVES – THEY SHOULD BE OPENED AND CLOSED HAND-TIGHT ONLY! • Micrometer Scale: This scale is marked 0 . In some cases.0 11 SCALE DIAL setting of 2. Each mark represents 1⁄10th of a full. The “0” on the micrometer scale should be within one half of 185 . however. • “Handwheel Turns” Dial: This dial is printed on the outer surface of a gearing mechanism located inside the lower half of the handle assembly (Fig. Testing HVAC systems with pressurized air can be dangerous due to the high compressibility of air. CONT'D The valve is considered “zeroed” when fully closed hand tight. Each complete 360° revolution of the handwheel is visible through a display window and is scaled 0 . located above the handwheel turns display window.0 indicates that the valve is closed.

when taking readings.M. As sealing is accomplished internally on the probe stem. Do not use any lubrication on the probes when inserting them. Over-tightening may cause damage to the P. Wear protective eyewear and clothing to prevent personal injury when measuring pressure.P.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. 16 17 Insert a 2. overnight. Do not try to take it off 186 the valve. the hose with blue fitting downstream.com . as this will cause permanent damage to the probe. or it may become damaged. Low Pressure Port (blue) High Pressure Port (orange) 12 Connect pressure measuring device to the GBV metering ports as follows: • Remove protective cap from metering ports (1⁄4" NPT connection). If for any reason.M.P.P. adversely affecting the pressure measurement. 6) Turn the setscrew in a clockwise direction until it stops. 14 The handle of the GBV is not designed to be removable. • Insert the meter probe into the metering ports. may occur when the probe is removed. Table 1 PART NUMBER SIZE 1⁄2" 871158-010 871158-011 871158-012 871158-013 871158-014 871158-015 3⁄4" 1" 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" MEMORY SETTING: 15 After valve has been properly adjusted and without moving the handwheel. It is not necessary to www. simply wet the probes with clean water. Read the pressure drop across the venturi with a digital meter.0) or at a preset position.’s) during probe insertion and hookup of metering device.anvilintl. 13 Before taking a measurement reading. The locking nut on the probe is designed to hold it in the P. the locking memory stop should be set. Determine flow rate by use of venturi Cv performance curves on page 4 or the Anvil Balancing Slide Rule. or locking nut threads.M. do not bend.P.5 mm (or 3⁄32") Allen key through the hole provided in the valve’s handle cap. The probe should not be left inserted into the fitting for prolonged periods of time. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES CAUTION: Hot water leakage can occur from metering ports (P. CAUTION: When inserting probe. replace the entire handle / stem assembly with the appropriate replacement part indicated in the table below.. the handle is damaged.M. If necessary. it is only necessary to tighten the locking nut FINGER-TIGHT. (Fig. etc. set the valve to its fully open position (5. up stream. The hose with orange fitting. The memory stop will allow the valve to be fully closed for isolation and then reopened to the preset flow position. as leakage of the P.

7: These curves are for balancing contractors' use when balancing an HVAC system. 8 for both the GBV-S & GBV-T and a troubleshooting chart HANDWHEEL TURN INDICATOR INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. This establishes the maximum opening position for this particular valve. 8. 6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 187 . See next two pages for Fig. OR TIGHTEN VALVES. DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN REOPENING THE VALVE – OPEN ONLY UNTIL THE VALVE STOPS TURNING UNDER “HAND TIGHT” CONDITIONS. DO NOT USE A WRENCH TO OPEN. The memory has now been set. flow across the entire valve. For pressure drop vs. SET SCREW CAP LOCK NUT Fig. CONT'D STEM Fig.CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES Venturi Cv Performance Curves tighten. To return the valve to its preset “balanced” position. 18 The valve may now be closed tightly. CLOSE. as needed. please refer to Fig. for isolating the piping during system maintenance. simply open the valve by turning the handwheel counterclockwise until the handle stops turning (the valve stem inside the handle has hit the memory setscrew).

For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing. www. 8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing.anvilintl.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. 7. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 188 GBV-S GBV-T Fig. Fig. please refer to Fig. For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing.com . 8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing. please refer to Fig. 7.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 189 . Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1.the connection is not sufficiently tight.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. 1. or Tighten and recheck for leakage. Re-solder the connection and recheck for leakage.the joint has failed. Valve does not shut off completely when closed (hand tight). Valve is leaking: 2. • At the pipe connection If solder joint . being careful not to over-tighten. the valve was over-tightened during installation and the valve body has cracked (fractured). CONT'D TROUBLESHOOTING: Symptom Likely Cause Solution • At the bonnet / body joint Bonnet O Ring has been damaged. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1. If threaded . or was not soldered properly. The seat O ring has been deformed due to overheating during soldering. Remove and reinstall a new valve.

. The repetitive bending of a hose assembly to a radius smaller than the radius specified will result in early hose failure. or when welding in the area of a braided metal hose assembly.anvilintl. Do not install a braided metal hose assembly compressed (bagged braid). 4 If the braided metal hose assembly must be installed with an initial offset then the maximum allowable movement is reduced by the amount of the initial deflection.FIGURE AF21-GG. Utilize sound geometric configurations that avoid sharp bends. 2 To install a thread end braided metal hose assembly unions must be used. Always install the hose assembly so that the flexing takes place in only one plane . If in doubt as to suitability. The flanges on a concentric increasing braided metal hose assembly have the bolt holes straddling the hose centerline. the braid is designed to lake the stress of system pressurization and contain the core.com . refer to a Chemical Resistance Data table or contact your Gruvlok rep. for guidance. Do not place wrenches on the braided portion or the collar of the braided metal hose assembly. 3 Install the braided metal hose assembly with neutral face-to-face dimension as shown on the submittal drawing. www. especially near the end fittings of the assembly. The corrugated inner hose contains the fluid. Use care not to torque the braided metal hose assembly while tightening the union. Operation beyond design limits will result in premature failure. 9 The corrugated metal hose alloy must be chemically compatible with the media in the piping system. Always provide sufficient length to prevent over bending and to eliminate strain on the hose assembly. It is recommended that two wrenches be used in making the union connection.this being the plane in which the bending occurs 8 The maximum system test pressure must not exceed 150% of the maximum rated working pressure as shown When installing weld end. 11 Verify that the movements of the system are within the design parameters of the braided metal hose assembly being installed. Do not twist the hose assembly during installation when aligning the bolt holes in a flange or in making up pipe threads. or sweat end. The utilization of lap joint flanges or pipe unions will minimize this condition. braided metal hose assemblies. The mating flanges should also straddle the centerline to avoid torque on the braided metal hose assembly. 5 10 Avoid over bending. AF21-GF & AF21-FF INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 190 Installation 1 Avoid torque. one to prevent the hose from twisting and the other to tighten the coupling. 7 12 6 Prevent out-of-plane flexing in an installation. Check system pressure and temperature and do not exceed recommended performance limits. extreme care is necessary in ensure no weld spatter comes in contact with the braided hose sections.

Always support the piping to prevent excessive weight from compressing the hose and relaxing the braid tension. 14 Use care when handling the braided metal hose assembly during transportation. The braided hose sections must not be allowed to bend. storage. 15 The shipping sticks. must be properly anchored and/or guided. After installation. During system shutdown braided metal hose assembly should be examined to verify no thermal axial motion has occurred causing compression of the assembly. PARALLEL IMPROPER INSTALLATION COMPRESSED ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 191 . AF21-GF & AF21-FF. which utilizes braided metal hose to absorb movement. deflect. the shipping sticks should be removed. the braided metal hose assembly should be replaced. are to keep the braided metal hose assembly in its neutral end-to-end dimension during shipping and installation. or otherwise extend beyond their rated capabilities. Also inspect to ensure there is no damage to the hose. Inspect for frayed or broken braid wires. CONT'D 13 A piping system.FIGURE AF21-GG. and installation. In the event that such damage is found. on flanged units. sag. Maintenance 1 PROPER INSTALLATION 2 IMPROPER INSTALLATION The braided metal hose assembly should he inspected during routine maintenance to ensure there are no signs of external damage.

RECOMMENDED HOLE SIZES The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or subsequent to attachment of the Tee-Let. as some codes require. mechanical flame cutting (oxy-acetylene or propane). the amount of weld required for adaquent penetration is significantly reduced. One advantage of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe is left intact during welding thereby reducing shrinkage and possible distortion. then the following hold sizes are recommended. many of the problems associated with installing welding outlet fittings on standard weight or light weight pipe are eliminated. Accordingly. such as chrome.25. On the other hand. www. Merit specifies that residuals.com .anvilintl. Merit Tee-Lets are manufactured from continuous cast aluminum killed steel with a carbon range of from 0.05 to 0. the wall thickness at the weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe. certain grades of carbon steel pipe are manufactured from skelp whose RECOMMENDED TEE-LET HOLE SIZES Tee-Let Size In.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS® 192 RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured to reduce the cost of installation from both the standpoint of labor required and energy consumed. by following the recommended installation procedures. Aside from reducing the likelihood of burn through and distortion resulting from excessive heat./mm 5⁄8 16 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 28 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 50 27⁄16 61 3 75 4 100 Holes may be cut employing mechanical means—including hole sawing. and air plasma cutting (constricted tungsten arc) machines. Merit offers a simple approach to cutting the hole. In addition. Merit Weld-Wiser Tee-Lets are designed to be installed on standard weight or light weight pipe with one weld pass on Type A outlet sizes from 1⁄2" through 21⁄2" inclusive. including burn through and excessive shrinkage resulting in pipe distortion./mm 1⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 Type Type A Type A Type A Type A Type C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Recommended Hole Size In. and on Type C outlet sizes through 4". heat setting can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe which it is being welded. If holes are cut prior to welding. Note that the same hole diameter for a given outlet size is required for both Type A and Type C Tee-Lets 1-11⁄2" larger. nickel and other metals resident in the scrap used for production of the steel be reported and kept to a minimum. Hand-held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter. Moreover.

Specifically. It should be noted that Merit Tee-Lets have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation. As a general rule. gases released during the welding process do not escape before the molten puddle sets up. certain residuals may cause excessive porosity.21⁄2 Outlet RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF WELD Outlet Size A B In./mm In. Excessive heat may cause the wrench tight threads (those in the bottom of the TeeLet near the weld zone) to distort while also causing the branch pipe to bend. The following recommended settings for welding therefore may need to be adjusted slightly higher if any of the above mentioned adverse conditions exist. Every effort must be made to avoid welding too hot or overheating both the pipe and the Tee-Let. the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed in the welding process to escape. and assumes that the welding equipment is properly calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified. 3⁄4 & 1 Outlet 1 11⁄4 . The threads. spatter or lack of penetration. 5 ⁄16 5 5 193 . may not return to their gauged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand. on the other hand. one approach is to slightly increase the heat in order to give the gases time to escape from the puddle.A chemical composition is not specified. When the metal inert gas shield (MIG) welding process is employed./mm 1 ⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 1 ⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 3⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®./mm In. This wire contains scavengers which allow gases in the molten weld puddle to escape before the weld solidifies. The following is intended only as a guide. A flux cored wire can also be used. B ⁄2. When porosity or lack of penetration occurs. CONT'D. and only negligibly distort when subjected to excessive heat.

035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.035 100-130 16-20 210 25-30 0.4 63-100 RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS.109 3 5-6 125-150 0.anvilintl.4 63-100 1⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 120-150 17-20 270 20-25 0.045 180-205 20-24 245 27-32 www.065 2 0.120 3 0. Volts Wire Feed Thickness B.109 3 0.4 63-100 21⁄2 .5 1⁄2 .035 120-150 17-20 210 20-25 0.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.035 110-140 18-22 220 25-30 0.035 115-150 17-21 270 20-25 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 . CONT'D 194 Header Size In./mm AMPS-DC POS.5 0.035 130-150 18-20 270 15-20 0. IPM 0.035 110-140 17-20 210 20-25 0./mm 11⁄4 . C In.com .INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®.2 13-50 21⁄2 .4 63-100 1⁄2 .2 31-50 21⁄2 .4 63-100 Travel Speed IPM 0.4 63-100 1 ⁄2 .035 140-160 20-22 270 15-20 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .2 13-50 1 2 ⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .134 3.2 13-50 21⁄2 . Electrode Size Welding Current Arc.083 2.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0./mm In.035 130-160 19-22 290 20-25 0. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE Pipe Wall Tee-Let Types A.

035 130-150 18-20 260 15-20 0.Argon. 2.4 63-100 Electrode Size Welding Current Arc./mm 1⁄2 .5 Tee-Let Types A.134 wall and lighter. B.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.4 63-100 21⁄2 . 17-20 IPM 240 20-25 0.) Co2 .) 25% .045 180-225 20-24 290 12-18 0. minimum distortion and spatter. CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE Header Size In. good penetration. high welding speeds without meltthrough. nor for any recommendations made with respect to installation procedures./mm Pipe Wall Thickness In. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®. 75% .Deeper penetration.2 13-50 21⁄2 .RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS.4 63-100 21⁄2 . C In.045 170-220 18-22 290 12-18 0. CONT'D 195 . Volts Wire Feed AMPS-DC 120-150 POS.2 13-50 21⁄2 . low cost.Co2./mm 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Travel Speed IPM Merit assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting from the improper use of its Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings.035 140-160 20-22 260 15-20 0.109 3 8 200 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .035 SHIELDING GAS FLOW (FOR ALL SIZE S) 20-25 CFH 1. Recommended for . faster welding.148 3.

1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples Models “M” and “F” are the screw type consisting of an outer case which has one (1) inch N. do not overtighten the sprinkler. www.2. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are designed for use in automatic fire sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. Allow twenty-four hours for setting. Instead back the sprinkler out of the fitting. Apply pipe thread sealant only to male threads on the nipple and sprinkler only. E) Connect the Adjustable Drop Nipple assembly to the sprinkler system by wrenching on the make-up area on the Drop Nipple DO NOT WRENCH ON THE BARREL PORTION OF THE UNIT OR SPRINKLER.T.T.P. The inner case employs 0-Ring Seals and adjusts either in or out over the range of the adjustment. count the number of fully developed male threads on the brand of sprinkler to be installed into the fittings. Specification for Tapered Pipe Threads. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from two (2) to three (3) threads hand tight. If within tolerance. It is recommended that the system pressure be relieved when adjusting. reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant and makeon to the required length. Gauge both the male threads of the sprinkler and the female threads of the Adjustable Drop Nipple for compliance with ANSI B1.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES INSTALLATION A) For use in wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. or ISO-7 male or female thread on the inlet. If seven (7) perfect threads are counted. Damage to the Adjustable Drop Nipple or Sprinkler may result. sprinkler connection. however it is not necessary to drain the system. (See item 4). The same procedure would apply if a leak has been detected. F) After the ceiling has been installed adjust the sprinkler to its final position by using the sprinkler wrench and assemble the escutcheon plate to the inner support ring.1. Clean any debris and/or pipe sealant from both the male and female threads. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from three (3) to four (4) threads hand tight. Refer to the pipe chart on the back of 196 this card for correct make-up lengths. D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler to make-up to a minimum of from five (5) to six (6) full threads.P.com . and an inner case which has either a one-half inch (1⁄2") or a three-quarter inch (3⁄4") N. C) Use an anaerobic pipe thread sealant for thread make-up.anvilintl. If five (5) to six (6) threads are counted. (See item 4) B) Before starting the job of making sprinklers into steel threads of the above fittings.

5' for F3. Petroleum based lubricants are incompatible with EPDM and will impair serviceability of the unit.175.150. 5) DIMENSIONAL DATA See chartson next page.20. 1. and F3. (UL Listing Number 57SO) and approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM). F2.150.150. ME3.2' for F1. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples do not require any secondary locking following final adjustment and they will not extend as a result of vibrations or pressure surges in the system. DO NOT USE ANY PETROLEUM BASED LUBRICANTS ON THE O-RING SEALS.3' for F2.V.175 and M3. Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are approved by the New York Board of Materials and Equipment Standard (BSA886-86-5A) and verband der Schadenversicherer e. The approximate friction loss based on the Hazen and Williams Formula expressed in equivalent length of one (1) inch. CONT'D 197 . 3) TECHNICAL DATA Merit Adjustable Drop Nipples are rated for use at a maximum temperature of 300° F. (Vds). 4) WARNING Adjustable Drop Nipples described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document as well as the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association in addition to the standards for any other authorities having jurisdiction. and 2.1 / ISO-7R/RC.150. The O-Ring seals used in the manufacture are an ethylene propylene elastomer (EPDM). Inc.9' for F3.150.175 is 5/8".The purpose of these fittings is to allow for the final adjustment of the drop nipple between a branch line and a pendant sprinkler by eliminating the need to re-cut the existing drop nipple in order to fit-up flush to the ceiling. 1. 4. 2) APPROVALS AND STANDARDS Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are listed by the Underwriters Laboratories. 2. F3. The outer and inner casings are manufactured from high strength carbon Steel. and a maximum service pressure of 300 psi. schedule 40 pipe (where C= 120) is 1' for 1⁄2" outlet Model ‘M’.6' for 3⁄4" outlet Model ‘M’.150 is 17⁄32" and Models F1.. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Merit Eliminator Drop nipples maximum sprinkler orifice size for Models M3.150. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES. All Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are hydrostatically tested for o-ring integrity prior to shipment. In addition. M1. The inlet and outlet threads conform to ANSI B1.

Length Max Length Max. Adjust In.150 F2.150 F3.150 M3. ADJUSTMENT Model F MODEL M DIMENSIONAL DATA M1.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES.175 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3 ⁄4 Female 19 Max. Adjust in.175 198 “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE Model # MODEL F DIMENSIONAL DATA Max Inlet NPT Outlet Min./MAX.1⁄4" Model # BARREL DO NOT WRENCH /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 M3. ADJUSTMENT MIN. Length Length or DIN NPT In. LENGTH +./mm in. LENGTH +./MAX.150 ME3./mm 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1⁄2 Female 41⁄8 105 61⁄8 156 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 91⁄8 232 107⁄8 276 111⁄8 283 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3⁄4 Female 19 /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET MIN./mm 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 51⁄2 14 75⁄16 186 41⁄2 114 61⁄2 165 81⁄2 216 105⁄16 262 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 www./mm In.anvilintl./mm in./mm F1./mm in.com .1⁄4" Model M Inlet 1 MAKE UP AREA MAX./mm in.150 Outlet Min./mm in. CONT'D /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 BARREL DO NOT WRENCH MAX.150 F3.

681/7.46 turns to 6.300/10.4 0. sets-up to a semi hard condition and is vibration resistant.00 6.01 11.6 0. • Thoroughly mix the thread sealant prior to application.5 0.553/7.250/2.GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THREADED FITTINGS 1) Inspect both male and female components prior to assembly. Hand tight engagement for 21⁄2" through 4" thread varies from 5.546/7.3 0.(mm)/Thrds In.(mm)/Thrds In.9 0. 3) Joint Makeup • For sizes up to and including 11⁄2" pipe.4 0.757/8.8 0.60 16.4 0.75 turns. Hand tight engagement for 1⁄2" through 2" thread varies from 4.85 17.3 0.2 0.83 10.6 0. Female Thread L3 Male Thread • Clean or replace components as necessary.46 17. L3 Dim. In.932/7.697/7.724/8.75 21.40 33. L1 Dim.8 1. Total L1 + L3 or Tee-Let Effective Hand Tight Wrench Tight Length Outlet Size Threads In.75 8.01 17.261/3.420/4.320/4. • For 21⁄2" through 4" sizes.0 0.707/8.1 0.7 1.4 0.48 13.534/7.00 5.00 5.0 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY L2 199 . • Threads should be free from mechanical damage.75 14.46 23.13 25.436/5.250/2.683/7.400/4.138/9.47 13.7 0.2 1. 2) Application of pipe dope • Use a pipe dope that is fast drying.48 turns to 5. Alternately./mm In.6 0.6 0.9 0.00 6.250/2.261/3.0 0.00 6.10 28.094/8.534/7.766/6.339/4. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK L1 NPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS—Length of Effective Threads Drop Nipple L2 Dim.4 0.5 1.6 0.00 6.844/6.75 27.83 10.8 0.016/8. dirt.1 0.261/3.01 turns.682/5.661/7.6 0.200/9.64 13.706/8.6 0.6 0.214/3.214/3. • Apply a thick even coat to the male threads only. an anaerobic sealant may be utilized.7 0.00 6. Best application is achieved with a brush stiff enough to force sealant down to the root of the threads.4 0.70 19.(mm)/Thrds.420/4.48 2.60 10. wrench tight makeup is considered two full turns past hand tight.9 1.32 18.13 18.83 17. chips and excess cutting oil.261/3.00 6.83 17.(mm)/Thrds 1⁄2 13 3⁄4" 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 0.4 0.00 6. wrench tight makeup is considered three full turns past hand tight.13 19.50 30.3 0.

CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.anvilintl. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1 11⁄8 11⁄4 Wrench Size In. NOTE: Specified torques are to be used unless otherwise noted on Product Installation Instructions. ANSI SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size In.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE 200 Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges.-Lbs 30-45 80-100 100-130 130-180 180-220 200-250 225-275 250-300 METRIC SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size mm M10 M12 M16 M20 M22 M24 Wrench Specified Size Bolt Torque * mm N-M 16 40-60 22 110-150 24 135-175 30 175-245 34 245-300 36 270-340 * Non-lubricated bolt torques * Non-lubricated bolt torques CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.com . battery strength and operational variations. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. lower bend load capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. www. 11⁄16 7 ⁄8 11⁄16 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 2 Specified Bolt Torque * Ft.

. . . . . . . 212 Weights of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Blind Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 Alignment of Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ./600Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Barlow’s Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218-219 Sprinkler System Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-227 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threaded and Socket Flanges . . . . .223 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions . . . . . . .235 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Geometry Formulas . 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stub End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Unit Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Flow Conversion Chart . . . .228 Slip-on. . . .229 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Types & Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Feet Head To Water Pressure.237 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps . . . . . . . .Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180° Return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Standard Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221-222 Hardness Conversion Numbers . . . . . . .List Of Abbreviations . .210 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes . . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Liquids . . .228 Weld Fitting Tee. . . Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 Tap & Drill Sizes . . . . . . . . . . .205 Weight/Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 Standard Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231-232 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Useful Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel . . . . . . . . . . . Cross. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications . . . . . 203-204 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Lap Joint Flanges . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Gases .209 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . 215 Melting Points of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . 274-280 A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267-270 Pipe Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249-251 Steel Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286-287 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 297-298 Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-295 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . 281-285 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299-301 Coupling Chart Data Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260-261 Alphabetical Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-257 PVC Pipe Support Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . .296 Vacume Service . . . . . .259 Anvil Design Services . .262 Figure Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263-266 Coupling Flexibility . . . . . . . . . 244-248 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques . . . . . .290 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Design Factors . . . . . . . . . . 239-241 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 Other Pipe Data. . . .291 Gruvlok® Lubricants . . . . 302-304 Movement—Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258-259 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing . . . . 242-243 Beam Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT'D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271-273 Pipe Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288-290 Symbols For Pipe Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253-254 Copper Tube Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society for Testing Materials F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center to Face AISI . . . . . . . . . . . .American Standard °F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Society of Heating and Ventilation Engineers ex-hy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hexagonal cfm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Water Works Association F to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centigrade hex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Standards Association dwg . . . . . . . Companion AGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society of Mechanical Engineers F & D . . . . . . Faced and Drilled ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cast Iron CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flanged Btu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barrel flgd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abbreviations conform to the practice of the American Standard Abbreviations for Scientific and Engineering Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange or Flanges bbl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet per second CI . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing Ashve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Iron and Steel Institute °C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter ASA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gage or Gauge C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Petroleum Institute diam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Fahrenheit API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fahrenheit AWWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Gas Association C to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cubic feet per minute hg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mercury ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION ABBREVIATIONS LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 203 . Cast Steel abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . British thermal unit(s) g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bell and Spigot or Brown & Sharpe (gauge) flg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 cfs . . . . . . . . . . Extra-heavy ASME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASA Z10. . . . . . . . . Face to Face B & S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Absolute Comp . . . . . . . . Degrees Centigrade Amer Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . Malleable Iron SSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Steam Service Pressure MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducing Sch or Sched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seconds Saybolt Universal max . . . . . . . Inside Diameter Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Semifinished ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New England Water Works Association XXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mounted WOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Schedule scd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside diameter OS&Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Working Water Pressure XS . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal pipe size (formerly IPS for iron pipe size) OD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS IBBM . . . . .Specification kw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Extra Strong NPS . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra Strong NEWWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pounds per square inch. . . . . . . . . . . Transactions mtd . . . . Iron Body Bronze (or Brass) Mounted SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside Screw and Yoke OWG . Manufacturers Standardization Society (of Value and Fittings Industry) WWP . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Trans . . . . Gas (see OWG) MSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screwed 204 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatt(s) SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gage red . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maximum Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gas (see WOG) psig . . . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

671875 11 ⁄ 32 ....5000 31 .....390625 47 ⁄ 64 . 0................. 0.... 0.....921875 1 ⁄ 4 ... 0..0....... 0.....5667 35 ..0.......0.0.4833 30 .... 0..9167 56 ...296875 41 ⁄ 64 .0........ 0.....0.171875 33 ⁄ 64 ...7000 43 .....0625 13 ⁄ 32 ......... 0...........09375 7 ⁄ 16 ...........0.....203125 35 ⁄ 64 ... 0........... 1.28125 5 ⁄ 8 .......8333 51 .......0............. 0......0..0667 5 ...1167 8 ...... 0.......078125 27 ⁄ 64 ...... 0.0.4375 25 ⁄ 32 .......3333 Min Degree 21 ..................0. 0... 0.......................34375 11 ⁄ 16 .................. 0.... 0....0... 0.59375 15 ⁄ 16 ..........0500 4 ...................65625 21 ⁄ 64 ................ 0.......609375 61 ⁄ 64 ..................4667 29 .........0..........2500 16 .......796875 1 ⁄ 8 .... 0....6333 39 ..... 0.............453125 51 ⁄ 64 ....8167 50 ....9000 55 .1500 10 ..90625 15 ⁄ 64 .........375 23 ⁄ 32 ............0............9333 57 ....... 0. 0................................6167 38 ....0...2167 14 .0...............0333 3 ..0..0.0...................0. 0...0000 TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FRACTIONS 205 ....0.........625 31 ⁄ 32 .......4333 27 ...3125 21 ⁄ 32 ...........515625 55 ⁄ 64 ......... 0.0....78125 7 ⁄ 64 .. 0..... 0............ 0.... 0...0.......... 0....0.. 0....015625 23 ⁄ 64 .....0...1875 17 ⁄ 32 ...5625 29 ⁄ 32 ...0.328125 43 ⁄ 64 .......................0.8125 9 ⁄ 64 .9375 17 ⁄ 64 ...6833 42 ..0..........2833 18 ....0..........359375 45 ⁄ 64 ................96875 19 ⁄ 64 . 0.... 0...0.0167 2 .0833 6 .... 0..4167 26 ....0........8667 53 ...7167 44 ..........3667 23 ....0......... 0...953125 9 ⁄ 32 ..0........... 0...... 0..890625 7 ⁄ 32 .....0..5833 36 ..............46875 13 ⁄ 16 ....0........... 0..0.7333 45 .... 0..0.0...0...2000 13 ..... 0........3500 22 ..5500 34 ...0.....109375 29 ⁄ 64 . 0...... 0.......0... 0... 0.4000 25 .....3000 19 .....984375 1 ....046875 25 ⁄ 64 .875 13 ⁄ 64 ..6500 40 ..0........9833 60 .......7500 46 .8833 54 ...............1 5 ⁄ 16 . 0........8500 52 . 0..2667 17 .03125 3 ⁄ 8 .828125 5 ⁄ 32 ..0..3167 20 .3833 24 ..7667 47 .0.734375 1 ⁄ 16 . 0.................21875 9 ⁄ 16 ....40625 3 ⁄ 4 ....... 0...0........0... 0...0... 0.......................6000 37 ......... 0...............546875 57 ⁄ 64 ....25 19 ⁄ 32 ........578125 59 ⁄ 64 .............................5167 32 .140625 31 ⁄ 64 .......71875 3 ⁄ 64 ....5 27 ⁄ 32 ....... 0................ 0...5333 33 .0..DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES 1 ⁄ 64 ..234375 37 ⁄ 64 .1333 9 .... 0......703125 1 ⁄ 32 ..........765625 3 ⁄ 32 .0.0.........0.............8000 49 . 0....... 0......2333 15 ......0..........1000 7 ...................859375 3 ⁄ 16 ...... 0.484375 53 ⁄ 64 ..... 0.1833 12 .....265625 39 ⁄ 64 .....15625 1 ⁄ 2 ...........0...... 0.. 0.....6875 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Min Degree 1 ...... 0............1667 11 ...0.84375 11 ⁄ 64 ... 0...0.......421875 49 ⁄ 64 ..........9500 58 .......7833 48 ......53125 7 ⁄ 8 ...4500 28 .. 0..................9667 59 ............ 0.......75 5 ⁄ 64 .... 0. 0....... 0..640625 63 ⁄ 64 ..... 0..6667 Min Degree 41 .125 15 ⁄ 32 .........

226 0.134 0.318 4 4.179 - - - 0.625 0.065 0.237 0.126 - - - - 0.088 0. 140 Sch.563 0.095 0.145 - 0.375 0.065 0.179 0.065 0.226 0.083 0.294 3⁄4 1.109 - - 0.140 - 0.065 0.050 0.154 - 0.216 - 0.531 0.500 0.600 3 3.134 - - 0.119 0.083 0.120 0.091 0.000 0.anvilintl.237 0.083 0.276 0.109 0.120 - - 0.203 0.083 - - 0.500 - 0.187 0.154 0.552 0. Pipe wall thickness in ASTM Specification A409 & ASME B36.437 31 ⁄ 2 4.226 - 0.840 0.875 0.154 0.300 0.109 0.COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES TECHNICAL INFORMATION This table lists standard pipe sizes and wall thicknesses.109 0.200 0.218 - - - 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 1⁄ 8 0.145 0.147 - - - 0. Pipe wall thickness in ASME B36.375 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.344 0.133 0.636 www.258 0.126 0. NOTE: All dimensions in inches & thicknesses are nominal or average wall thickness.750 0.258 0.19 & applicable only to corrosion resistant materials.276 - - - 0.318 - - - - 0.318 0.219 0.218 0.375 - 0.436 21 ⁄ 2 2.147 0. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch.065 - - 0.216 0.375 0.358 11 ⁄ 4 1. 2.405 - 0. or specifically: 206 1.308 1 1.109 0.200 - - - 0.300 0.337 0.095 - 1⁄4 0.065 0.109 - - 0. Nom.133 0. Actual thickness may be as much as 12.438 - 0.203 - 0.120 0.154 0.109 - 0.281 0.191 0.375 0.049 0.049 - - 0.068 0.065 0.109 0.113 0.203 0.145 0.216 0.191 - - - 0.674 5 5.337 - 0.083 - - 0.120 0.120 - - 0. (IN) Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 Sch Std.315 0.088 - 0.400 2 2.065 0.10 for carbon steel.com .900 0.140 0.382 11 ⁄ 2 1.120 - - 0.500 0.113 0.091 0.191 0.540 - 0.109 - - 0. Traditional standard weight.113 - 0.109 0.237 - 0.200 0.068 0.120 - - 0.083 0.147 0.276 0.119 - - - - 0.218 0.154 - - - 0.095 - - - - 0.083 0.119 - 3⁄8 0.120 0.088 0.250 0.154 0.258 - 0.660 0.675 - 0.5% under nominal due to mill tolerance.065 - - 0.140 0.083 0.065 0.337 0. 3.068 - 0.250 0.300 - - - 0.179 0.133 - 0.126 - 1⁄ 2 0.109 - - 0. extra strong & durable extra strong pipe.091 - 0.109 0.

875 1.218 0.438 1.219 1.500 - 32 32.500 1.594 0.312 0.125 1.375 0.330 0.000 0.277 0.500 0.250 0.094 1.188 0.875 2.000 0.500 0.156 0.375 0.500 - 24 24.365 0. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.250 1.812 1.000 0.188 0.250 - 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.562 - 0.218 0.562 0.562 1.125 0.656 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.148 0.969 1.500 - 20 20.432 0.375 0.375 - 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.375 0.781 0.500 - 36 36.375 0.500 1.218 0.134 0.500 - 28 28.500 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.250 0.000 1.500 0.750 0.250 0.594 - 0.375 0.719 0.594 0.625 0.500 0.322 0.125 0.312 - 0.844 - 1.375 0.500 0.000 - 0.322 0.625 1.180 0.500 - 26 26.000 14 14.000 0.500 - 34 34.750 1.432 0.250 0.500 - 42 42.312 - 0.188 0.406 0.969 0.594 0.500 0.031 - 1.500 0.000 0.375 0.500 1.375 1. (IN) All dimensions shown are in inches.365 0.000 - 0.625 0.375 1.500 0.500 - 0.719 0.750 0.938 - 1.280 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 6 6.250 0.281 1.312 0.280 0.625 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 207 .864 10 10.188 0.165 0.375 0.000 - - 0.844 1.375 0.375 0.531 1.938 1.500 0.165 0.375 0.438 0.344 0.719 0.000 - 0.875 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.322 0.148 0.219 - 1.432 Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch.156 0.812 0.000 0.500 - - - TECHNICAL INFORMATION COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES Nom.625 0.365 0.312 - 0.165 0.000 - 0.312 0.688 - 0.625 0.250 0.165 0.312 - 0.375 0.031 1.375 0.250 0.312 0.594 0.180 0.125 - 1.134 8 8.Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 - - Sch Std.312 0.000 - 0.625 0.250 0.500 - 16 16.500 - 30 30.844 1.250 0.109 0.000 1. 140 - 0.500 - 22 22.280 - 0.688 0.438 - 0.625 0.906 0.562 - Sch.750 - 0.812 2.134 0.375 0.307 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.109 0.188 0.625 0.406 0.000 12 12.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.062 2.406 0.562 0.500 0.156 1.750 0.000 0.312 0.500 - 18 18.312 - 0.375 0.500 0.

1058 0. (Gallons) 0.026 5.110 10. Pipe Inside Dia.” P = (2 • t • S) / D Where: P = internal units pressure.580 9.380 1.625 10.565 11. Wt.479 14.540 0.653 5.620 96. (Feet) Gallons per Linear Ft.610 2.5136 0.733 49.312 7.0054 0.1743 0.383.824 1.000 4.675 0.077 19.480 2.047 6. in psi S = unit stress.0099 0. in inches t = wall thickness.198 4. The formula predicts bursting pressures that have been found to be safely within the actual test bursting pressures.793 7.500 4.364 0.030 166.970 28.5008 2.984 2.469 3.269 0.900 2.910 270. Nom.0030 0.790 14.050 1.273 2.875 3.275 70.5988 4.563 6.878 1.981 10.068 3.067 2.405 0./Ft.2487 0. It is interesting to note that the formula uses the “outside diameter” of pipe and is sometimes referred to as the “outside diameter formula.620 18.000 1.131 1. Dia.526.625 8.3840 0.913 30.065 7.020 Nom.622 0. (Inches) Nom. Ft.660 1.826 0.679 2.550 40.568 0. easy method for finding the relationship between internal fluid pressure and stress in the pipe wall.anvilintl. (Inches) (Inches) 1⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 0.800 754.0449 0. Outside Dia.851 1.0777 0.750 0.0393 1.245 0.BARLOW’S FORMULA TECHNICAL INFORMATION STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE DATA 208 Nom.500 5.049 1. in inches www.com .548 4.840 1.425 0.360 473.0277 0.6613 1.493 0.718 3.0158 0. (Pounds) Length Containing One Cu.0963 Barlow’s Formula is a safe.375 2. in psi D = outside diameter of pipe.315 1.

180° RETURN.Nominal B Nominal Nominal K B A Nom. TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—90° ELBOW. Pipe Size 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B – – 1 17 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 – – 15 ⁄ 8 5⁄8 7 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 7⁄8 14 16 18 21 24 27 14 16 18 28 32 36 21 24 27 83 ⁄ 4 10 111 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 3 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 23 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 16 27 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 8 20 22 24 30 33 36 20 22 24 40 44 48 30 – 36 121 ⁄ 2 131 ⁄ 2 15 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 4 315 ⁄ 16 43 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 4 5 6 6 71 ⁄ 2 9 4 5 6 81 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 16 125 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 73 ⁄ 4 95 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 26 30 34 36 39 45 51 54 26 30 34 36 52 60 – 72 – 45 – 54 16 181 ⁄ 2 21 221 ⁄ 4 42 63 48 – – 26 8 10 12 12 15 18 8 10 12 165 ⁄ 16 203 ⁄ 8 243 ⁄ 8 125 ⁄ 16 153 ⁄ 8 183 ⁄ 8 5 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK All dimensions shown are in inches. Pipe Size 1⁄2 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B A Nom. 45° ELBOW 209 .

Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 161 ⁄ 2 17 191 ⁄ 2 22 25 261 ⁄ 2 C=30. CROSS.anvilintl. STUB END 210 M Nominal M C C Nom. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 1⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 1 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 * 11 ⁄ 2 * 2* 21 ⁄ 2 * 21 ⁄ 2 * 3* 31 ⁄ 2 * 4* 5* 6* – – – 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 13 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 2 21 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 35 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 2 63 ⁄ 16 75 ⁄ 16 81 ⁄ 2 105 ⁄ 8 123 ⁄ 4 15 Nominal G E C 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 M Nominal Nominal C F Nom. CAP. All dimensions shown are in inches.com .TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—TEE.M=28 61 ⁄ 2 * 7* 8* 9* 10 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 12 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 – 17 – – – – – Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 12 12 12 12 – 12 – – – – – 161 ⁄ 4 181 ⁄ 2 21 23 – 271 ⁄ 4 – – – – – *Dimensions apply to STD and XS only. www.

Pipe Size 1⁄2 x 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 1 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 11 ⁄ 4 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 2 x 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 H – – 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 3 3 3 C C.Nom. Pipe Size M H H C H: Concentric & Eccentric Reducers Nom. Pipe Size H 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 2 x 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 3x1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄ 2 x 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 4 x 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 – 31 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C M 3 3 3 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 – 33 ⁄ 4 3 3 ⁄4 33 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 3 31 ⁄ 4 – 31 ⁄ 8 1 3 ⁄4 31 ⁄ 2 35 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 37 ⁄ 8 4 5x2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 6 x 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 8x3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 10 x 4 5 6 8 12 x 5 6 8 10 14 x 6 8 10 12 H 5 5 5 5 5 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 – 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 C 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 7 7 7 7 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 All dimensions shown are in inches. M: Reducing Outlet Tees C M Nom. M 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 8 6 6 61 ⁄ 8 63 ⁄ 8 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 75 ⁄ 8 8 81 ⁄ 2 85 ⁄ 8 9 91 ⁄ 2 93 ⁄ 8 93 ⁄ 4 101 ⁄ 8 105 ⁄ 8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—REDUCERS AND REDUCING OUTLET TEES 211 .

anvilintl. Y(1) 31 ⁄ 2 37 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 5 6 7 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 9 10 11 131 ⁄ 2 16 19 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 213 ⁄ 16 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 41 ⁄ 2 300 LB. www. Y(1) 21 5 231 ⁄ 2 5 25 51 ⁄ 2 271 ⁄ 2 511 ⁄ 16 291 ⁄ 2 57 ⁄ 8 32 6 341 ⁄ 4 5 383 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 8 433 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 16 46 53 ⁄ 8 53 55 ⁄ 8 300 LB. All dimensions shown are in inches. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 O 150 LB.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—WELDING NECK FLANGES 212 Y O Nom.com . “Y”. Y(2) 33 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 16 45 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 27 ⁄ 16 51 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 8 23⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 81 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 9 33 ⁄ 8 10 31 ⁄ 2 11 4 121 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 16 15 45 ⁄ 8 171 ⁄ 2 47 ⁄ 8 201 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 103 ⁄ 4 13 14 161 ⁄ 2 20 22 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 8 4 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 6 61 ⁄ 8 Nom. Pipe Size 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 O 150 LB. O Y(2) O 600 LB. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. O Y(2) O 600 LB. O Y(1) 23 251 ⁄ 2 28 301 ⁄ 2 33 36 381 ⁄ 4 43 471 ⁄ 2 50 503 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 4 63 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 81 ⁄ 4 91 ⁄ 8 91 ⁄ 2 77 ⁄ 8 400 LB. “Y”. Y(2) 23 57 ⁄ 8 251 ⁄ 2 6 28 61 ⁄ 2 301 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 33 63 ⁄ 4 36 67 ⁄ 8 381 ⁄ 4 75 ⁄ 8 43 85 ⁄ 8 471 ⁄ 2 91 ⁄ 2 50 97 ⁄ 8 52 813 ⁄ 16 233 ⁄ 4 27 291 ⁄ 4 32 341 ⁄ 4 37 40 441 ⁄ 2 49 513 ⁄ 4 551 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 7 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 73 ⁄ 4 8 83 ⁄ 4 93 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 8 11 (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. O Y(1) 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 10 11 121 ⁄ 2 15 171 ⁄ 2 201 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 29 ⁄ 16 211 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 8 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 8 400 LB.

† O Y(2) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 4 41⁄4* 41⁄2 75⁄8* 85⁄8* 91⁄2* 97⁄8* - 600 LB. Pipe Size O Y(1) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 31⁄2 37⁄8 41⁄4 45⁄8 5 6 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 9 10 11 131⁄2 16 19 21 231⁄2 25 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 1 11⁄8 13⁄16 11⁄4† 15⁄16† 17⁄16† 19⁄16† 13⁄4† 115⁄16† 23⁄16† 21⁄4† 21⁄2† 211⁄16† 400 LB. 150 LB. THREADED AND SOCKET FLANGES 213 . “Y”. 5† 51⁄4*† 51⁄2† 83⁄4*† 93⁄4*† 105⁄8*† 111⁄8*† - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SLIP-ON. Pipe Size O Y(1) 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 271⁄2 291⁄2 32 341⁄4 383⁄4 433⁄4 46 53 27⁄8† 31⁄8 *† 31⁄4† 33⁄8*† 31⁄2*† 311⁄16*† 33⁄4*† 4*† 300 LB. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. O Y(1) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 33⁄4† 4*† 43⁄16† 71⁄4*† 81⁄4*† 91⁄8*† 91⁄2*† - 400 LB. O Y(2) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 103⁄4 13 14 161⁄2 20 22 233⁄4 27 291⁄4 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16† 21⁄8† 23⁄8*† 25⁄8† 3† 33⁄8† 35⁄8† 311⁄16† 43⁄16† 45⁄8† O Nom. “Y”. O Y(1) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄16 13⁄16 15⁄16 11⁄2 111⁄16 13⁄4† 17⁄8† 2† 21⁄16† 27⁄16† 25⁄8† 27⁄8† 3† 31⁄4† 31⁄2† 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Y O O 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16 2 21⁄8 21⁄4 211⁄16 27⁄8 31⁄8 35⁄16 311⁄16 37⁄8 600 LB. 150 LB. O Y(2) 32 341⁄4 37 40 441⁄2 49 513⁄4 - * Not available in Threaded type † Not available in Socket type (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. All dimensions shown are in inches.† O Y(2) 300 LB.Y Y Nom.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES
(for working pressures up to 125 psi steam, 175 psi WOG)
Size
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

31 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2

21 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
113 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 4
17
183 ⁄ 4
211 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

& BOLTS

No. Bolts

Bolt Size

Bolt Length

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16

3⁄8

13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1

LAP JOINT FLANGES
Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
32

5⁄8
5⁄8

11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
15 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
115 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 16
31 ⁄ 8
37 ⁄ 16
313 ⁄ 16
41 ⁄ 16
43 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 2
111 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 16
27 ⁄ 16
33 ⁄ 4
4
43 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2
6

400 LB.
O
Y
7⁄8
33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
1
47 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 16
51 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 16
71 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 4 113 ⁄ 16
9
115 ⁄ 16
10
2
11
21 ⁄ 8
121 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 4
15 211 ⁄ 16
171 ⁄ 2
4
201 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 4
23
45 ⁄ 8
251 ⁄ 2
5
28
53 ⁄ 8
301 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 4
36
61 ⁄ 4

600 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
103 ⁄ 4
13
14
161 ⁄ 2
20
22
233 ⁄ 4
27
291 ⁄ 4
32
37

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
113 ⁄ 16
115 ⁄ 16
21 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8
3
43 ⁄ 8
45 ⁄ 8
5
51 ⁄ 2
6
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

214

www.anvilintl.com

Size

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14 O.D.
16 O.D.
18 O.D.
20 O.D.
24 O.D.
30 O.D.
36 O.D.
42 O.D.
48 O.D.

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36
43
50
57
65

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4
27
32
391 ⁄ 4
46
523 ⁄ 4
603 ⁄ 4

No. Bolts

4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24
28
32
36
40

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

BOLTS

1⁄16"

Bolt Size Bolt Length
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
2
2

BLIND FLANGES

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
5
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
10
11

Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y(1)
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
1
1 ⁄2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
1
8 ⁄2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
291 ⁄ 2
32
341 ⁄ 4
383 ⁄ 4
433 ⁄ 4
46
53

7 ⁄ 16
1⁄2
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
7⁄8
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
111 ⁄ 16
113 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
5
2 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y(1)

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1

11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 8
35 ⁄ 8
4
41 ⁄ 8
5
4 ⁄8

400 LB.
O
Y(2)

For
sizes
31 ⁄ 2
and
smaller
use
600 LB.
Standard
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

(1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in Thickness, “Y”.
(2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in Thickness, “Y”.

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 8
1⁄4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
27 ⁄ 8
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
43 ⁄ 8
1
4 ⁄2
51 ⁄ 8

600 LB.
O
Y(2)
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
103 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2
13 13 ⁄ 4
14 17 ⁄ 8
161 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 16
20 21 ⁄ 2
22 25 ⁄ 8
233 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4
27
3
291 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4
32 31 ⁄ 2
341 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4
37
4
40 41 ⁄ 4
1
44 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 2
49 43 ⁄ 4
513 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8
583 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

EXTRA HEAVY CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES AND
(for working pressures up to 250 psi steam, 400 psi WOG)

215

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 150 TO 300 LB. STEEL FLANGE

216

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

23 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2 1 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4 5 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
5⁄8
6
5⁄8
7
71 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
91 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
113 ⁄ 4 3 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 8 7 ⁄ 8
17 7 ⁄ 8
183 ⁄ 4 1
211 ⁄ 4 1
223 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 8

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 2
5
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4

13 ⁄ 4
2
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

25 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2

2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

25
271 ⁄ 4
291 ⁄ 2
313 ⁄ 4
36
401 ⁄ 2
423 ⁄ 4
491 ⁄ 2

11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2

20
20
20
24
28
32
32
36

6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
7
71 ⁄ 4
8
81 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4

51 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
7
7
71 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

27
291 ⁄ 4
32
341 ⁄ 2
391 ⁄ 4
431 ⁄ 2
46
523 ⁄ 4

11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
36

8
83 ⁄ 4
9
10
111 ⁄ 4
121 ⁄ 4
123 ⁄ 4
133 ⁄ 4

7
71 ⁄ 2
73 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4
10
103 ⁄ 4
111 ⁄ 4
131 ⁄ 2

*1 ⁄ 16" Raised Face
Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown plus the thickness of two
laps of the stub ends.

www.anvilintl.com

Nom
Pipe
Size
1⁄2

3⁄4

1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
77⁄8
91⁄4
105⁄8
13
151⁄4
173⁄4
201⁄4
221⁄2
243⁄4

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
13⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄2
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄2
53⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄4
73⁄4
8
81⁄2
83⁄4

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
81⁄2
101⁄2
111⁄2
133⁄4
17
191⁄4
203⁄4
233⁄4
253⁄4

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
11⁄2
15⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
20

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄2
61⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
81⁄2
9
93⁄4
101⁄2

Nom
Pipe
Size

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

27
291⁄4
32
341⁄2
391⁄4
431⁄2
46
523⁄4

11⁄2
15⁄8
13⁄4
13⁄4
2
2
2
21⁄2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
32

91⁄2
10
101⁄2
111⁄2
13
133⁄4
14
161⁄4

281⁄2
305⁄8
33
36
401⁄4
441⁄2
47
533⁄4

15⁄8
13⁄4
17⁄8
17⁄8
2
21⁄4
21⁄2
23⁄4

24
24
24
28
28
28
28
28

111⁄4
12
123⁄4
131⁄4
14
15
153⁄4
171⁄2

Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown minus 1 ⁄ 2 "
plus the thickness of two laps of the stub ends.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 400 LB./600LB. STEEL FLANGE

217

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

218

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Seamless milled steel pipe for hightemperature service, suitable for
bending, flanging & similar forming
operations.

(1)
A106

As above, except use Grade A for close
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.

(1)
A106

Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res-welded steel pipe suitable for
A 53
coiling, bending, flanging, & other
special purposes, suitable for welding.
As above, except use Grade A for close
A 53
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.
Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res. welded steel pipe suitable for
A 120
ordinary uses. (When tension, flattening (obsolete)
or bend test required, order to A-53).
Resistance welded steel pipe for liquid,
A 135
gas or vapor.
As above, except use Grade A for
A 135
flanging & bending.

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

A

48,000

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

STD
Round

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

28 long.
OR (4)
30,000
20
trans.
28 long.
OR (4)
35,000
12
trans.

17.5+ 56t
or
40t
12.5+

35

17.5+ 56t

t

25

C

.25 max .27 to.93

17.5+ 56t 35
30 max
or
32t 16.5
6.5+

B

60,000

A

48,000

30,000

28

B

60,000

35,000

22

15+

A

48,000

30,000

B

60,000

35,000

.27 to
1.06

P

S

.048 .058
max max
.048 .058
max max

35

(2)

(3)

-

48t

30

(2)

(3)

-

35

30

17.5+ 56t
15+

MN

48t

.050
max
.050
max

.060
max
.060
max

www.anvilintl.com

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Electric-fusion-welded strait- or spiralseam pipe for liquid, gas or vapor from
mill grades of plate.

A 139

A

48,000

30,000

As above

A 139

B

60,000

35,000

A105

I

60,000

30,000

A 105

II

70,000

A 181

I

A 181

II

Forged Pipe, Flanges
Description and Applications
Forged or rolled steel pipe flanges,
fittings (6) values and parts for high
temperature service. Heat treatment
required; may be annealed or
normalized.
As above
As above except for general service.
Heat treatment is not required.

As above

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

C

MN

17.5+ 56t

35

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

48t

30

.30 max

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

25

.35 (5)
max

.90 max

36,000

22

60,000

30,000

22

70,000

36,000

18

(1) 0.10% silicon minimum.
(2) Open hearth, 0.13 max for 1⁄8" and 1⁄4" size resistance welded pipe only
(3) Seamless: open hearth 0.048 max, acid bessemar 0.11 max;
Res. welded: open hearth 0.050 max.
(4) Longitudinal or transverse direction of test specimen with respect to
pipe axis

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

STD
Round

t

15+

.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max

P

S

.05
max

.05
max

.05
max
.05
.90 max
max
.05
.90 max
max

.05
max
.05
max
.05
max

.90 max

(5) When flanges will be subject to fusion welding, carbon content shall be
≤0.35%. If carbon is ≤0.35%, it may be necessary to add silicon to
meet required tensile properties. The silicon content shall be ≤0.35%.
(6) Factor-made Wrought Carbon Steel and Ferritic Alloy Steel Welding
Fitting Specifications are covered under ASTM A234.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

219

00 24.63 8.00 4.00 36.00 42.TECHNICAL INFORMATION HOW TO CUT ODD-ANGLE ELBOWS 220 37 1 ⁄2 A 22 1 ⁄2 45 Nom.38 2.00 22.00 30.00 34.anvilintl.75 14.00 20.50 4. 37 1 ⁄2 22 1⁄ 2 15 B 10 15 15 10 5 1 Step 1– Measure distance on outside arc us- A ing the values from the previous table & make a mark.D.00 16. 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 2. Step 3 B – Wrap tape around elbow & mark cutting line.com .00 1° 5° 10° 221⁄ 2° 15° A B A B A B A B 1⁄16 1⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 5⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 15⁄ 32 3⁄ 32 1⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 1⁄16 7⁄16 17⁄ 32 3⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄4 13⁄32 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 1⁄16 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 9⁄ 32 3⁄16 7⁄32 9⁄ 32 11⁄32 7⁄16 1⁄ 2 9⁄16 5⁄ 8 11⁄16 25⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄4 115⁄32 3⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 17⁄16 125⁄32 21⁄8 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 13⁄ 32 11⁄4 17⁄16 125⁄32 25⁄ 32 227⁄32 39⁄16 41⁄4 47⁄8 519⁄32 69⁄32 631⁄32 711⁄16 83⁄8 91⁄16 1015⁄32 117⁄8 129⁄16 1421⁄32 13⁄32 111⁄32 15⁄8 129⁄32 25⁄32 211⁄16 37⁄32 49⁄32 511⁄32 63⁄8 711⁄32 83⁄8 97⁄16 1015⁄32 1117⁄32 129⁄16 135⁄8 1523⁄32 1713⁄16 1827⁄32 22 1⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 3⁄16 1⁄4 9⁄ 32 5⁄16 11⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 17⁄ 32 19⁄ 32 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 1⁄ 2 21⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 1 7⁄ 32 113⁄32 19⁄16 13⁄4 129⁄32 23⁄32 29⁄32 25⁄8 231⁄32 35⁄32 321⁄32 9⁄16 21⁄ 32 13⁄16 1 111⁄32 111⁄16 21⁄32 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 A 121⁄32 19⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 215⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 227⁄ 32 31⁄32 31⁄4 11⁄4 41⁄32 11⁄2 427⁄32 2 613⁄32 217⁄32 8 31⁄32 99⁄16 321⁄32 11 43⁄16 129⁄16 423⁄32 141⁄8 51⁄4 1523⁄32 53⁄4 179⁄32 69⁄32 1827⁄32 613⁄16 2013⁄32 727⁄32 239⁄16 829⁄32 2623⁄32 97⁄16 289⁄32 11 33 371⁄ 2° 45° B A B 23⁄32 29⁄32 13⁄32 19⁄32 115⁄32 127⁄32 27⁄32 31⁄32 325⁄32 49⁄16 51⁄2 69⁄32 71⁄16 727⁄32 85⁄8 97⁄16 107⁄32 1125⁄32 1311⁄32 141⁄8 161⁄2 23⁄4 313⁄32 43⁄32 43⁄4 513⁄32 623⁄32 81⁄16 1011⁄16 1311⁄32 1531⁄32 185⁄16 2015⁄16 239⁄16 23⁄16 2813⁄16 3113⁄32 341⁄32 399⁄32 441⁄2 471⁄8 5431⁄32 13⁄16 11⁄2 113⁄16 21⁄8 215⁄32 33⁄32 323⁄32 51⁄32 65⁄16 719⁄32 95⁄32 1015⁄32 1125⁄32 133⁄32 1413⁄32 1523⁄32 171⁄32 195⁄8 221⁄4 239⁄16 271⁄2 A B 39⁄32 17⁄16 41⁄16 113⁄16 429⁄32 25⁄32 511⁄16 29⁄16 615⁄32 215⁄16 81⁄16 323⁄32 921⁄32 415⁄32 1213⁄16 61⁄32 16 79⁄16 195⁄32 91⁄8 22 11 251⁄8 19⁄16 289⁄32 141⁄8 3113⁄32 1523⁄32 349⁄16 179⁄32 3711⁄16 1827⁄32 4027⁄32 2013⁄32 471⁄8 239⁄16 5313⁄32 2623⁄32 569⁄16 289⁄32 6531⁄32 33 www.50 5. O.00 26. Step 2 – Measure distance on inside arc using the values from the table below & make a mark.56 6.00 18.75 12.88 3.63 10.

Level pipe using spirit level. In addition to using welding rings. Poor alignment may result in welding difficulties and a system that does not function properly. Place spirit level over both pipes as shown and maneuver unpositioned length until both are level. Level pipe using spirit level. Repeat procedure. 6. PIPE-TO-PIPE 1.Proper alignment is important if a piping system is to be correctly fabricated. Bring lengths together leaving only small welding gap. 4. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. 2. Tack weld in place. 4. Level one length of pipe using spirit level. Below and on the following page are alignment procedures commonly used by today’s craftsmen. Rotate pipe 90°. Place 45" spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until bubble is centered. 3. Tack weld top and bottom. 3. Place tee to pipe leaving small welding gap. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 45° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. Level pipe using spirit level. 5. 2. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. 4. 4. 3. some simple procedures can be followed to assist the pipe fitter. Welding rings may be employed to assure proper alignment as well as the correct welding gap. 3. 2. 90° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. Tack weld in place. Place spirit level on face of tee and maneuver tee until level. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE 221 . TEE-TO-PIPE 1. 2. Place spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until level. Tack weld in place.

Center square on face of flange as shown. 2. Check sides in same way. 1⁄8" x 3⁄4" for sizes 1" or smaller.anvilintl. 222 FLANGE-TO-PIPE JIG FOR SMALL DIAMETER PIPING 1. The jig is made from channel iron 3' 9" long.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE.com . Repeat this step with several elbows so jig may be used for different operations. Bend channel iron to 90° angle and weld sides. Use 1⁄8" x 11⁄2" for pipe sizes 11⁄4" thru 3". CONT'D. Align top two holes of flange with spirit level. 6. Heat bottom of notch with torch. Place elbow in jig and saw half thru sides of channel iron as shown. Cut out 90° notches about 9" from end. Bring flange to pipe end leaving small welding gap. 4. Cut Slots Using Fitting as Guide Weld Sides www. Tack weld in place. Weld Sides 5. 2. A used hack saw blade placed in notch as shown will provide proper welding gap. 5. Tack weld in place. 1. Heat & Bend 3. Cut Notch. 4. 3.

200 TECHNICAL INFORMATION 1⁄8 PIPE & WATER WEIGHT/FOOT (Unified National Coarse) 223 .132 0.101 0.510 8.100 49.790 14.172 2.311 0. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 WEIGHT (Lb.100 101.374 0.420 72.455 2.600 94.631 5.131 1. Tap Size Threads/In.000 0.DRILL SIZES FOR NPT PIPE TAPS TAP & DRILL SIZES Tap Size Threads/In.000 59.661 10.110 10. R 7 ⁄ 16 37 ⁄ 64 23 ⁄ 32 59 ⁄ 64 15 ⁄ 32 11 ⁄ 2 147 ⁄ 64 27 ⁄ 32 25 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 4 1⁄ 4 5⁄ 16 3⁄ 8 7⁄ 16 1⁄ 2 9⁄ 16 5⁄ 8 3⁄ 4 7⁄ 8 1 1 1⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 4 1 3⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 2 1 3⁄ 4 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 1⁄ 2 7 F 5⁄ 16 U 27⁄ 64 31⁄ 64 17⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 49⁄ 64 7⁄ 8 63⁄ 64 17⁄64 17⁄32 111⁄32 19⁄16 125⁄32 Nom.490 158.022 7.997 3.890 11.980 20.480 49.718 3.648 0.851 1.280 1.837 2.793 7.864 3.474 2.000 1.800 180.690 34.653 5.580 54.200 4.800 32.500 98.090 82.570 62.555 0.980 7.390 54.570 43.510 14.) XS Pipe Water 0.700 79.) STD Pipe Water WEIGHT (Lb.590 78.500 76.000 57.510 21.280 5.076 3.780 28.088 1.188 0.000 183.273 2.550 40.765 1.970 28.580 70.740 65.400 122.230 0.450 104.200 0. Drill Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 27 18 18 14 14 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 8 8 8 8 Drill Dia.580 9.770 93.800 291.300 47.882 1.130 125.660 12.679 2.200 126.100 286.290 19.250 12.620 119.850 4.620 18.

23 1.62 2.22 124.51 175.80 178.22 EXTRA STRONG Yellow Red Brass Brass Copper 1.99 5.51 3.70 208. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 181.82 184.39 3.30 1.anvilintl.45 151.22 140.51 1.50 196.com .69 3.62 99.25 Pressure Boiling Gauge Lbs Point 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 25 50 75 100 125 200 212.96 1.27 1.19 194.87 156.5 224.49 3.00 172.24 169.13 4.80 Vacuum.23 1.85 206.93 1.8 234.46 4.9 www.4 229.91 1.61 187.SEAMLESS BRASS & COPPER PIPE 224 Nominal Pipe Size Yellow Brass 1⁄2 0.21 189.12 0.91 Vacuum.82 2.25 204.9 352.8 266.63 3.67 1.39 4.20 4.10 5.77 133.BOILING POINTS OF WATER AT VARIOUS PRESSURES TECHNICAL INFORMATION WEIGHT/FOOT .93 114.1 337.87 200.71 2. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 76.73 2.56 3.75 161.04 4.67 2.29 3.4 249.8 239.31 146.78 2.25 1.01 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 REGULAR Red Brass Copper 0.73 198.0 215.19 5.8 297.9 387.19 1.75 192.96 202.6 218.50 210.19 165.7 320.

24 216.96 86.55 259.58 173.98 43./Sq.In.433 pound pressure per square inch.45 138.85 303.64 51.72 69. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 0.32 21. 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.30 60.96 69.17 2.33 6.16 346.58 173.In.24 11.97 56.55 259.30 60.66 10.65 25.63 64. Feet Head 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1./Sq.63 184.31 4.93 151.47 20. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION FEET HEAD TO WATER PRESSURE WATER PRESSURE TO FEET HEAD 225 .54 161.62 6.27 129. 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 17.18 57.93 151.72 207.In.32 34.16 18.In.73 2.31 47.85 303.63 46.24 216.In./Sq./Sq.43 0.63 Lbs. multiply the feet head by 0.46 3.Lbs.09 34.83 12.27 Lbs.64 51./Sq.93 9./Sq.50 8.16 346. Feet Head 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 92.96 69.27 129.000 77.85 16.87 1.97 56.03 3.00 NOTE: One foot of water at 62°F equals 0.433.31 47. Feet Head 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 2.29 73.96 86.36 115.81 43.99 30.63 64.30 1.65 38.47 389. To find the pressure per square inch for any feet head not given in the table above.63 Feet Head Lbs.In.47 389.99 Feet Head Lbs.62 108.54 13.78 433.000 77.29 73.78 433.00 Feet Head Lbs.90 4.62 108.60 3.78 23.

standard pipe). Velocity of the water being 3 F.P.D. The intersection of this line at columns “D”. From the intersection of this line with column “B”. www. “E” and “F” gives the following information: “E” shows the volume of flow in gallons/minute If a quantity in columns “D”. “F” gives the weight of the water in pounds/minute. The horizontal line already drawn to determine answers in columns “C” and “D” will provide the answer to the conversion in column “E”. of exactly 1 in.) “Standard” gives the internal diameter of standard pipe (somewhat greater than 1" for 1 in. “E” and “F” is known then velocity may be determined by reversing the procedure.conversion chart to determine the number of gallons in a certain number of cubic feet of liquid.S. “Exact” gives the exact diameter.D. “Extra Heavy” gives the internal diameter of extra heavy pipe. The chart can be used as a. run a straight line horizontally to column “G”. (For liquids other tharn water. The intersection with column “C” gives the velocity in feet/second. From this intersection draw a line to the exact I. A little practice will prove this chart to be a real timesaver. Note that there are three sets of figures shown in connection with the extreme left-hand column A. Procedures for using the chart are as follows: “D” shows the cubic feet/minute flowing through the pipe. To apply the chart to the problem locate 1 in. multiply the value of column “F” by the specific gravity of the liquid for accurate weight conversion.TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 226 The accompanying chart provides fast answers to many problems that may confront the pipe fitter. Draw a horizontal line from the known point to column “G”. EXAMPLE:How much water is passing through a pipe with parameters: I. of the pipe in column “A” and extend this line to cross column “C”. in column “A” using the scale “Exact” and run a straight line from the point through the 3 in column “C”.com .anvilintl.

8 0.8 1.000 B 8" 9" 10" 12" 13"14"15" 7" 6 5 11 10 5 4 10 1 ⁄2 " 4" 4 3 5 6 8 3 3" 2 1. (water) 30.3/Min.000 8 50 200 7 7 9 10 100 500 3.2 3⁄8" 0.1 2 1⁄8" 0./Min.000 20.5 3⁄8" 0.000 5.1 1 4 1⁄2" 20 50.5 1 3 ⁄ 4" 0./Sec.6 0.7 0.000 100.5 0.5 0.000 10.000 2.000 8 12 14 16 500 1. D Ft.01 0.5 1 6 1 1" 0.3 3 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 0.3 0. E Gal.6 0. Ft.000 Extra Heavy TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 227 .000 10 11 G ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Exact Standard 1.000 2. F Lbs.1 0.9 1.3 0.000 200.000 9 A 12" 14" 13" 15" 15 200 10.000 5.03 2 2 5 3 0.4 1⁄8" 0.0 1 ⁄ 2" 3⁄4" 1" 3 10 2 20 4 6 1⁄ 4 " 1 1⁄ 2 " 2" 7 2 1⁄ 2 " 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" 2 3 1 2 5 10 50 100 5 3 1⁄ 2" 2 1⁄ 2 " 9 5" 4 6" 9 10 7 8 3" 31⁄2" 4" 41⁄2" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 6 20 20 50 100 200 500 1./Min.0 0.4 0.000 30 C Velocity.

1. .2 5. . . Free Scalding . Pipe Size (180°F) 5 PSIG (20 PSIA) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 60 73 90 112 126 155 185 221 244 279 96 118 144 179 202 248 296 355 401 448 COLORS & APPROXIMATE TEMPERATURE FOR CARBON STEEL Black Red .4 8. . .9 6. .8 5. .9 3. . .2 5.818 0. .2 7.2 1. . .0 4.3 1. . Aluminum Al Antimony Sb Brass – Bronze – Chromium Cr Copper Cu Gold Au Iron (cast) Fe Iron (wrought) Fe Lead Pb Maganese Mn Mercury Hg Molybdenum Mo Monel – Platinum Pt Steel (mild) – Steel (stainless) – Tin Sn Titanium Ti Zinc Zn 0. . .1 4.7 3. . . . .9 8. . .5 0. 1. . .0 2.6 6.1 0. .0 2. . .3 2. .1 3. . 1. . . .4 4. .220°F TOTAL THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPING MATERIAL WEIGHTS OF METALS (Inches Per 100 Ft. .205 450 490 710 463 849 534 550 1. .8 1. .7 7. . . . .6 3.093 0. . .8 1. .0 7. .6 5. . .2679 0.0 – – – – – – 0. . .0 6. . .6 3. .2 9.2816 0. . . .3 4. . Scalding .413 490 484 459 221 446 www. . . . . . . . .265 0. .2834 0. 1. .4 7.825°F Light Yellow .3 5.5 1. .250°F Full Cherry Red .3 – – – – 0. Symbol Per Cubic In. .TECHNICAL INFORMATION HEAT LOSSES FROM HORIZONTAL BARE STEEL PIPE 228 (BTU per hour per linear foot at 70°F room temperature) PIPE HOT WATER STEAM Nom.550° Salmon. .7 2.9 2.303 0. 2.2 3. . .1 3. .4 3. . .8 1. 1. Wt. . . .491 0.1278 0.9 4.2 2. . 1. . .in Lbs.8 4.3 5. . Above 32°F) Carbon & Brass Temp Carbon Molly Cast & Wrought °F Steel Iron Copper Bronze Iron 32 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 0. .258 160 418 524 552 406 558 1.8 6.5 – – – – – – 0. . .650°F Light Salmon .5 0. .175°F Medium Cherry Red . . .7 7.0 0. .309 0. 1.9 1. . . .6 5.9 4. .26 0. .7 2.6 4. . 1.323 0. . . .7 3. . 990°F Dark Blood Red . .1 6.2 1.725°F Yellow .4 2. . . .3 4.8 1.8 5. . in Lbs. .5 7. .9 6. .0 0.277 0. .375°F Light Cherry.4 2. .7 5.0 2.2422 0.32 0.4 8.com . . .0 0. . Per Cubic Ft. .0 0.6975 0. .0 0.4105 0. . .anvilintl. 1.3 6.5 2.975°F White . .5 3. . . .5 9. .2348 0.5 0.2 – – – – Material Chemical Wt.050°F Dark Cherry Red .318 0. . .0 8.

. . Weighs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .) Brine (Sodium Chloride 25%) Pennsylvania Crude Oil Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . H2. & 29.138 Hydrogen . . . . . 2 Fuel Oil No. . . . .810 9.596 Carbon-dioxide . . . . . . . .74 0. . . . . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . . . . . . . .41 lb. . . . . . . . . . O2 . . .0. . . . . . . . . . . . . CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ft. N2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 13.0. . . . . . . C2H4 . . .0. . . .05 Methane . . . . . . . . . . FT. . . . . . . . . 4 Fuel Oil No. . . . . 935 to 1132 163 534 545 TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF GASES 229 . . . . .554 Ammonia . . .000 145. . . . CO2 . . .0696 Nitrogen . . . . . .93 Chlorine .1. . . . . . . . . He . .230 14. . . .85 0. .1. . . . . . . .1. . . .000 152. . . .486 Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK ASTM RANK SOLIDS Anthracite Class I Bitiminous Class II Group 1 Bitiminous Class II Group 3 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 1 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 2 BTU VALUES PER POUND 11.0. . C4H8 . .0. . . .000 GASES Natural Gas Producers Gas Illuminating Gas Mixed (Coke oven and water gas) BTU VALUES PER CU. . . . . . weights 62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.080 10. . C4H10 . .82 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 0. . . . . 6 BTU VALUES PER GALLON 136. . . . . . CH4 . . . . . .000 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92" Hg. . . . . . . . . . . 1 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . 1 and 2 Gasoline Kerosene Lubricating Oil SAE 10-20-30 Temp °F Specific Gravity 50 32 80 85 80 85 115 1. . . .000 Acetylene . .TYPICAL BTU VALUES OF FUELS Dry Air (1 cu. . . . . . . . .-ft.91 Ethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2H2 . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . at 60°F. . . . . .067 Butene . . .670 LIQUIDS Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl2 . . . . . . . . . . .07638 pound) . . . . . . . 5 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9718 Oxygen .00 1.967 Butane .95 0. . . .000 148. . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Carbon_monoxide . . .0. . . . . . .1053 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS Liquid Water (1 cu. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

o r Du ll Re d Med ium Cher ry Dark Cher ry Bloo d Re d Salm on Oran ge Brigh t Red Lem on Color Scale Ligh t Yell ow Melting Points of Metals & Alloys of Practical Importance Whit e TECHNICAL INFORMATION MELTING POINT OF METALS 400 Lead Bronze Aluminum Aluminum.000 2.anvilintl.600 2. Alloys Magnesium.400 1.000 800 700 600 500 3. Antimony 200 800 700 600 500 400 300 Silver Brass 300 Magnesium Alloys Tin Alloys 100 0 200 100 0 Tin Babbitt Lead Alloys www.500 2.000 900 Chromium Mild Cobalt Monel Steel Hard Pure Nickel Steel Iron Silicon Wrought Nickel Iron Alloys Manganese Haynes Stellite Chromium.700 2.400 1.300 2.800 1.300 1.900 2.100 1.100 900 1.500 1.200 2. and Iron Gold Copper Cast Iron Chromium-Nickel Cast Iron Blac k He at Faint Red Cher ry.200 1.900 1.800 2.700 1. Alloys Nickel.000 1.300 1.com .100 2.600 1.400 2.500 1. Chromium-Nickel St’ls.200 1.600 1.230 Degree (C) Degree (F) 1.

ALLOY STEEL: A Steel which
owes its distinctive properties
to elements other than
carbon.
AREA OF A CIRCLE: The
measurement of the surface
within a circle. To find the
area of a circle, multiply the
product of the radius times
the radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written A = πr2.
BRAZE WELD OR BRAZING:
A process of joining metals
using a nonferrous filler metal
or alloy, the melting point of
which is higher than 800°F
but lower than that of the
metals to be joined.
BUTT WELD: A circumferential
weld in pipe fusing
the abutting pipe walls
completely from inside wall
to outside wall.

CARBON STEEL: A steel which
owes its distinctive properties
chiefly to the various
percentages of carbon (as
distinguished from the other
elements) which it contains.
CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE:
The measurement around the
perimeter of a circle. To find
the circumference, multiply
Pi (3.142) by the diameter.
(Commonly written as πd).
COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION:
A number indicating the degree
of expansion or contraction of a
substance.
The coefficient of expansion
is not constant and varies
with changes in temperature.
For linear expansion it is
expressed as the change in
length of one unit of length
of a substance having one
degree rise in temperature.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

CORROSION: The gradual
destruction or alteration of
a metal or alloy caused by
direct chemical attack or by
electrochemical reaction.

ELASTIC LIMIT: The greatest
stress which a material
can withstand without a
permanent deformation after
release of the stress.

CREEP: The plastic flow of
pipe within a system; the
permanent set in metal
caused by stresses at high
temperatures. Generally
associated with a time rate of
deformation.

EROSION: The gradual
destruction of metal or other
material by the abrasive
action of liquids, gases, solids
or mixtures thereof.

DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn through
the center of a circle from one
extreme edge to the other.
Equal to twice the radius.
DUCTILITY: The property of
elongation, above the elastic
limit, but under the tensile
strength.
A measure of ductility is the
percentage of elongation of
the fractured piece over its
original length.

RADIUS OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn from the
center to the extreme edge of
a circle.
SOCKET FITTING: A fitting
used to join pipe in which
the pipe is inserted into the
fitting. A fillet weld is then
made around the edge of the
fitting and the outside wall of
the pipe.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

231

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

232

SOLDERING: A method of
joining metals using fusible
alloys, formerly tin and lead,
having melting points under
700°F
STRAIN: Change of shape or
size of a body produced by
the action of a stress.
STRESS: The intensity of the
internal, distributed forces
which resist a change in
the form of a body. When
external forces act on a body
they are resisted by reactions
within the body which are
termed stresses.
TENSILE STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to pull
a body apart.
COMPRESSIVE STRESS: One
that resists a force tending to
crush a body.

SHEARING STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to
make one layer of a body
slide across another layer.
TORSIONAL STRESS: One that
resists forces tending to twist
a body.
TENSILE STRENGTH: The
maximum tensile stress which
a material will develop. The
tensile strength is usually
considered to be the load
in pounds per square inch
at which a test specimen
ruptures.
TURBULENCE: Any deviation
from parallel flow in a pipe
due to rough inner walls,
obstructions or directional
changes.
VELOCITY: Time rate of
motion in a given direction
and sense, usually expressed
in feet per second.

VOLUME OF A PIPE: The
measurement of the space
within the walls of the pipe.
To find the volume of a pipe,
multiply the length (or height)
of the pipe by the product of
the inside radius times the
inside radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written as V =
hπr2.
WELDING: A process of
joining metals by heating
until they are fused together,
or by heating and applying
pressure until there is a
plastic joining action. Filler
metal may or may not be
used.
YIELD STRENGTH: The stress
at which a material exhibits a
specified limiting permanent
set. (.2% or.5%)

www.anvilintl.com

=
=
500 lb. per hr.
=
1 cu. ft. per min. (cfm) =

0.134 cu. ft. per min
500 lb.per hr. x sp. gr.
1 gpm / sp. gr.
448.8 gal. per hr. (gph)

POWER
1 Btu per hr.

= 0.293 watt
= 12.96 ft. lb. per min.
= 0.00039 hp
1 ton refrigeration (U.S.)= 288,000 Btu per 24 hr.
= 12,000 Btu per hr.
= 200 Btu per min.
= 83.33 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F.
= 2,000 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F
1 hp
= 550 ft. lb. per sec.
= 746 watt
= 2,545 Btu per hr.
1 boiler hp
= 33,480 Btu per hr.
= 34.5 lb. water evap. per
hr. from & at 212°F
= 9.8 kw.
1 kw.
= 3,413 Btu per hr.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

WEIGHT OF WATER

MASS

FLOW
1 gpm

1 lb. (avoir.)

=
=
=
=

1 ton (short)
1 ton (long)

16 oz. (avoir.)
7,000 grain
2,000 lb.
2,240 lb.

1 cu. ft. at 50°F.
1 gal. at 50°F.
1 cu. ft. of ice
1 cu. ft. at 39.2°F.

=
=
=
=

Note: Water is at its
greatest density at 39.2°F

PRESSURE
1 lb. Per sq. in.
1 ft. water at 60°F
1 in. Hg at 60°F
1 lb. Per sq. in.
Absolute (psia)

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

3.13 ft. water at 60°F
2.04 in. hg at 60°F
.433 lb. per sq. in.
.884 in. hg at 60°F
.49 lb. per sq. in.
1.13 ft. water at 60°F
lb. per sq. in gauge (psig)
14.7

TEMPERATURE
°C

1 cu. ft.

WEIGHT OF LIQUID
1 gal. (U.S.)
1 cu. ft.
1 lb.

=
=
=
=

128 fl. oz. (U.S.)
231 cu. in.
.833 gal. (Brit.)
7.48 gal. (U.S.)

=
=
=
=

8.34 lb. x sp. gr.
62.4 lb. x sp. gr.
.12 U.S. gal. / sp. gr.
.016 cu. ft. / sp. gr.

WORK
1 Btu (mean)

= (°F-32) x 5/9

VOLUME
I gal. (U.S.)

62.41 lb.
8.34 lb.
57.2 lb.
62.43 lb.

1 hp-hr
1 Kwhr

= 778 ft. lb.
= .293 watt hr.
= 1⁄180 of heat required to
change temp of 1 lb.
water from 32°F to 212°F
= 2545 Btu (mean)
= .746 kwhr
= 3413 Btu (mean)
= 1.34 hp-hr

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

UNIT CONVERSIONS

233

GEOMETRY FORMULAS
A1 = SURFACE

C=π•D
D=2•R

C
D

ELLIPSE
C

A=π•A•B
C=2•π•

A2 + B2
2

V = VOLUME

C = CIRCUMFERENCE

A = (π • R2 • α) / 360
L = (π • R • α) / 180
α = (L • 180) / (π • R)
R = (L • 180) / ( π • α)

B

π = PI (3.14159)

ELLIPTICAL TANKS
A1 = 2 • π •

L
R

α

(

A • B + H • A2 + B2
2

V=π•A•B•H

A

B

H

A = (W • H) / 2

A1 = 2 • [ (W • L) + (L • H) + (H • W)]
L
W
V=W•L•H

H

H

W

CONE

PARALLELOGRAM
H

H

R

RECTANGLE
CYLINDER

L

A=H•L

H

TRAPEZOID
A = H • (L1 + L2) / 2

S

A=H•L

SPHERE

A1 = (π • R • S) + (π • R2)
V = (π • R2 • H) / 3

L

A1 = 6 • π • R2
V = (4 • π • R3) / 3

R

CAPACITY IN GALLONS

A1 = (2 • π • R2) + (2 • π • R • H)
V = π • R2 • H
R

L1
H

L2

)

RECTANGULAR SOLID

TRIANGLE

A

H

234

AREA OF SOLIDS

SECTOR OF CIRCLE

CIRCLE
A = π • R2
R=D/2

R

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

A = AREA

For the above contains, capacity in
gallons (G) is:
G = (V / 231 ); when V is in cubic
inches
G = (V • 7.48); when V is in cubic feet

www.anvilintl.com

Simple Flow Rate
Q = K • P 0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
K = discharge coefficient of pipe
P = pressure (PSI)
General Volumetric Flow Rate
Q = 29.8 • D2 Cd • P0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = outlet diameter (Inches)
Cd = discharge coefficient based on
outlet geometry
P = pressure (PSI)
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank above sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15, where
P = air pressure in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank below sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15 + (0.43 • H/A), where
P = air pressure carried in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
H = height of highest sprinkler above
tank bottom (Ft)

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Pressure Tank Sizing (Hydraulically calculated)

Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss

Pi = [(Pf + 15)/A] - 15, where
Pi = tank air pressure to use (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pf = system pressure req'd per hydraulic
calc. (PSI)

P = (4.52 • Q1.85) / (C1.85 • d4.87), where:]
P = pressure loss (PSI) per lineal ft.
Q = flow rate (GPM)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (Inches)

Darcy-Weisbach Formula for Friction Loss
HL = f • (L/D) • (v2/2g), where
HL = friction loss (Ft)
Re = Reynolds number (pVD / µ)
f = friction factor (f=64/Re)
v = water velocity (Ft/Sec)
g = gravitational constant (32.174ft/sec2)
D = pipe diameter (Ft)
L = pipe length (Ft)
PRESSURE VELOCITY
Pv = 0.001123 • Q2 / D4 , where
Pv = pressure velocity (PSI)
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = internal dia. of pipe (Inches)

Typical “C” values:
Unlined cast or ductile iron . . . . . .100
Black steel (dry sys.incl.preaction). .100
Black steel (wet sys.incl.deluge) . . .120
Galvanized (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Plastic (listed)– all . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Cement lined cast or ductile iron . .140
Copper tube or stainless steel . . . . .150
Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss
(in SI units)
P = 6.05 • 105 • Q1.85 / (C1.85 • d4.87),
where
P = pressure loss (Bars) per lineal meter
Q = flow rate (Litre/Min)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (mm)

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

SPRINKLER SYSTEM FORMULAS

235

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CONVERSIONS

236

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0833
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3333
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00694
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11111
Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00058
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03703
Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00433
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1337
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33
Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.12004
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0625
Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.0361
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0735
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Ounces per square inch . . . . . . . 0.578
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1333
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.4914
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.127
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.733
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.72
Pounds per square inch . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
Pounds per square inch . . . . Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0681
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . . 0.434
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . 62.5
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8824
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 14.696
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.92
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2240
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.89285

www.anvilintl.com

(1)
2.95
3.00
3.05
3.10
3.15
3.20
3.25
3.30
3.35
3.40
3.45
3.50
3.55
3.60
3.65
3.70
3.75
3.80
3.85
3.90
3.95
4.00

(2)
429
415
401
388
375
363
352
341
331
321
311
302
293
285
277
269
262
255
248
241
235
229

(3)
455
440
425
410
396
383
372
360
350
339
328
319
309
301
292
284
276
269
261
253
247
241

(4)






(110.0)
(109.0)
(108.5)
(108.0)
(107.5)
(107.0)
(106.0)
(105.5)
(104.5)
(104.0)
(103.0)
(102.0)
(101.0)
100.0
99.0
98.2

(5)
45.7
44.5
43.1
41.8
40.4
39.1
37.9
36.9
35.5
34.3
33.1
32.1
30.9
29.9
28.8
27.6
26.6
25.4
24.2
22.8
21.7
20.5

(6)
83.4
82.8
82.0
81.4
80.6
80.0
79.3
78.6
78.0
77.3
76.7
76.1
75.5
75.0
74.4
73.7
73.1
72.5
71.7
70.9
70.3
69.7

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

(4) Rockwell Hardness Number
B-Scale 100-KG. Load; 1⁄16" Diameter Ball
(5) Rockwell Hardness Number
C-Scale 150-KG. Load Brale Penetrator
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number
(7)
64.6
63.5
62.3
61.1
59.9
58.7
57.6
56.4
55.4
54.3
53.3
52.2
51.2
50.3
49.3
48.3
47.3
46.2
45.1
43.9
42.9
41.9

(8)
49.9
48.4
46.9
45.3
43.6
42.0
40.5
39.1
37.8
36.4
34.4
33.8
32.4
31.2
29.9
28.5
27.3
26.0
24.5
22.8
21.5
20.1

(9)
61
59
58
56
54
52
51
50
48
47
46
45
43

41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34

(10)
217
210
202
195
188
182
176
170
166
160
155
150
145
141
137
133
129
126
122
118
115
111

(1)
4.05
4.10
4.15
4.20
4.25
4.30
4.35
4.40
4.45
4.50
4.55
4.60
4.65
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60

(2)
223
217
212
207
201
197
192
187
183
179
174
170
167
163
156
149
143
137
131
126
121
116
111

(3)
234
228
222
218
212
207
202
196
192
188
182
178
175
171
163
156
150
143
137
132
127
122
117

Superficial Brale Penetrator:
(6) 15-N Scale 15-KG. Load
(7) 30-N Scale 30-KG. Load
(8) 45-N Scale 45-KG. Load
(9) Shore Scleroscope Hardness Number
(10) Tensile Strength (Approx.) 1000 PSI.
(4)
97.3
96.4
95.5
94.6
93.8
92.8
91.9
90.7
90.0
89.0
87.8
86.8
86.0
85.0
82.9
80.8
78.7
76.4
74.0
72.0
69.8
67.6
65.7

(5)
(18.8)
(17.5)
(16.0)
(15.2)
(13.8)
(12.7)
(11.5)
(10.0)
(9.0)
(8.0)
(6.4)
(5.4)
(4.4)
(3.3)
(0.9)







(6)






















(7)






















(8)






















(9)

33

32
31
30
29

28
27

26

25

23
22
21

20
19
18
15

(10)
105
102
100
98
95
93
90
89
87
85
83
81
79
76
73
71
67
65
63
60
58
56

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

HARDNESS CONVERSION NUMBERS
(1) Brinell Indentation Diameter, MM.
(2) Standard or Tungsten Carbide Ball, Brinell
Hardness No. – 10MM. Ball 3000–KG. Load
(3) Diamond Pyramid Hardness Number. 50-KG.
Load

237

. E6027 “Iron powder electrodes”. . Fast. . This is the electrode used for most carbon steel pipe welding. . . . All purpose. Can be used w/ A. . . . 2700–2750°F www. . . . . . . . . . . E6011 Alternating Current. . All Positions. . . .000 57. W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smooth. . . .C. . All Positions. . . . . . .com . . . . .000–58. . Smooth. . . . . . . . . also. Smooth. . .000 17 to 22% 25 MINIMUM VALUES AWS ASTM Electrode E7010 E7011 E7015 E7016 E7020 Tensile Strength 70. 2700–2790°F Stainless Steel Welding . . . . . 1850–1900°F Brazing Naval Bronze with Manganese Bronze . . .000 57. . . . . . . . . . . .000 57. . . .000 psi of the weld deposit as welded. Fast. . E6012 Direct Current. in Area Electrode Strength Strength Elongation Min.000 70. . . % E6010 62. Deep penetration. . . . . . . . . . . .000 70. E90. . . . . . Fast. . . . E6016 Direct Current or Alternating Current.000 Elongation 22 22 22 22 25 WELDING AND BRAZING TEMPERATURES Carbon Steel Welding . . . E6024 Direct Current. . . . . Good penetration. “Cold rod”. . . Good penetration. . S. . . . . Moderately smooth finish. CLASSIFICATION 238 E6010 Direct Current. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF E60 & E70 SERIES ELECTRODES TYPICAL VALUES AWS ASTM Tensile Yield Red. . . . .000 52. Straight Polarity. .000–73. . Flat bead. . . .000–78. . Flat Position Only. . . . . 1175–1600°F Low Temperature Brazing . . . E80. . . . 200–730°F Wrought Iron . . . Reverse polarity. “Low hydrogen” iron powder electrodes E6020 Direct Current. High bead.000–65.000 52. . and Flat Position Only. . . All purpose. . .anvilintl. . “Cold rod”. . . The last two numbers (in bold type) designate the types or styles and the first two numbers the minimum specified tensile strength in 1. . . Smooth. “Low hydrogen” electrode.000–61. and E100 Series. .COATED ARC WELDING ELECTRODES . 1980°F Brazing Copper-Silicon with Phosphor-Bronze . “Hot rod”. Moderately smooth finish. . . .000 70.000 55. . . 1600–1700°F Silver Solder . . . Flat bead. . 1175–1530°F Soft Solder . . Straight Polarity or Alternating and Current. All Positions. . .000 Yield Strength 57. E6013 Alternating Current. . E6018 Direct Current. . . . . Deep penetration. . . All Positions. . . .000 E6012 68. . All Positions “Low hydrogen” electrode. .TYPES & STYLES TECHNICAL INFORMATION A. . . All Positions. . . .000 70. . . . .000 52.000–70. . . . . 2490–2730°F Cast Iron Welding . E6015 Direct Current. . . . Reverse polarity.000 22 to 28% 35 E6011 62. . Fast. . High bead. NOTE: This information also applies to E70. All Positions. . . . . . . . 1920–2500°F Copper Welding and Brazing . Straight Polarity.

Remedy: Check for one dead fuse or line. Cause: Welder overloaded. Remedy: Considerable overlaod can be carried only for a short time. TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT 239 . Remedy: Should be large enough to carry welding current without excessive voltage drop. Cause: Ambient temperature too high. Remedy: Replace fuse. Cause: Blown fuses. Remedy: Operate at reduced loads where temperature exceeds 100° F. Remedy: Check voltage. Remove cause of overloading. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remedy: Check air inlet & exhaust openings. Remedy: Tighten. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Broken power lead. Remedy: Remove. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Cause: Starter single-phased. Cause: Poor motor connection. Remedy: Check connection diagram. Cause: Duty cycle too high. PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter operating) Cause: Wrong motor connections. Remedy: Check contact of starter tips. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remedy: Replace. Remedy: Do not operate continually at overload currents. Cause: Ventilation blocked. PROBLEM: Welder runs but soon stops Cause: Wrong relay heaters.PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter not operating) Cause: Power circuit dead. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. repair open line. Cause: Mechanical obstruction in contactor. Cause: Defective operating coil. Remedy: Renewal part recommendations. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Rotor stuck. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Remedy: Repair. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Open circuit in windings. Cause: Open circuit to starter button. Remedy: Try turning by hand. Remedy: Let set cool. Cause: Leads too long or too narrow in cross section. Cause: Overload relay tripped. Remedy: Replace. Cause: Open power switches Remedy: Close.

240 PROBLEM: Starter operates & blows fuse Cause: Fuse too small.TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT.com . & current recommended for electrode being used Cause: Poor connections Remedy: Check all electrode-holder. grounding field coils Remedy: Clean & reinsulate Cause: Welding terminal shorted Remedy: Electrode holder or cable grounded www. Remedy: Check starter & motor leads for insulation from around & from each other PROBLEM: Welding arc is loud & spatters excessively Cause: Current setting too high Remedy: Check setting & output with ammeter Cause: Polarity wrong Remedy: Check polarity. or an electrode of opposite polarity PROBLEM: Welding arc sluggish Cause: Current too low Remedy: Check output. cable & ground-cable connections. Strap iron is poor ground return Cause: Cable long or too small Remedy: Check cable voltage drop & change cable PROBLEM: Touching set gives shock Cause: Frame not grounded Remedy: Ground solidly PROBLEM: Generator control fails to vary current Cause: Any part of field circuit may be short circuited or open circuited Remedy: Find faulty contact & repair PROBLEM: Welder starts but will not deliver welding current Cause: Wrong direction of rotation Remedy: See INITIAL STARTING Cause: Brushes worn or missing Remedy: Check that all brushes bear on commutator with sufficient tension Cause: Brush connections loose Remedy: Tighten Cause: Open field circuit Remedy: Check connection to rheostat. CONT'D. Cause: Short circuit in motor connections. & auxiliary brush studs Cause: Series field & armature circuit open Remedy: Check with test lamp or bell ringer Cause: Wrong driving speed Remedy: Check name plate against speed of motor or belt drive Cause: Dirt. resistor.anvilintl. try reversing. Remedy: Should be two to three times rated motor current.

Remedy: Replace or readjust brush springs Cause: Brush not properly fitted Remedy: Sand brushes to fit Cause: Brushes in backwards Remedy: Reverse ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Wrong brushes used Remedy: Renewal part recommendations Cause: Brush pigtails damaged Remedy: Replace brushes Cause: Rough or dirty commutator Remedy: Turn down or clean commutator Cause: Motor connection single-phased Remedy: Check all connections TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT. Blow out carbon dust. Cause: Weak brush spring pressure. Sand to fit.PROBLEM: Welder generating but current falls off when welding Cause: Electrode or ground connection loose Remedy: Clean & tighten all connections Cause: Poor ground Remedy: Check ground-return circuit Cause: Brushes worn worn off Remedy: Replace with recommended grade. 241 . CONT'D.

In joints in which one member only is to be grooved. BASIC WELD SYMBOLS Back Fillet Plug or Slot GROOVE OR BUTT Square V Bevel U J Flare V Flare Bevel 3.TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS 242 1.anvilintl. 2. when weld is not drawn. In section or end views only. When welds are drawn in section or end views. and both sides. 4. Symbols govern to break in continuity of structure or to extent of hatching or dimension lines. Tail of arrow used for specification reference. SUPPLEMENTARY WELD SYMBOLS Backing Spacer Weld AllAround Field Weld CONTOUR Flush Convex See AWS A2. arrows point to that member. far. locations refer to nearest member parallel to plane of drawing and not to others farther behind.com . Welds on both sides are of same size unless otherwise shown. obvious information is not given by symbol.4 for a detailed review of standard welding symbols 7. www. near. the side to which arrow points is considered near side. 8. All welds are continuous and of user's standard propertions and all except Vgrooved and bevel-grooved welds are closed unless otherwise shown. 6. 5. In plan or elevation.

Neither orientation of reference line nor location of the arrow alter this rule. CONT'D. Symbols apply between abrupt changes in direction of welding unless governed by the “All Around” symbol or otherwise dimensioned. (BOTH SIDES) NOTE : ARROW CONNECTS REFERENCE LINE TO ARROW SIDE OF JOINT. . 5. weld symbol. 243 . length of weld and spacing must read in that order from left to right along the reference line. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GROOVE ANGLE OR INCLUDED ANGLE OF COUNTERSINK FOR PLUG WELDS FINISH SYMBOL CONTOUR SYMBOL ROOT OPENING. DEPTH OF FILLING FOR PLUG AND SLOT WELDS LENGTH OF WELD IN INCHES DEPTH OF PREPARATION OR SIZE IN INCHES T TAIL (OMITTED WHEN REFERENCE IS NOT USED) BASIC WELD SYMBOL OR DETAIL REFERENCE FIELD WELD SYMBOL R REFERENCE LINE SPECIFICATION. The point of the field weld symbol must point toward the tail. PROCESS OR OTHER REFERENCE PITCH (C TO C SPACING) OF WELDS IN INCHES F A EFFECTIVE THROAT S(E) WELD ALL AROUND SYMBOL (OTHER SIDE) 2. Arrow and other side welds are of the same size unless otherwise shown. 4. Size. . Dimensions of fillet welds must be shown on both the arrow side and other side symbol.3. weld symbols must be at left. STANDARD LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL L@P (ARROW SIDE) 1. TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS. The perpendicular leg of .

45 Elbow Long Radius LR 244 Bell & Spigot Flanged Screwed LR TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS www.90 4 6 Flanged Screwed 2 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 6 4 2 6 4 6 6 4 Elbow Turned Up Cross (Straight) Elbow .Base Crossover Elbow Double Branch Elbow .com .BushingReducing Welded Soldered Welded Soldered Elbow Turned Down Cap Cross (Reducing) Bell & Spigot Elbow .anvilintl.

Flanged Screwed Elbow Reducing 2 4 Bell & Spigot Welded 2 4 2 4 Flanged Screwed Soldered 2 Lateral 4 Elbow Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Orifice Plate Elbow Side Outlet (OutletUp) Reducing Flange Elbow .Street Plug . Pipe Plug .Bull Joint Conn.Pipe Joint Expansion Reducer Concentric ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 245 .

Globe Angle Globe (Elevation) Valve Cock Valve . Valve Gate* Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered *Also used for General Stop Valve when amplified by specification.anvilintl. www.Gate Angle Gate (Plan) Valve Check (Straight Way) Valve .TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 246 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Reducer Eccentric Valve Reducing Valve .com .Globe (Plan) Valve Diaphragm Valve (Auto)B-Pass Valve Float Valve (Auto)Governor Oper.

Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Valve Gate Motor Operated Valve Lockshield Valve Globe Valve Quick Opening Valve Globe Motor Operated Valve Saftey Valve Angle Hose Angle Sleeve Valve Hose Gate Valve Hose Globe ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 247 .

TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 248 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Tee Straight Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Tee Outlet Up Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Up) Tee Outlet Down Union Tee Double Sweep Angle Valve Check Tee Reducing 2 2 6 4 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered Angle Valve Gate 4 Tee Single Sweep www.com .anvilintl.

LUBRICATION — WIRE ROPE All wire rope. is shortened and 0 1 2 3 and has an average tensile strength of 110 compression is developed in that section of tons per square inch. tension in that section. Federal SHEAVES a piece of wire is iron or cast steel. open hearth furnace steel which is against the sheave. The life of wire rope or cable is directly Iron will bend easily and take a long time to affected by the condition and size of the regain its original shape. This is the best and the cable. derricks. causing and slings or straps for heavy loads. Under average conditions. Specification for Wire Rope. if worked cables and to some extent for derrick guys. depending on the material from which the individual strands are made and the method used in forming the cable. Right cable that is used over them. Commonly used for drum type elevator Lubricating intervals will depend on the types and amount of work encountered. whether used indoors or out. more frequent lubrication up to 90 tons per square inch and because Wire rope is usually larger than is in order. should be considered as a group of moving wires constantly rubbing against one another. lubrication once every 3 weeks. being replaced steadily on equipment. These compressive and tensional stresses combine to create bending ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE OVERVIEW Strength of wire ropes vary. Primarily there are 3 classes of wire rope: 249 . ranging between 30 and 100 tons per square inch. bend it. Lubrication also prevents rusting. Sheaves should be harder to bend and will snap back to its be at least 16 x the diameter of the rope or original shape very quickly. Rusty ropes may break without of its greater strength is generally used for the nominal diameter and may warning. (1) Iron – Iron wire is soft with low tensile strength of 30 to 40 tons per square inch. Where heavy (2) Cast Steel – May have a tensile strength abrasive dusts exist.S. while cast steel will 0 1 2 3 sheaves over which it is used.Plow steel wire rope is made a sheave. dredges Wrong sheave) is lengthened or stretched. In passing over (3) Plow Steel . The outside portion (away from the safest wire rope for cranes. To check quickly whether exceed the nominal diameter by the amounts shown in the U. from high grade. hoisting purposes. The resulting friction causes incessant wear on the moving parts of the wire rope or cable and will shorten its life very rapidly unless lubricants are used to overcome the friction. the inside portion of the cable. wire rope or cable will require by low-carbon steel wire in these uses.

which will shorten the life of the rope by approximately 1 ⁄ 2 . www.anvilintl. The Inches Clips Clips.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 250 stresses which increase rapidly as the diameter of the sheaves decrease. When the fall rope is twisted No. The reel may be mounted on a heavy pipe or roller to facilitate unwinding. One cause of very severe wear in wire rope or cables is reverse bending. of Crosby or Safety Clips & and a hoist is made. should be shifted and changed at least once every six months. As these bending stresses cause much undue wear and directly shorten the safe working life of the rope or cable. avoiding kinking. Between weeks of normal use. it is more economical to renew the sheaves rather than to allow excessive wear on the cable. Cable or wire rope must be taken off the reel in a straight line. In clamping a strap or an eye. The point of greatest fatigue and/or wear in a rope usually develops at or near the end where it is clamped around the boom or where attached to the becket on the block. U BOLTS OF ALL CLAMPS MUST BE ON THE DEAD END OF THE ROPE. CLAMP FASTENINGS When it is necessary to make a short bend. after which it can be reeved into the line for which it is intended. New wire rope may be damaged and not work properly in sheaves that have become worn or in which the grooves have become irregular in shape. All clamped or spliced fastenings. of cable is twisted. especially those on cranes or derricks. Between Clips Needed for wear produced is equal to Safety more than that resulting from Rope Dia. Inches 1 ⁄ 4 –3 ⁄ 8 3 21 ⁄ 4 person in charge of lifting 7 ⁄ 16 –5 ⁄ 8 3 33 ⁄ 4 operations should guard 3 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 8 4 63 ⁄ 4 against twisting of the fall 11 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 2 5 9 rope and should not allow a 15 ⁄ 8 – 13 ⁄ 4 6 101 ⁄ 2 lift to be made if the fall rope 2 and over 7 6 x diam. Clamp fastenings seldom develop more than 4⁄ 5 of rope strength at best. as in attaching wire rope or when it is to be looped. the Dist. the ratio mention between sheaves and rope should be maintained. If space is limited. the loose or “dead” end is clamped against the main part of the rope with the damps spaced apart a distance equal to 6 x diameter of the rope. When sheaves are worn or damaged. HANDLING CABLE OR WIRE ROPE Cable or wire rope must not be coiled or uncoiled like manila rope. first in one direction then in another. the cable as it comes off the reel may be layed out in a figure 8. No. Another cause of severe rope wear is twisting of the fall rope. Reverse bending refers to the bending of a cable or rope over sheaves. Clamps should be inspected at least once weekly and tightened if they show signs of loosening. of Dist. thimbles should always be used.com .

000 49.00 12.800 16.600 9.800 16.260 90.60 2.000 37.900 4.74 6. Tons Lbs./Ft.900 49.000 36.Wire rope knot with clip efficiency 50% or less ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 15 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 1.450 11.200 23.300 6.90 1.000 72.870 31.8 32.1 10.520 12.60 4.U-Bolts on live end of rope.200 114.000 60.7 92.040 25.400 12.300 29.40 0.000 63.450 18.000 26.700 74.10 0.400 117. Wirerope 1⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 4 5 51 ⁄ 2 61 ⁄ 4 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 8 77 ⁄ 8 85 ⁄ 8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 INCORRECT . 19 or 37 Wires per Strand.450 4.000 98.8 52.200 140.900 52.700 125. (2000 lbs) 0.10 10.0 160.000 117.23 1.0 202.100 166.700 Breaking Strength Wt.23 0.800 63.03 3.23 4.40 7.0 181.0 246.000 31.0 107.0 124.670 9.780 36.000 98.690 29.570 43.Staggered clips.6 64.080 9.CORRECT .100 2.700 70.550 3.600 TWO PART SLING 60° 45° 30° 1.430 13.800 42.600 139.700 1.7 23.10 2.100 2. SAFE LOAD (IN POUNDS) ON IMPROVED PLOW STEEL WIRE ROPE (6 Strands.03 2. In. (Causes a mashed spot in live end of rope due to incorrect position of center clip.300 6.) INCORRECT .000 43.) CORRECT INCORRECT .63 0.U-Bolts on short end of rope. Circum.000 203. (No distortion on live end of rope. Hempcore) Single Dia.) INCORRECT .500 22.500 1.000 110.790 21.0 294.500 4.90 6.000 81.460 6.400 86.400 102.450 44.050 36.000 21.200 79.50 3.2 41.600 16.Thimble should be used to increase strength of eye and reduce wear on rope.700 64. (Causes mashed spots on live end of rope.600 64.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 251 .300 170.230 7.6 77.700 53. Vertical In.7 16.22 8.

anvilintl.252 www.com TECHNICAL INFORMATION .

Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at higher temperatures. it can be used with EPDM. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS 253 . This is particularly important at higher temperatures where oxidizing agents in the piping system become more aggressive. thereby lowering the sealing force on the gasket sealing lips. The temperature change will also force the gasket to slightly reposition itself. it is required that the gasket be lubricated not only on the outside. Since it is formulated from a non-hydro carbon base. There are five primary applications where the Xtreme Lubricant will provide increased benefits: low temperature applications (below -20˚F). The lubricant on the interior of the gasket will act to improve the chemical resistance of the gasket material by providing a thin lubricant barrier between the piping system fluid and the gasket surface. lubrication of gaskets in copper systems. high temperature applications (above 150˚F). applications where increased pipe joint flexibility is needed. with small cuts or damage. thereby eliminating water wash-out and it will not dry out in the absence of water. to become more susceptible to leakage. but also on the inside. • In low temperature applications the gasket will shrink. Lubrication of the pipe end and gasket will help the gasket to adjust into the proper sealing position during temperature cycles. This lubricant has an operating temperature range from -65°F to 400°F. However. well exceeding the temperature range of Gruvlok gaskets. Lubrication on the inside of the gasket is easily accomplished by turning the gasket inside out and applying the lubricant.GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant has been developed for use with Gruvlok couplings in services where improved lubrication is beneficial. allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket assembly to re-position itself during temperature cycles. and for the lubrication of gaskets on HDPE couplings. gasket chemical compatibility must still be considered. This will cause pipe end sealing surfaces. as with the ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NSF ® Certified to ANSI/NSF 61 normal installation of a Gruvlok gasket. It is not to be used with Silicone gaskets. Nitrile and Fluoroelastomer gasket materials. • For high temperature service and copper systems. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at lower temperatures allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket (assembly) to re-position itself during temperature cycles. This lubricant is waterproof.

however. non-corrosive. This lubricant is acceptable for most applications. tasteless and odorless grease made from Silicone Oil and other ingredients that are safe to ingest. and it quickly dries to a thin film when in contact with air.anvilintl. In applications where pipe movement is expected. non-petroleum based oils to ease spreading of the lubricant. CAUTION: Silicone based lubricants are not allowed in some facilities.177. reapply lubricant prior to assembly. the Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant are now available to improve the performance of the couplings and flanges in certain applications. Gruvlok Lubricant is water soluble. GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT (CONT'D) • The Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant has been formulated from low viscosity. It is NSF approved for use with potable water. CONT'D.1550 (Incidental Food Contact). It is sanctioned by the FDA under C. and is NSF approved for use with potable water.172. The quick drying quality of the lubricant eliminates lubricant drips caused by over lubrication. Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is a Teflon® fortified white. ®Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont. • Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant is the only Gruvlok lubricant that is to be used with Gruvlok couplings and gaskets in HDPE and copper piping systems. Do not thin or mix with solvents. non-flammable. It is water-soluble.878 & 21. If necessary. proper lubrication of the gasket’s exterior assists the gasket into the proper sealing position as pipe system movement occurs. Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant is non-corrosive. and will not impart taste or odor.com .F. This lubricant is easy to apply by brush or hand.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS. non-flammable. it will not impart taste or odor. non-toxic. It is NSF approved for use with potable water. and does not support bacterial growth. This lubricating film enhances our flexible coupling gasket’s ability to compensate for axial. transverse and rotational pipe movements. It’s low temperature capability and lubricity ensure a highly reliable connection. CAUTION: HDPE pipe requires the use of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and should not be used with Gruvlok Lubricant 254 www. 21. GRUVLOK® QUICK DRY LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Quick Dry Lubricant is a fast drying lubricant that has been developed for applications where the piping system is exposed.R. GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Lubricant is the standard lubricant that has been provided for use with Gruvlok products for years. The service temperature range for this lubricant is from 0° F to 150° F and may be used with all Gruvlok gasket material grades. The lubricant is made from a water emulsion that is non-toxic.

LINEAR MOVEMENT: Sizes ANGULAR MOVEMENT: FLEXIBLE COUPLING ANGULAR MOVEMENT Design Factor Roll Groove Cut Groove 1" thru 31⁄2 " Reduce 50% Reduce 50% 4" thru 24" Reduce 50% Reduce 25% FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Figs. 7003. The following information on movement applies to these flexible couplings. TECHNICAL INFORMATION DESIGN FACTORS 255 . 7000. For design purposes the published figures should be reduced by the below listed factors to account for pipe. The amount of angular flexibility varies for each coupling size and type. The available linear movement provided by Standard Gruvlok couplings is shown below: LINEAR MOVEMENT 1 Roll Groove Pipe Cut Groove Pipe 1" thru 3 ⁄2 " 1 4" thru 24" 3 ⁄16" 1 ⁄16" ⁄32" 3 ⁄16" RIGID COUPLINGS ANGULAR MOVEMENT Sizes Represents Linear Movement Capabilities Gruvlok rigid couplings Fig. Movement is possible in the Gruvlok coupling due to two factors: (1) designed-in clearance between the key of the coupling and the groove diameter and groove width. 7400. and (2) the gap between pipe ends joined by the coupling. without introducing eccentric loads into the coupling joint. Therefore. 7401 and Fig. 7004 HPR are designed to provide a joint with the attributes of a welded or flanged connection. these joints would remain in strict alignment and would resist deflection and linear movement during service. FLEXIBLE COUPLING LINEAR MOVEMENT Linear movement is accommodated within the coupling by allowing the pipe ends to move together or apart in response to pressure thrusts and temperature changes. 7010 are the flexible couplings provided in the Gruvlok product line. 7001. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Designed-in clearances allow limited deflection of the pipe joint within the coupling. groove and coupling tolerances. Fig. The maximum available angular movement of Gruvlok coupling joints is shown in the performance data for each coupling type.MOVEMENT: Each flexible design Gruvlok coupling can provide for pipe system movement up to the design maximum for the specific size and type coupling being utilized.

7401 Rigidlok and Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig.256 1 FLOW 2 3 4 5 1 6 2 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 Fig.com . The Gruvlok® Series 7800 Check Valve is full waterway valve and can be stacked directly to the Series 7700 Butterfly Valve. The Series 7700 Gruvlok® Butterfly valve has superior flow characteristics. flex connectors can be eliminated thus reducing cost. 7250 Suction Diffuser and Fig. 7260 Gruvlok TEE Strainer FLOW Anvil has put together a complete array of Gruvlok components necessary to provide pump protection for HVAC and industrial piping needs. 7800 Check Valve Fig. 7012 Flange Long Radius Elbow Fig. 7700 BFV Fig. Coupling Fig. 7260 Tee Strainer complete the Gruvlok® pump protection package GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 4 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS 5 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMP www.anvilintl. With the combination of the Fig. The Fig. 7001 Standard coupling. 7001 Std.

7072 Conc. 7260 TEE Strainer 5 Fig. 7700 BFV Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser 5 6 7 Fig. 7012 Flange Fig. 7700 BFV Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7001 Std. 7800 Check Valv e 1 2 3 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. Coupling Fig. 7001 Std. 7072 Conc. 7250 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 6 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 4GRUVLOK 4 3 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 2 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 B GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 FTV-S TRI-SERVICE VALVE FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW VERTICAL SPLIT CASE PUMP FLOW GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 5 6 6 1 Fig. Reducer Fig. Coupling Fig. Reducer 6 Fig. 7012 Flange 7 FTV-S Tri Se rvice Valve TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES END SUCTION PUMP 257 .GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 1 1 1 2 3 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 3 3 4 4 FIG. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig.

Recommended for use in dry fire protection systems. 7004HPR. The Roughneck gasket is wider. gasket is provided as standard with the Fig. The application of internal line pressure energizes the elastometric gasket and further enhances the gasket sealing action. www. 7003. 7001. 258 FLUSH GAP® Designed to prohibit contaminates from building up in the gasket cavity. 7004 E. which allows for minor pipe end separation as line pressure sets the grippers into the plain end pipe. Coupling.com .G. Proper installation of the gasket compresses the inclined gasket lips on the pipe O. 7005 Roughneck Couplings and Fig. 7400 and 7401 Couplings for many applications. Not recommended for temperatures above 160°F. It is the gasket style provided as standard in many Gruvlok Couplings (Fig. 7004. 7000. It can be used with Fig. This sealing action is reinforced when the gasket is encompassed and compressed by the coupling housings. The E. 7001.. The projecting rib fits between the ends of lined pipe to prevent damage to unprotected pipe ends during coupling joint assembly. This “C” style gasket is similar in appearance and design to the Standard gasket but is only used with Fig. 7307.D. 7400 and 7401). forming a leak-tight seal. The centering rib fits flush over the gap between the two pipe ends thus closing off the gasket cavity. “C” STYLE ROUGHNECK® END GUARD® The “C” Style cross section configuration is the most widely used gasket. 7305 HDPE Couplings.G. 7000.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES Gruvlok offers a variety of pressure responsive gasket styles. 7003. Grade “E” and “T” gaskets are available. Each serves a specific function while utilizing the same basic sealing concept. Grade “E” and “T” are standard grades while other grades are available for special applications.anvilintl. 7011.

7046 Clamp-T and Fig.REDUCING COUPLING SOCK-IT® FLANGE The centering rib allows for pipe positioning and serves to keep the smaller pipe from telescoping during installation.92 Hg Gasket Recommendation Standard or Flush Gap Standard or Flush Gap Flush Gap CLAMP-T® These gaskets conform to the curved exterior of the pipe to provide a pressure responsive seal. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES LARGER SIZES: Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. 7010 Reducing Coupling. A specially designed gasket for the Fig.92" Hg 0" . 7047. VACUUM SERVICE VACUUM SERVICE Size 1" . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 259 . 7012.6" 8" . 7045.29. This unique design is only used with Fig. Used in Sock-It fittings only.12" 11⁄2" . and 7049 Clamp-T Crosses. 7048. this pressure energized gasket provides a leak-tight seal on plain end seal pipe.12" Vacuum Level 0" . 7013 and 7312 Flange provides for a reliable seal on both the pipe and the mating flange. Used only with the Fig.15 Hg 0" .29. Available in Grade “E” material only.

and industry applications. In unusual or severe services.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 260 The lists are provided as an aid in selecting the optimum gas. fluid concentration.com . vegetable oils. all gasket recommendations are based T to Orange petroleum oils. +180°F NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER Where more than one gasket grade is shown.anvilintl. hydraulic fluids. O to Blue acids. perature. +350°F Butterfly Valves. dilute acids.GASKET GRADE INDEX ket grade for a specific application to assure the maximum STANDARD GASKETS service life. primarily temPetroleum products. www. salts. hot air & some high temperature L to Silicone services not listed. Gasket recommendations apply only to Gruvlok gaskets. & air contaminated with -20°F Nitrile less otherwise noted. oils. These listings do not apply to Gruvlok Gasket chemical services. oxidation resistance. FM apE tection Systems. +230°F Selection of the optimum gasket grade for a specific service NOT FOR USE WITH HYDROCARBONS requires the consideration of many factors. Elastomer +300°F halogenated hydrocarbons & lubricants. Compound Color General Service Grade Range tion. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. Excellent tion but not as a guarantee. Color General Service Grade Range Compound Code The recommendations have been developed from current Applications information supplied by manufacturers of the elastomers. For dry pipe systems. Combinations of fluids should be referred to a Gruvlok RepSPECIAL GASKETS resentative for an engineering evaluation and recommendaTemp. petroleum oils. please is required. and continuity of service. gasket materials should Code Applications be subjected to simulated service conditions to determine +20°F High temperature resistance to oxidizing Fluoro the most suitable gasket grade. For other Listed/Approved materials. (Buna-N) on 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service condition. Temp. Water. Wet & Dry (oil free air) Pipe in Fire Pro-40°F All Gruvlok products marked with UL/ULC Listed. alkalies. or gases. & technical publications. -40°F Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendations for Red Dry. The informany chemical services not involving -40°F mation supplied should be considered as a basis for evaluaE to EPDM Green hydrocarbons. to Violet proved VdS and/or LPC symbols are Listed/Approved with Type A Gruvlok Xtreme™ Temperature Lubricant +150°F EPDM material. Unmineral oils. the preferred SERVICES grade is listed first.

Unleaded* Hydraulic Oil JP-3. Temp to 150°F (66°C) Water. Temp to 230°F (110°C) Water. Seawater Water. *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for service evaluation. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for an engineering evaluation and recommendation. (no oil vapors) Temp. Specify gasket grade when ordering. Oil vapor Temp. Acid Mine Water. Use Gruvlok lubricant on gasket. For services not listed Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendation. CROSS. Leaded Gasoline. Lime Gasket Grade E L T O E/T E E/T (E/O) E/T E/T E/T E/T Where more than one gasket grade is shown the preferred gasket grade is listed first. -40°F to 230°F (-40°C to 110°C) Air. Chlorine Water. Where the gasket grade is shown in parentheses. (no oil vapors) Temp. Kerosene Lube Oil. all gasket listings are based upon 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service conditions. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Service Crude Oil . -40°F to 350°F (-40°C to 177°C) Air. -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 66°C) Air. Deionized Water. to 150°F (66°C) Motor Oil Tar and Tar Oil Transmission Fluid --Type A Turbo Oil #15 Diester Lubricant Gasket Grade T T T T (O) T T/O O T T T T O O Unless otherwise noted. Oil vapor Temp. Waste Water.Sour Diesel Oil Fuel Oil Gasoline. JP-4 and JP-5 JP-6.WELD FITTING—TEE. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 261 . 20°F to 300°F (-7°C to 149°C) Water. 100°F (38°C) Maximum Temp. CAP. Check gasket color code to be certain it is recommended for the service intended. STUB END GASKET RECOMMENDATION LISTING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WATER & AIR Service Air.

For details see design factors in Gruvlok Technical data section.com . refer to Technical data section. 6 Maximum allowable angular deflection of pipe from centerline when using standard cut grooved steel pipe. bolts./mm 7 6 1 Gruvlok Couplings are identified by either the nominal ANSI pipe size in inches or pipe O.5 times the figure shown. In. MA X ./mm In. See individual product installation instructions for additional important information. NOTE: For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased to 1./mm 3 4 5 Degrees FRO M CO U P LI N G DI M E N SI O N S X Y Z mm/m In.D.-Lbs/N-M Lbs. 10 Approximate weight for a fully assembled coupling with gasket./mm In./Kg 9 10 5 Range of pipe end separation is the gap between the pipe ends due to assembly. MA X . 9 Nuts must be tightened alternating and evenly to the specified bolt torque. www. SI ZE In. to which a joint can be subjected. Working pressure ratings are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. WT. WK .TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES 262 COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES NO M I N A L SI ZE DE flE CTI O N O.D./FT. 7 “X”. 4 CL PE R I N ./kN In. 2 Nominal Outside Diameter of Pipe. Maximum end load from all interior and/or exterior forces to which the joint can be subjected are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. For Performance Data on other than standard wall pipe. EN D R PI P E EN D PE R PRE SSU RE LO A D SE P A RA TI O N CO U P LI N G PSI/bar Lbs. AP P RO X . and “Z” are external dimensions for reference purposes only. Ft. EA . CO U P LI N G BO LTS SP E CI fiE D TO RQ U E QTY./mm 1 2 A NGE OF MA X . and nuts.anvilintl. including surge./mm 8 MI N . in millimeters (see column 2). 8 The quantity of bolts equals the number of housing segments per coupling. 3 Maximum line pressure./DN(mm) In. “Y”.

Conversely. it would be necessary to install all couplings with the maximum gap between pipe ends.80".187") = 9. Movement per Coupling FOR OUR EXAMPLE: No. As indicated above. Movement / Avail. Maximum Oper. In either case the pipe run in question would have to be anchored at the proper locations to direct pipe system expansion or contraction into the coupling joints. (at time of installation). the number of couplings is determined as follows: No. As can be seen from the above example. DESIGN QUESTION: How many couplings are required to account for the thermal growth? AVAILABLE LINEAR MOVEMENT PER FLEXIBLE COUPLING: Using the table on the previous page. the total movement is 1. thus accommodating the “shrink” of the pipe system. of Couplings = (1.6. EXAMPLE: A 200 foot long straight run of 4" steel cut grooved pipe between anchor points. Temperature: 160°F. we see that there is 0. Therefore 10 couplings are needed POSITION OF COUPLINGS 200 FEET Thermal expansion tables show this system will expand a total of 1. the coupling joints would have be installed with the pipe ends butted.THERMAL MOVEMENT: COUPLINGS REQUIRED A sufficient amount of coupling joints must be provided to accommodate the calculated movement (expansion or contraction) in a pipe run or segment thereof. if the thermal movement was contraction due to a reduction of system temperature. The couplings do not automatically provide for expansion and contraction of piping.80" due to the temperature change.188" linear movement per coupling (4" Flexible Coupling) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In order for the couplings to provide for the movement indicated by the above example. Thus. TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS 263 . the pipe end gap within the coupling joint must be considered when designing a grooved-end pipe system to accommodate thermal movement. of Couplings = Tot. Minimum Temperature: 40°F.80") / (0.

CONT'D. An unrestrained joint will react to these forces by straightening. G G M The amount of deflection from pipe run centerline can be calculated utilizing the following equations: M = L (Sin θ) θ = ArcSin (G/D) M = (G x L)/D WHERE: M = Misalignment (inches) G = Maximum Allowable Pipe End Movement (Inches) as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) θ = Maximum Deflection (Degrees) from centerline as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) D = Pipe Outside Diameter (Inches) L = Pipe Length (Inches) L M L 264 www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. if not eliminating. then sufficient anchors must be provided to resist the lateral forces and hold the joint in the deflected condition.anvilintl. MISALIGNMENT & DEFLECTIONS: The angular movement capability of the Gruvlok coupling permits the assembly of pipe joints where the piping is not properly aligned. thus reducing. At least two couplings are required to provide for lateral pipe misalignment. the deflection at the joint.com . If joint deflection has been designed into the pipe layout and must be maintained. A pipe joint that utilizes the angular deflection capability of the Gruvlok coupling will react to pressure and thermal forces dependent upon the manner in which it is restrained. Deflection (longitudinal misalignment) may be accommodated within a single coupling as long as the angle of deflection does not exceed the value shown in the coupling performance data for the particular size and coupling type.

buried pipe systems where pipe laying conditions are subject to settlement. and number of required couplings. R = L / (2 x Sin(θ/2)) L = 2 x R x Sin(θ/2) N=T/θ The flexible design of the Gruvlok coupling makes it ideal for use in a wide variety of systems in which random changes of the pipe direction can be accommodated by the Gruvlok coupling’s angular deflection capability rather than requiring the use of special fittings. Buried Pipe Systems ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 265 . ETC. value to be reduced by Design Factor) R T =Total Angular Deflection of all Couplings. required pipe lengths. Pitched for Drainage TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. L N = Number of Couplings R = Radius of Curve (feet) L = Pipe Length (feet) θ = Deflection from centerline (Degrees) of each Coupling (See coupling performance data. CONT'D.CURVE LAYOUT: WHERE: Utilizing the angular deflection at each coupling joint curves may be laid out using straight pipe lengths and Gruvlok Couplings. Pitched drainage systems. R DRAINAGE. BURIED SYSTEMS.: R This example shows how to calculate the curve radius. and exposed pipe systems laid on rough ground are but a few of the many types of pipe installations that present conditions where the functional capability of the Gruvlok coupling are useful.

com . The additional stress from the combined movement is therefore relieved. vibration. additional joints may be required. settlement. A fully detected coupling joint provides no linear movement capability. The pipe may then be rotated one-quarter turn. Piping systems designed with Gruvlok Couplings can accommodate minor rotational movement from thermal expansion. If performed on a regular basis. two couplings were added to account for thermal expansion and the other couplings accommodate only the misalignment. In the example above. the couplings retightened. COMBINED LINEAR & ANGULAR MOVEMENT: The clearance in the grooved coupling joint. For Deflection Before Pipe Rotation For Expansion NOTE: Fully Deflected Joint Will Not Allow For Linear Expansion. or other similar movements. A partially deflected joint will not provide full linear movement capability. the pipe life of a slurry or similar coarse material piping system can be extended. CONT'D. pipe rotation will evenly distribute wear over the entire inner surface of the pipe.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. the system must be shut down and internal pressure relieved. For pipe rotation. will allow a limited capability for combined linear and angular movement. EXAMPLE: In systems where both are expected. 266 ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT: After Pipe Rotation Utilizing the rotational capability of the Gruvlok Coupling. However. Gruvlok Couplings should never be used as a continuous swivel joint. The Gruvlok coupling will not allow for both maximum linear and maximum angular movement simultaneously. and service resumed.anvilintl. www.

L2 L1 EXAMPLE 2 This illustrates the effect of pump oscillation on a piping system. Thus. only after system pressurization will the self-restraining function of the coupling be in effect. The designer must account for the movement to be encountered when the system is pressurized and the joints are fully separated. Spring hangers and supports providing for movement in more than one plane are often used to allow the pipe system to move without introducing additional stress into the pipe system. Random flexible coupling joint installation will produce installed coupling conditions ranging from pipe ends full butted to fully separated to the maximum available gap. However. A spring hanger should be used to support the pipe section and also respond to the induced vibrations. The couplings in the horizontal run above the riser. should accommodate the deflection without transmitting bending stresses through the pipe system. the coupling joint may not be in the self-restraining configuration prior to the application of system pressure.The grooved coupling’s capability to allow angular and rotational movement within the coupling joint must be considered when deciding hanger and support locations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK PRESSURE THRUSTS: Gruvlok couplings react to the application of system pressure and restrain the pipe ends from separation due to the pressure force. The Gruvlok coupling does not restrain adjacent pipe sections from separation due to pressure forces until the coupling key sections engage the groove walls. The sag due to the flexibility of the Gruvlok joint could be eliminated with the proper positioning of hangers on both pipe segments “L1” and “L2”. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY 267 . EXAMPLE 1 This example demonstrates the need for each pipe length in a grooved system to be supported. Anchor and guide positions must be defined to direct the pipe joint movement that it is not detrimental to the pipe system.

and intermediate anchors located as required. D1 Provide a hanger at L2 Point “R2”. CONT'D. L2.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY.anvilintl. In the deflected condition shown. The coupling key sections will make contact with the groove walls and restrain the pipe from further separation. and L3 D2 L3 are of adequate length to handle expected pipe movements. Thermal movement of the pipe system should also be considered. EXAMPLE 2 In the system shown here. or a base support at Point “D2” to support the vertical column. System With No Pressure EXAMPLE 1 The coupling joints have been installed butted or partially open. www. to direct the pipe movement so as to prevent introducing bending stresses into the system. When pressurized the pipe ends in System Pressurized the coupling joints will separate to the maximum amount permitted by the coupling design. temperature increases would produce further expansion of the pipe system thus increasing the deflection. The pipe designer SUFFICIENT must assure himself LENGTH TO that the system has the OFFSET capability of deflecting PRESSURE THRUST sufficiently to absorb this movement without introducing additional stresses into the pipe system. EXAMPLE 3 To restrain this system provide L1 a pressure thrust anchor at “R1” to resist the pressure thrust actR1 R2 C ing through the tee “D1” at the cap “C”. The movement at each coupling joint will add with all other joints and produce ∆L. the pipe will move and deflect at the elbow joint due to pressure thrust. no additional anchoring is required.com . If the offsets L1. 268 Examples of the effect of pressure thrust are shown in the following illustrations.

between the pipe ends when an additional length of pipe is added to the riser stack. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. LATERAL RESTRAINT EXAMPLE 5 System with no pressure partially deflected System pressurized fully deflected A grooved coupling joint installed in a partially deflected condition between anchor locations will deflect to its fully deflected condition when pressurized. CONT'D. The following examples illustrate methods of installing commonly encountered riser designs. the spacer removed and the coupling is then installed. 269 . An alternative method or riser installation is to place a metal spacer of a predetermined thickness. Note that when installing risers. The upper pipe length is anchored. may deflect against the application of lateral forces and result in “snaking” conditions of the pipe system. This method creates a predetermined gap at each pipe joint which can be utilized in pipe systems where thermal movement is anticipated and in systems with rigid (threaded. the pipe ends will be fully separated.D EXAMPLE 4 Anchor at “A” to A VERTICAL support weight of COLUMN E vertical water column. due to pressure thrust. L1 C B Use spring hanger at “D” and “E” to allow L2 HORIZONTAL VERTICAL movement of vertical COLUMN RUN piping. welded. while acceptable in many installations. Anchors at “B” and “C” if offsets at L1 and L2 are insufficiently long to handle expected pipe movements. the pipe ends are butted together within the coupling joint. flanged) branch connections where shear forces due to pressure thrust could damage the rigid connections. Light duty hangers. Anchoring of the riser may be done prior to pressurization with the pipe ends butted or while pressurized. In the most common method. Hangers and supports must be selected with consideration of the hanger’s capability to provide lateral restraint. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK RISER DESIGN: Risers assembled with Gruvlok Flexible couplings are generally installed in either of two ways. when. the gasket is first placed onto the lower pipe and rolled back away from the pipe end prior to positioning the upper pipe.

Note that no intermediate anchors are required. M RISERS WITH BRANCH CONNECTIONS L When the system is pressurized the pipe stack will “grow” due to pressure thrust which causes maximum separation of pipe ends within the couplings. In this example the pipe length “L” at the top of the riser must be long enough to permit sufficient deflection (see Angular Movement) to accommodate the total movement “M” from both pressure thrust and thermal gradients.anvilintl. Anchor the pipe at or near the base with a pressure thrust anchor “A” capable of supporting the full pressure thrust. between anchors “A” and “B”. Place intermediate anchors “C” as shown. couplings and fluid. to prevent possible deflection of the pipe line at the coupling joints as the riser expands due to pressure thrust or thermal growth.com . the pipe movement due to pressure thrust will be strained and there will be no shear forces acting at the branch connections. as a minimum. Provide pipe guides on every other pipe length. When this system is pressurized.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. 270 RISERS WITHOUT BRANCH CONNECTIONS Install the riser with the pipe ends butted. B C C C A www. Locate an anchor at the base of the riser (A) to support the total weight of the pipe. CONT'D. Also place intermediate clamps at every other pipe length as a minimum. Install the riser with the predetermined gap method. weight of pipe and the fluid column. The maximum amount of stack growth can be predeterA mined (see Linear Movement). Anchor at “B” with an anchor capable of withstanding full pressure thrust at the top of the riser plus weight of pipe column.

Roll grooving is commonly used on a wide range of pipe thicknesses up to 0. metal is displaced while a groove is formed into the outer surface of the pipe Roll Grooving wall. Sock-it connections require cleaning of the pipe end. even on out-of-round pipe.D. Branch outlet connections require a properly sized and correctly located hole to be cut into the pipe. Cut Groove 271 . (on an average) less than 2%. all pipe must be prepared to receive Gruvlok coupling or other Gruvlok pipe system components. Threaded ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Roll grooving does not remove metal. Instead. Thread require that the pipe be free of burrs and other sharp projections which could damage the gasket. The groove removes less than one half of the pipe wall and does not cut as deeply into the pipe wall as do standard pipe threads.D. Gruvlok plain-end pipe couplings CUT GROOVING: Gruvlok pipe grooving and hole cutting machines are available in a wide variety of designs to meet specific or general requirements. This reduces available pipe joint movement by 50% over cut grooved coupling joints. Roll Groove Cut Groove The I. The square cut edge of the groove allows for the full expansion. “dimple" formed from roll grooving reduces the I. grooving is not required.D.To create a Gruvlok pipe joint. For grooved-end joints. pipe may be grooved by either of two methods. concentric with the pipe O. The required pipe preparation may be grooving or cleaning the pipe ends. ROLL GROOVING: Cut grooving is intended for use with standard and heavier wall pipe. contraction.375" wall steel pipe and sizes to 24" O.D. Gruvlok roll grooving machines produce a groove to proper dimensional tolerances. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION Available Movement Roll Groove vs. or cutting a hole in the pipe wall. Cut grooving produces a groove in the pipe wall by Cut Grooving removing metal from the pipe O.D. Gruvlok hole cutting tools properly center holes for correct assembly of Gruvlok branch outlet components. and deflection capabilities of the Gruvlok coupling. Depth of Cut Groove vs. The groove configuration has slightly rounded edges resulting in a less flexible joint than a cut groove joint. cut or roll grooving. Volume of Metal Removed Cut Groove vs..

Any scale.D. CONT'D./mm 1./mm 1.3 XL Min.3 60. etc.3 43⁄4 120. etc.910 48. or projections which might effect the proper assembly of the Clamp-T. sharp projections.9 73. www. After cutting. Diameter In. No additional cleaning is required.357 59. Perm.D.6 2.1 NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe. burrs. 11⁄2 32.875 47.6 1./mm 11⁄2 15⁄8 38.7 3 2 ⁄4 27⁄8 69.7 1.6 2. O.4 1.904 73.030" (0. pipe ends must be completely cleaned a minimum of 1" (25. The outside pipe surfaces within 5/8" of the hole must be clean and smooth./mm 31⁄2 88.9 92.385 60./mm 1.352 59.295 32.0 21⁄2 25⁄8 63. 25 11⁄4./mm In. If these are not removed.3 48.837 72. PIPE TOLERANCES Size DN/mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 Schedule 10 & 40 Nom O. 20.1 For Sock-It Fittings. which might effect gasket sealing integrity.660 1. 272 BRANCH OUTLET PIPE: CLAMP-T® Clamp-T installations require the cutting of a hole through the pipe wall.2 42.5 2. scale.1 1 4 ⁄2 45⁄8 114.1 41.D.9 1.4mm) back from the pipe end to remove all pipe coating. The surface around the entire circumference of the pipe within the “A” dimension in the charts must be free from dirt. The maximum allowable tolerance is 0. any burrs and sharp or rough edges must be removed from the hole.6 41⁄2 114.3 2 21⁄8 50. In.875 2.642 41.882 47.375 2./mm In.com .6 1.9 2.anvilintl..8 2.7 51⁄2 139.5 Surface Prep. ⁄4. 1 15.5 66. “A” In.D.7 2. SOCK-IT® A ⁄8" 5 After the hole has been cut into the pipe wall. weld beads.0 73. CLAMP-T INSTALLATION Branch Size DN/mm 1 3 ⁄2.0 31⁄2 35⁄8 88.4 33. Any sharp edges. projections or indentation which might effect the gasket sealing on the pipe must be removed.8 Min.8 54. Max. O.315 1. O.4 1.630 41. In.325 33.900 1.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION. left on the pipe from cutting must be removed. the pipe ends must be square cut as measured from a true square line. The hole must be properly sized and located on the centerline of the pipe to assure reliable performance of the Clamp-T gaskets.76mm) for all sizes.285 32. 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 Hole Dimensions Hole Saw Size Max.9 4 101. rust.7 61⁄2 165.846 72. they may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting.670 42.3 117. In.

burr & sharp edge removed is preferred configuration. Pipe ends must be marked a distance of 1" from the pipe end for Sizes 2"-4" and 11/4" from the pipe end for Sizes 5"8" as a guide for centering of the gasket on the pipe ends. an oversize diameter. edge left by different methods of cutting pipe must be removed. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION. X Soft pipe when roll cut may be swaged inward. Plain-End pipe for use with Fig. The sharp O. giving on one side.D.D. UNACCEPTABLE X Excessive chamfer on I. Beveled pipe. 0. for at least 11/2" (38mm) back from the pipe end to provide a smooth sealing surface for the gasket.1mm) for 4" through 6".5mm) for 8" sizes.030" (0. Pipe ends (plain or beveled end) must be square cut as measured from a true square line with the maximum allowable tolerance as follows: 0. CONT'D.D. and 0.D. will tend to cut gasket during assembly.045 (1. weld bead. 7005 Roughneck Couplings must be free of any notches.7mm) for 2" through 3". Swaged portion not to exceed 3⁄16" X Abrasive wheels & Dull wheel cutter saws leave edge burrs produces a raised ridge especially pronounced at the pipe O. etc.060" (1. Bevel not to exceed 1⁄16". ROUGHNECK® ACCEPTABLE PIPE END CONFIGURATION Remove Burr & Sharp Edge 3⁄16" Max. CONT'D. 1⁄32" to 1⁄16" 30 or 45 Square cut pipe with O. If this sharp edge is not removed. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 273 . bumps. it may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting. The nominal outside diameter of pipe should not vary more than ±1% for sizes up to 21/2".SOCK-IT®. +1/16"-1/32" for sizes 6" and larger. score marks. +1%-1/32" for sizes 3"-5".

2 5 6 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 www.1 HANGER SPACING .6 2 20 6.7 3 25 7.9 18 5. 7 DNmm 2. supports and anchors for a grooved-end pipe system.FLEXIBLE SYSTEM.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT 274 When designing the hangers. For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement IS required use the table below.com . fluid & pipe system components. PIPE HANGER SPACING: The following charts show the maximum span between pipe hangers for straight runs of standard weight steel pipe filled with water or other similar fluids.1 3 22 6. The following factors should be considered when designing hangers and supports for a grooved-end pipe system.anvilintl. STEEL PIPE FULL LINEAR MOVEMENT IS REQ'D AVERAGE HANGERS PER PIPE LENGTH EVENLY SPACED Nominal Pipe Size Range In. As with any pipe system.6 4 30 9.0 12 3.5 20 6.1 1-2 1 25-50 1 2 ⁄2-4 1 65-100 5-24 1 125-600 Pipe Length in Feet/Meters 10 3.7 2 15 4. Nominal Pipe Size Range In./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4-2 32-50 21⁄2-4 65-100 5-8 125-200 10-12 250-300 14-16 350-400 18-24 450-600 1) the weight of the pipe. the hanger or support system must provide for HANGER SPACING LINEAR MOVEMENT NOT REQ'D For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement is NOT required use the table on right. 2) reduce stresses at pipe joints.3 16 4.3 2 12 3. the piping designer must consider certain unique characteristics of the grooved type coupling in addition to many universal pipe hanger and support design factors.6 10 3.7 14 4.1 4 35 40 10. and 3) permit required pipe system movement to relieve stress.7 12. Maximum Span Between Supports Feet/meters 7 2. Do not use these values where critical span calculations are made or where there are concentrated loads between supports. couplings.

2 – 12 3.4 19 5.7 13 4 14 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 24 7.6 15 4.1.6 – 10 3 – 14 4.7 15 4.7 – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.7 – 17 5.1 7 2.8 12 3.7 15 4.9 9 2.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.2 17 5.1 10 3 11 3.3 14 4. 921./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 OD 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 41⁄4 100 5 125 51⁄4 125 51⁄2 125 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 7 2.9 Building Service Piping Code.3c.3D.1.3 21 6.7 9 2.1 19 5. table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems.9 15 4. Table 6-2.6 15 4. 250 psi and Fig.7 13 4 14 4. 921.HANGER SPACING .6 16 4. IPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS 275 .6 15 4. CONT STEEL'DP.6 15 4.1 17 5.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 9 2.3 22 6.4 20 6.6 15 4.1 Power Piping Code. (1999 Edition).1 7 2.4 18 5.7 13 4 15 4.3 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 16 4.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** – – – – – – 9 2. Fig. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ASTM P IPE SUPPORT CARBON .7 12 3.6 15 4. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.6 15 4.6 12 3.6 15 4.2 20 6.7 11 3.6 17 5.6 15 4.7 9 2.6 17 5. Table a.4 12 3.7 – 12 3.4 18 5.6 15 4.8 18 5.6 13 4 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.2 20 6.6 15 4.7 24 7. (1996 Edition).3 16 4.1 – 13 4 – 18 5.0 12 3.6 15 4.6 15 4.0 18 5.2.5 19 5.7 12 3.4 12 3.7 9 2.1 19 5.6 15 4.3 14 4.6 15 4.7 21 6.1 10 3.6 15 4.4 11 3.3 12 3.

1 21 6.1 35 10.6 15 4.1 32 9.4 24 7.1.6 15 4.8 19 5.6 15 4.6 15 4.3 20 6.7 33 9.anvilintl.3 23 6.6 15 4. (1996 Edition).4 20 6.0 42 12.8 27 8. Table 6-2. table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems.9 Building Service Piping Code.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** 14 4.6 45 13. 250 psi and Fig. CONT'D.6 29 8.3 25 7.6 15 4.2 27 8.3 24 7.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT.3D.2 30 9.2 – 21 6.7 39 11.8 21 6.1 27 8.6 15 4.8 26 7.2 19 5.com . Fig.1 40 12.8 23 7 23 7 27 8. Table a.6 15 4.6 15 4.1.9 36 10.6 15 4.6 15 4.8 37 11.6 21 6.6 15 4.2 16 4.8 26 7.9 42 12.9 25 7.8 24 7.6 15 4.6 15 4.1 Power Piping Code.9 17 5.3c.1 30 9.6 15 4.8 15 4.7 15 4.3 30 9. (1999 Edition).6 15 4./DNmm 6 150 61⁄4 150 61⁄2 OD 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 17 5.2.7 35 10. 921.5 26 7.6 15 4. 276 HANGER SPACING .5 48 14. www.3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.6 15 4.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.1 26 7. 921.8 26 7.6 15 4.6 15 4. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.0 21 6.

In addition. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In nearly every hanger or support assembly there are three components that make up the assembly. See accompanying illustrations for examples of typical assemblies. can be hung or supported based on the maximum spacing requirements only. consideration might be given to having the hangers or supports preassembled by the manufacturer or fabricated in the contractor’s shop. However. Although supported very similarly to welded piping systems. Whenever there is a “perceived” problem with installed grooved product. are the focus of the project team. etc. hangers and supports are one of the first components needed on a project since you cannot hang pipe without them. To save costly field labor hours. a vital first step is to refer to the project and code requirements when choosing the proper hanging or supporting method.Grooved piping products have a very good maintenance track record out in the field. All three components should arrive on the project site together and early.) and the lower attachment (pipe clamps. All of these are acceptable hanging or supporting methods but they are dependent on the project’s type. and trapeze supports to more intricate rack designs using structural steel or a mechanical framing/strut system. REVIEW REQUIREMENTS AND LOGISTICS A variety of hangers and supports are typically used on grooved piping systems. These components are an upper attachment (beam or structural attachment). eye nuts. Flexible couplings used on horizontal runs of pipe need to be supported at every coupling and usually require intermediate supports to satisfy the maximum spacing allowable requirements. couplings. The proper maximum spacing allowables governed by project specifications. CONT'D. such as labor. wherever there is a change in direction of the piping system a hanger or support is usually required immediately following that change in direction and then the system is hung or supported accordingly. trapezes). ranging from a simple band hanger. intermediate attachment (rod. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 277 . design and specification requirements. MAKE A MATCH The type of grooved coupling used on a project is the next consideration to choosing the correct hanger or support method. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. major equipment and schedule. U-bolts. With this in mind. a high percentage are often related to the hanging or supporting method or application chosen. clevis hanger. the applicable code and/or the hanger manufacturer’s recommendations all must also be reviewed. on the other hand. Quite often hangers and supports are an after thought on a project simply because the big-ticket items. Rigid couplings. Components can also be bundled and tagged by system or area of the project so they can be easily assembled and located on-site. Project logistics is another consideration regardless of system type. a few considerations should be given to assure the proper selection and application of hangers and supports used on a grooved piping system such as Anvil’s Gruvlok® brand.

the pipe ends can either be butted up tight to one another or a gap can exist. If this thermal growth exceeds the allowable deflection of a grooved joint. let us assume the system is heating hot water that will operate at 170°F. especially where a change of direction or a branch line connects.78" of overall growth. For example. In other words the pipe has grown in length over 3 inches because of the thermal expansion. The joint at a flexible grooved coupling can expand about 1⁄4" at each coupling whereas the joint at a rigid grooved coupling can grow about 3 ⁄32". If it is a flexible system. 19 joints x . This is all due to the temperature variation from ambient conditions when the pipe is installed to operating conditions. if you have a grooved piping system that is 400 ft. It can only be controlled by the use of anchors and expansion joints or expansion loops. For example. = 3. www. If there is a long run of horizontal or vertical pipe with multiple joints the overall length of the system will grow depending upon which grooved coupling you have chosen. those areas or joints where the pipe ends are butted up tight and held by a grooved coupling can “pop” or grow to the maximum gap depending on the coupling chosen. In this case 400 ft. pipe run or there are branch lines coming off the main run. lengths of pipe are used). If you multiply the number of joints by the growth of each joint you can determine the overall growth of the system due to pressurization. this growth due to pressurization can have a significant impact on the hangers or supports used on a project.0 in/ft but at 170°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0. Once the system is pressurized. Thermal growth cannot be stopped. then periodic air pressurization as the system is installed will expand the grooved joints to full gap and the hangers or supports can be adjusted accordingly.anvilintl.com . One way to avoid this growth is to install the grooved joints at full gap so that pressurization has no impact at testing or start up. long there will be roughly 19 grooved joints (assuming 21 ft. if you again take 400 ft. of grooved piping.75" of overall growth. This is especially important on hot systems versus chilled systems since the amount of thermal expansion will be greater on hot systems as opposed to the thermal contraction that will occur on chilled systems. A rigid system would be 19 joints x . HOT AND COLD Thermal expansion is another important consideration when choosing hangers or supports for a grooved system.0938" = 1. x 0. As the couplings are installed.0076 in/ft. This is significant growth especially if there is a change of direction at the end of the 400 ft.PIPE SUPPORT.25" = 4.0076 in/ft. To determine the total thermal expansion of the pipe from ambient temperature to operating temperature you multiply the length of pipe by the coefficient of thermal expansion. If this is not possible. At 70°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0. then problems could occur.04 in. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 278 PRESSURE POINT System pressurization should also be reviewed when choosing the proper hanging or support method. As one can see. The pipe is installed under ambient conditions assumed to be at 70°F so you have a 100°F variation in temperature. CONT'D.

to allow the hot systems to thermally expand on the trapeze. If you combine hot systems with cold systems on a trapeze. such as clevis hangers. When using trapeze hangers for multiple systems it is important to have “like” systems on the trapeze. such as pipe rolls or pipe slides. Whether it is horizontal or vertical grooved pipe. If the growth is downward. growth of the piping system due to pressurization and thermal expansion must be considered. If the vertical pipe is supported by friction/riser clamps only and the pipe expands vertically upward. The use of static hangers. Hot systems should be hung or supported independently of cold or ambient systems or a means should be provided. run of pipe was 4. the friction clamps resting on the penetration or supporting structure can either fail or the pipe may overcome the friction force and push it’s way through the clamp as the pipe thermally expands downward. should not be considered on pipe that is thermally expanding. CONT'D. systems that are operating near the same temperature. the thermal expansion of the hot system can cause the trapeze to possibly twist and fail or excessive stress could be induced on the grooved joints on all of the systems on the trapeze.It is also important to hang or support the pipe with rolls or slides and use guides to control the thermal expansion of the pipe into an expansion joint or expansion loop. that is.75" for a flexible joint system and 1. Vertical pipe thermally expands the same amount as horizontal pipe and this has to be taken into consideration relating to supports. the clamps will grow with the pipe off the penetration or supporting structure and no longer provide support. expansion joints or expansion loops. Adding these combinations together would result in TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. pressurization expansion on the 400 ft. In the previous examples.78" for a rigid joint system and the thermal expansion was 3. In either ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK upper upper intermediate intermediate lower lower Clevis Hanger Assembly Double Bolt Pipe Clamp Assembly case the clamps are no longer supporting the pipe as intended and this may induce excessive stress on the grooved joints. If the pipe is a vertical riser then consideration must be given to the use of spring hangers to allow the pipe to grow vertically up or down depending upon how the pipe is anchored while still supporting the pipe. both must be taken into account and added together to determine the overall growth of the system and the effect on the hangers or supports that are used. On hot systems. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 279 .04".

TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 280 a total pipe growth of 7.anvilintl. upper intermediate upper intermediate CONSIDER SOME RESTRAINT lower Although grooved systems in seismic zones perform extremely well.com .PIPE SUPPORT. this is a significant amount of growth relating to hangers and supports and the resulting stresses induced on grooved joints. Seismic restraints in the proper selection and application of hangers and supports for a grooved lateral direction should have little impact on expansion except where piping system. If you have growth due to pressurization and/or Trapeze Assembly Spring Riser Hanger Assembly thermal expansion consideration should be given on how to restrain the system while still allowing growth to occur. pressurization. in turn.79" for a flexible system or 4. one can best determine the inducing stresses into the grooved couplings. This will. considerlower ation should be given to how a grooved system is seismically restrained. help ensure that grooved piping systhe system has a change in direction.82" for a rigid system. regardless of the horizontal or vertical orientation of the pipe. CONT'D. dinal direction of a long pipe run may restrict the growth of the pipe thermal expansion and seismic restraints. www. If the seismic restraints are placed tems will continue to enjoy a solid reputation in the areas of maintelaterally after a change in direction at the end of a long run of pipe. the nance and downtime. expansion of the long pipe run may be restricted and this could induce excessive stress into the grooved joints. Seismic restraints in the longituBy reviewing the couplings to be used on a project. Again.

The Constant Support Hanger will have travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate inspections. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping. and guides. or equal. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK (e) Wherever possible. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION 281 . the particular system will be identified. pipe hangers shall be an approved constant support design. or where it is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment. Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not critical. anchors.1. using stock or production parts. provided the variation in supporting effect does not exceed 25% of the calculated piping load through its total vertical travel. and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. (d) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. and the exceptions clearly listed through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification. The calibration record of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. Witness marks shall be stamped on the Load Adjustment Scale to establish factory calibration reference point. SP-69. In no case will the difference between actual and total travel be less than 1". 2. and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than 1 ⁄2". (b).1 and MSS Standard Practice SP-58. supports. (c) Accurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe weight load at each equipment connection. SCOPE This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all hangers. shall be utilized wherever possible. (g) The total travel for Constant Support Hangers will be equal to actual travel plus 20%. (f) For critical high-temperature piping.Designs generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice. as Anvil Fig. 80-V and Fig. pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. Where piping design is such that exceptions to this specification are necessary. DESIGN (a) All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31. Variable Spring Hangers may be used. 81-H Constant Support Hangers. (h) Constant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. at hanger locations where the vertical movement of the piping is 1⁄2" or more. SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification.

Spring coils must be square to within 1° to insure proper alignment. (r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1⁄2" and where the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated.com . Each spring coil must be purchased with a C. 82 may be used. low temperature systems. No less than 10% of this adjustability should be provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field adjustment. (j) Constant Supports should have a wide range of load adjustability. Load adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the field in accurate adjustment of loads. suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. appropriate vibration control equipment shall be installed. even in the event the lever is at a position other than “cold”. B-268 may be used. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit future re-engagement. spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. Where movements are of a small magnitude.T. When the hanger rod angularity www.M. The travel stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the “cold” position. such as Anvil Fig. 282 (i) In addition to the requirements of ASTM-125 all alloy springs shall be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle. or equal. spring hangers similar to Anvil Fig. (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the standard hanger contract.T. and be of domestic manufacture. (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see Table III). Each spring coiled must be purchased with a C. (m)Each Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory and furnished with travel stops.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. the constant support should be designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the supports. such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves. The spring rate tolerance shall be ±5%. (k) Constant Supports shall be furnished with travel stops which shall prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. without having to make hanger adjustments. 200 shock and sway suppressor. hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock absorbing devices of approved design. an approved pre-compressed Variable Spring design similar to Anvil Fig.M. where vertical movements up to 2" are anticipated.anvilintl. (l) For non-critical. If vibration is encountered after the piping system is in operation.R. CONT'D. (o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads. (n) All rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. All three critical parameters (free height. and be of domestic manufacture.R. the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. Additionally.

The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for faulted conditions without release of fluid. The temperature of supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 100F° per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe. All other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-636. The valve shall provide a locking and bleed rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. and anchors shall be so designed that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. For corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with carbo-zinc #11. The suppressor design shall include a fluid bleed system to assure continued free thermal movement after the shock force subsides. (z) All threads are UNC unless otherwise specified.Variable Spring and Constant Support units will be furnished painted with Stewart Bros. thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the disturbing forces. (x) Hydraulic Snubbers . (u) Where practical. The fluid level indicator for exact reading of reservoir fluid level in any snubber orientation. utilizing the distance.is greater than 4 degrees from vertical. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to thermal movement. After the disturbing forces subside. Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of the pipe. corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the required force in tension and compression. the suppressor valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the piping. CONT'D. (y) Paint . They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. Any shock force shall cause the suppressor valve to close. then structural attachment will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 degrees from vertical. (v) Supports. Pipe support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp lugs. guides. riser piping shall be supported independently of the connected horizontal piping.The hydraulic units shall have a temperature stable control valve. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#10947). 283 . With the suppressor valve closed the fluid flow shall essentially stop. (w)Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed. and designed in accordance with governing codes. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced. (t) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table 1 and Table 2 on the following page.

1 www. (c) Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP89 (Section 7. Hanger for piping 21⁄2" and larger. Additional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required. Span (Ft) Vapor Service Recommended Hanger Rod Sizes 1 ⁄2 7 8 3 ⁄4 7 9 1 7 9 11⁄2 9 12 3 2 10 13 21⁄2 11 14 3 12 15 1 ⁄8 ⁄2 The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. Span (Ft) Water Service 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 Max. 284 HANGER DESIGN SERVICE (b) Each engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and tagged as far as practical. shall be completely engineered. Span (Ft) Water Service Max. 31⁄2 13 16 Nominal Pipe Size (in) 4 5 6 8 10 14 16 17 19 22 17 19 21 24 26 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 12 23 30 7 ⁄8 14 25 32 16 27 35 1 18 28 37 1 20 24 30 30 32 33 39 42 34 11⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 or trapeze *Many codes and specifications state “pipe hangers must be spaced every 10ft. Each sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component parts making up each assembly. Max. and all spring support for assemblies. A piping drawing marked with approximate hanger locations and types.” This local specification must be followed. Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose material. Span (Ft) Vapor Service 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 NOTE: Spans shown in Tables 1 and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 750°F. CONT'D.1 (Appendix V). TABLE 1: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe* .anvilintl. Each sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the hanger in relation to columns of equipment. identified by piping system only.com . ready for installation. regardless of size. (a) Engineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 81⁄2" x 11” sheets. and hanger sketches showing typical support arrangements will be furnished. TABLE 2: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Copper Tubing Supports Nominal Tubing Size (in) 3 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 Max.7) and ASME B31.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION.

900 84.700 98.379 5 8 UN 17.292 1 1 2 ⁄4 4 ⁄2 3.687 47.068 ⁄2 13 0.600 32.126 ⁄8 11 0.293 13⁄4 5 1.096 TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION.530 3.619 3 4 5.165 Standard UNC thread thru 3” diameter and 8-UN-2A thread series for 31⁄4” diameter and larger.400 60.265 25. Rod Diameter (in) Threads per Inch 3 Root Area of Coarse Thread (in2) ⁄8 16 0.600 24.900 9.692 2.716 23⁄4 4 4. 750° F 572 1.202 3 ⁄4 10 0.000 Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.500 113.TABLE 3: Load Carrying Capacities of Threaded Hanger Rods.021 21⁄2 4 3.302 7 ⁄8 9 0.744 2 41⁄2 2.139 88.440 10.807 14.214 4 8 UN 10.100 71.066 56.720 31⁄2 8 UN 7. CONT'D. 1 5 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.700 184.350 2.800 18.300 39.307 66.419 1 8 0.807 101.889 11⁄2 6 1.621 1 3 ⁄4 8 UN 6.337 114.600 164.508 4.100 41⁄2 8 UN 13.400 146. Materials Carbon Steel with MinimumActual Tensile Strength of 50 Ksi.620 7. 650° F 730 1.608 1 4 ⁄4 8 UN 12.295 31.480 5.057 1.500 13.552 1 1 ⁄4 7 0.918 33⁄4 8 UN 9.331 77.566 19. 285 .807 128.230 4.160 3.169 38.982 144.800 49.400 129.690 43⁄4 8 UN 15.

1046 0.0532 0.0737 0.0133 -0.TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL 286 THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) -200 0 -0.1188 0.0165 0.0226 0.1144 0.1068 0.0152 -0.0781 0.1004 0.0421 0.0091 200 0.0215 70 -0.0563 0.0180 10 -0.100 0.0344 0.0703 0.0362 0.200 0.0087 -0.0068 0.0759 0.0109 -0.0174 -0 -0.1363 1.000 0.0924 0.0440 0.0431 0.0889 0.0051 -0.0901 0.0512 0.0584 0.0163 -0.0334 0.0382 0.0993 1.0252 0.0450 600 0.0553 700 0.com .0935 0.0038 0.0225 90 -0.1025 0.0522 0.1334 – – – – – – – – – Temp F www.0116 0.0726 0.0912 0.0053 0.0198 -0.0606 0.1110 0.0121 -0.0127 -0.0970 0.0022 -0.0307 0.0107 0.0670 0.0748 0.0857 0.0084 0.0692 0.0044 -0.0030 0.0220 80 -0.1132 0.0132 0.0649 0.0187 20 -0.0116 0 -0.0191 0.0023 0.0046 0.1320 0.0391 0.1200 0.0007 0 0.1121 0.0096 -0.0051 -0.0770 900 0.0714 0.0288 0.1057 0.0595 0.0617 0.1036 0.0008 0.400 0.0058 -0.0372 0.0878 1.0015 100 0.1155 0.0261 400 0.1089 0.0824 0.0080 -0.0182 0.0491 0.0124 0.0103 -0.0073 -0.0061 0.1015 0.1267 0.0659 800 0.1099 1.1177 0.0065 -0.0325 0.1342 0.0141 0.0037 -0.0099 0.0638 0.1256 0.0835 0.0149 0.0501 0.0574 0.0867 0.0157 0.0203 -0.1166 0.0481 0.1222 0.1244 0.1211 1.0681 0.0174 300 0.0958 0.1078 0.1278 0.0627 0.0209 -0.0235 0.0279 0.0353 500 0.Low Chrome Steel (thru 3% Cr) 30 40 50 60 -0.0542 0.0200 0.0411 0.0217 0.0029 -0.0846 0.0946 0.300 0.0270 0.0146 -0.0015 -0.0298 0.0192 Carbon Steel .0316 0.0076 0.0244 0.0208 0.0230 -100 -0.0813 0.anvilintl.0169 -0.0460 0.0981 0.0792 0.0140 -0.0401 0.1233 0.1299 0.0158 -0.0470 0.0803 0.

1744 0.1651 0.0254 80 -0.0034 0.0343 -0.0513 0.0662 0.0263 90 -0.0575 0.0489 500 0.1731 0.0158 0.0238 0.0700 0.0674 0.1311 0.0285 0.1202 0.0100 -0.0056 0.0776 0.0477 0.0854 0.0404 0.0334 -0.1053 0.0416 0.0067 -0.0538 0.0216 -0.1796 0.0880 0.0372 -0.0332 0.1570 0.0763 0.1216 0.0011 0 0.1757 0.0033 -0.200 0.0078 -0.1012 0.0089 -0.0261 0.1175 0.0187 10 -0.0305 -0.0867 800 0.1461 0.1393 0.1502 0.0045 0.1811 TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL NOTE: Intersect “10” Degree increments across the top of each table with the “100” degree increments down the left side to determine the coefficient of thermal expansion for the desired temperature.0135 200 0.1406 1.0250 300 0.1542 1.0453 0.1243 0.1080 0.1229 0.THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) Temp F -200 -100 0 -0.1379 0.0637 0.0314 -0.0920 0.0273 0. 347) 30 40 50 60 -0.1270 1.0712 0.0737 700 0.0802 0.1338 0.0687 0.1434 0.0562 0.0207 Austenitic Stainless Steels (304.0090 0.1610 0.1134 1.0324 -0.1556 0.1107 0.100 0.1366 0.0078 -0.0599 0.0725 0.000 0.0281 -0.1665 0.400 0.0526 0.1597 0.0236 -0.0986 0.1284 0.0624 0.1148 0.1066 0.0012 0.0044 -0.0112 0.0999 900 0.1624 0.0101 0.1094 0.0828 0.0145 -0.0226 -0.1257 0.0176 0 -0.1488 0.0146 0.1638 0.0946 0.0272 -0 -0.0649 0.1420 0.0959 0.0428 0.0392 0.0215 0.0056 -0.0134 -0.1325 0.1717 0.1692 0.0321 0.1039 0.0362 -0.0124 0.0079 0.0356 0.0112 -0.1771 0.0353 -0.0750 0.0906 0.0344 0.0227 0.0465 0.0612 600 0.0123 -0.0587 0.0440 0.0245 70 -0.1447 0.0295 -0.1162 0.0972 0.1298 0.0155 -0.0841 0.0309 0.0203 0.0501 0.0181 0.1189 0.1260 0.0192 0.0166 -0.1515 0.0197 20 -0.0550 0. 316.0893 0.0068 0.1529 0.0023 100 0.0368 400 0.0933 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 287 .300 0.1583 0.1121 0.0297 0.0022 -0.0169 0.1704 0.1784 0.1352 0.0815 0.0380 0.0789 0.1678 1.1474 0.

Z

Y

288


Y

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

Nom.
Size
Y

Nom.
Size
Y

3
4
5
6

7

8

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
4.1
13⁄8
5.0
11⁄2
0.250
6.0
15⁄8
5
5.4
1 ⁄8
0.313
7.25
13⁄4
3
6.7
1 ⁄4
0.313
9.0
17⁄8
8.2
17⁄8
10.5
2
0.375
13.0
21⁄8
9.8
21⁄8
12.25
21⁄4
0.375
14.75
21⁄4
11.5
21⁄4
13.75
23⁄8
0.375
18.75
21⁄2

9

10

12

15

18

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
13.4
23⁄8
15.0
21⁄2
0.438
20.0
25⁄8
5
15.3
2 ⁄8
20.0
23⁄4
0.438
25.0
27⁄8
30.0
3
20.7
3
25.0
3
0.500
30.0
31⁄8
33.9
33⁄8
40.0
31⁄2
0.625
50.0
33⁄4
42.7
4
45.8
4
0.625
51.9
41⁄8
58.0
41⁄4

Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
3
4
5
6
7
8
10

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
5.7
23⁄8
0.250
7.5
21⁄2
7.7
25⁄8
0.313
9.5
23⁄4
10.0
3
0.313
14.75
31⁄4
3
12.5
3 ⁄8
0.375
17.25
35⁄8
15.3
35⁄8
0.375
20.0
37⁄8
18.4
4
0.438
23.0
41⁄8
25.4
45⁄8
0.500
35.0
5
31.8
5
0.563
35.0
51⁄8
40.8
51⁄4
0.688
50.0
51⁄2

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
15
18
20
20.3
24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
42.9
51⁄2
0.625
50.0
55⁄8
54.7
6
0.688
70.0
61⁄4
66.0
61⁄4
0.813
75.0
63⁄8
86.0
7
0.938
96.0
71⁄4
80.0
7
90.0
71⁄8
0.875
100.0
71⁄4

www.anvilintl.com

W SHAPES
Z


Y

Nom.
Size
Y
5
6

8

10

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
19
5
0.430
25
61⁄8
0.455
18
51⁄4
0.330
1
21
5 ⁄4
0.400
24
61⁄2
0.400
28
61⁄2
0.465
31
8
0.435
35
8
0.495
40
81⁄8
0.560
1
48
8 ⁄8
0.685
1
58
8 ⁄4
0.810
67
81⁄4
0.935
22
53⁄4
0.360
26
53⁄4
0.440
30
53⁄4
0.510
33
8
0.435
39
8
0.530
45
8
0.620
49
10
0.560
54
10
0.615
60
101⁄8
0.680
68
101⁄8
0.770
77
101⁄4
0.870
1
88
10 ⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
1
26
6 ⁄2
0.380
30
61⁄2
0.440
35
61⁄2
0.520
40
8
0.515
45
8
0.575
50
81⁄8
0.640
53
10
0.575
58
10
0.640
65
12
0.605
72
12
0.670
1
79
12 ⁄8
0.735
87
121⁄8
0.810
96
121⁄8
0.900
106
121⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

14

16

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
3
30
6 ⁄4
0.385
34
63⁄4
0.455
38
63⁄4
0.515
43
8
0.530
48
8
0.595
53
8
0.660
61
10
0.645
68
10
0.720
74
101⁄8
0.785
1
82
10 ⁄8
0.855
1
90
14 ⁄2
0.710
99
145⁄8
0.780
109
145⁄8
0.860
120
145⁄8
0.940
132
143⁄4
1.030
36
7
0.430
40
7
0.505
45
7
0.565
50
71⁄8
0.63
57
71⁄8
0.715
67
101⁄4
0.665
77
101⁄4
0.760
89
103⁄8
0.875
3
100
10 ⁄8
0.985

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

289

290


Y

W SHAPES
Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS, CONT'D.
Nom.
Size
Y

18

21

24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
50
71⁄2
0.570
55
71⁄2
0.630
60
71⁄2
0.695
65
75⁄8
0.750
5
71
7 ⁄8
0.810
76
11
0.680
86
111⁄8
0.770
97
111⁄8
0.870
106
111⁄4
0.940
62
81⁄4
0.615
68
81⁄4
0.685
1
73
8 ⁄4
0.740
3
83
8 ⁄8
0.835
93
83⁄8
0.930
101
121⁄4
0.800
111
123⁄8
0.875
122
123⁄8
0.960
76
9
0.680
84
9
0.770
1
94
9 ⁄8
0.875
104
123⁄4
0.750
117
123⁄4
0.850
131
127⁄8
0.960

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
27

30

33
36

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
94
10
0.745
102
10
0.830
114
101⁄8
0.930
146
14
0.975
1
108
10 ⁄2
0.760
1
116
10 ⁄2
0.850
124
101⁄2
0.930
132
101⁄2
1.000
118
111⁄2
0.740
130
111⁄2
0.855
141
111⁄2
0.960
135
12
0.790
150
12
0.940
160
12
1.020

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED
APPLIED TORQUES
FOR SET SCREWS IN MSS
TYPE 19 & 23 C-CLAMP
Thread
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8

Torque Value
(in.- lbs)
40
60
125
250
400
665

Extracted from MSS-SP-69

FOR FIG. 261 RISER CLAMP
Bolt Size
1

⁄4
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
3

Torque Value
(ft.- lbs)
6
21
46
100
150
190
280

Bolts per ASTM A307
Nuts per ASTM A563

www.anvilintl.com

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

3

0.675

1

0.840

3

⁄4

1.050

1

1.315

11⁄4

1.660

11⁄2

1.900

2

2.375

21⁄2

2.875

3

3.500

31⁄2

4.000

4

4.500

⁄8
⁄2

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.091
0.567
80
0.126
0.738
40
0.109
0.850
80
0.147
1.087
40
0.113
1.130
80
0.154
1.473
40
0.133
1.678
80
0.179
2.171
40
0.140
2.272
80
0.191
2.996
40
0.145
2.717
80
0.200
3.631
40
0.154
3.652
80
0.218
5.022
40
0.203
5.790
80
0.276
7.660
40
0.216
7.570
80
0.300
10.250
40
0.226
9.110
80
0.318
12.510
40
0.237
10.790
80
0.337
14.980

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.083
0.061
0.132
0.101
0.230
0.186
0.374
0.311
0.647
0.555
0.882
0.765
1.452
1.279
2.072
1.834
3.200
2.860
4.280
3.850
5.510
4.980

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

5

5.563

6

6.625

8

8.625

10

10.750

12

12.75

14

14.000

16

16.000

18

18.000

20

20.000

24

24.000

30
36

30.000
36.000

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.258
14.620
80
0.375
20.780
40
0.280
18.970
80
0.432
28.570
40
0.322
28.550
80
0.500
43.390
40
0.365
40.480
80
0.593
64.400
40
0.406
53.600
80
0.687
88.600
40
0.437
63.000
80
0.750
107.000
40
0.500
83.000
80
0.843
137.000
40
0.563
105.000
80
0.937
171.000
40
0.593
123.000
80
1.031
209.000
40
0.687
171.000
80
1.218
297.000
20
0.500
158.000
API
0.500
190.000

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
8.660
7.870
12.510
11.290
21.600
19.800
34.100
31.100
48.500
44.000
58.500
51.200
76.500
69.700
97.200
88.500
120.400
109.400
174.200
158.200
286.000
417.000

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STEEL PIPE DATA

291

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COPPER TUBE DATA

292

TYPE L
Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.030
0.035
0.040
0.042
0.045
0.050
0.055
0.060
0.070
0.080
0.090
0.100
0.110
0.125
0.140
0.200
0.250
0.280

TYPE K
Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.126
0.198
0.285
0.362
0.455
0.655
0.884
1.140
1.750
2.480
3.330
4.290
5.380
7.610
10.200
19.290
30.100
40.400

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.034
0.062
0.100
0.151
0.209
0.357
0.546
0.767
1.341
2.064
2.949
3.989
5.188
8.081
11.616
20.289
31.590
45.426

Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.035
0.049
0.049
0.049
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.072
0.083
0.095
0.109
0.120
0.134
0.160
0.192
0.271
0.338
0.405

Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.145
0.269
0.344
0.418
0.641
0.839
1.040
1.360
2.060
2.920
4.000
5.120
6.510
9.670
13.870
25.900
40.300
57.800

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.032
0.055
0.094
0.144
0.188
0.337
0.527
0.743
1.310
2.000
2.960
3.900
5.060
8.000
11.200
19.500
30.423
43.675

www.anvilintl.com

FLANGE CAST IRON PIPE ADD WEIGHT OF FLANGES *

GLASS PIPE - REGULAR SCHEDULE

Weight per Weight of Water
O.D.
Wall Thick.
C.I. Pipe
ft. (lbs)
per ft. (lbs).

Pipe Size

Class

3

150

3.96

0.32

12.2

4

150

4.80

0.32

6

150

6.90

8

150

10

0.12

Weight/per
ft. (lbs)
0.64

Weight of Water
per ft. (lbs)
0.89

0.14

0.94

1.45

0.17

1.60

3.19

4.53

0.20

2.60

5.79

6.66

0.24

4.70

12.78

Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

3.7

11⁄2

1.84

16.4

5.7

2

2.34

0.38

25.7

12.8

3

3.41

9.05

0.41

36.7

23.1

4

150

11.10

0.44

48.7

35.5

6

12

150

13.20

0.48

62.9

51.0

14

150

15.30

0.51

78.8

69.3

16

150

17.40

0.54

95.0

90.3

18

150

19.50

0.58

114.7

114.0

20

150

21.60

0.62

135.9

141.5

24

150

25.80

0.73

190.4

30

150

32.00

0.85

277.3

36

150

38.30

0.94

42

150

44.50

48

150

50.80

GLASS PIPE - HEAVY SCHEDULE
Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

Weight per
ft. (lbs)

Weightof Water
per ft. (lbs)

201.0

1

1.31

0.16

0.6

0.35

312.0

11⁄2

1.84

0.17

0.9

0.76

368.9

449.0

2

2.34

0.17

1.1

1.36

1.05

479.1

612.0

3

3.41

0.20

2.0

3.06

1.14

595.2

803.0

4

4.53

0.26

3.4

5.44

6

6.66

0.33

6.3

12.42

* Mechanical joint pipe class ISO is approximately the same weight as
Bell & Spigot

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

OTHER PIPE DATA

293

) 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 SCHEDULE 40 60 80 4 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 7 61⁄2 7 7 71⁄2 7 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 10 9 111⁄2 101⁄2 12 11 121⁄2 111⁄2 13 12 14 121⁄2 15 13 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 2 2 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 5 31⁄2 3 6 4 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 4 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 10 81⁄2 121⁄2 11 91⁄2 SCHEDULE 80 60 80 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 6 7 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 10 91⁄2 11 101⁄2 12 11 13 12 131⁄2 13 14 131⁄2 141⁄2 14 151⁄2 141⁄2 17 15 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 51⁄2 5 9 6 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 12 11 9 121⁄2 111⁄2 91⁄2 14 121⁄2 101⁄2 SCHEDULE 120 60 80 – – – – 5 5 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 61⁄2 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 101⁄2 10 111⁄2 101⁄2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 – – – – – – 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 31⁄2 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 9 6 51⁄2 91⁄2 61⁄2 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING 294 Pipe Size (in.anvilintl.com .

it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe. The above table is meant as a general guideline. CONT'D. operating temperature and service conditions.) 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 18 13 12 11 8 7 141⁄2 14 12 9 8 – – – – – 20 131⁄2 121⁄2 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 15 141⁄2 121⁄2 91⁄2 81⁄2 – – – – – 24 14 13 12 9 8 151⁄2 15 13 10 9 – – – – – NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F.00.SDR 41 SDR 26 – Pipe Size (in. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING. load conditions. 295 . This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.

The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1. operating temperature and service conditions.00. load conditions.) 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 SCHEDULE 40 — Temperature (°F) SCHEDULE 80 — Temperature (°F) 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 5 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 101⁄2 111⁄2 12 13 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 10 101⁄2 11 12 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 7 7 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 10 10 11 4 4 41⁄2 5 5 5 6 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 7 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 7 8 8 81⁄2 81⁄2 10 11 111⁄2 121⁄2 15 16 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 131⁄2 15 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 10 101⁄2 111⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 91⁄2 10 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F. it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe. 296 www.com .TECHNICAL INFORMATION CPVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING Pipe Size (in.anvilintl. The above table is meant as a general guideline.

Fig.5 2.Fig. Upon approval.7400 GRUVLOK. Initially.Fig. Piping drawings are then prepared to determine the most efficient pipe routing.Fig.5 2.758 GRUVLOK.5 2.7000 GRUVLOK.5 2. TEE. The components can be grouped from the finished drawings for better workflow planning. GROOVED FITTINGS Qty 10 27 32 6 4 4 TAG# 2 5 7 8 10 11 SIZE 2.5 4 PART# GRUVLOK. FLEX GRVD. 297 . and pumps from contractor supplied flow diagrams. RIGIDLOK GRVD.7000 GRUVLOK.5 6 10 6 10 6 6x5 6 12 PART# GRUVLOK. Also.7250 DESCRIPTION #1 BUTTERFLY VALVE. equipment location. heat exchangers. GROOVED BUTTERFLY VALVE. and compliance.722G GRUVLOK.SER.7000 GRUVLOK.Fig. mechanical drawings.FIG. The more movement that is allowed. The project scope and fee is agreed upon in a Design Services contract. We may suggest modifications in arrangement. usually less than a foot.SER.7260 GRUVLOK. the more savings can be realized.Fig. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE. GROOVED CHECK VALVE. (4) sets of drawings with tags and Bills of Materials of the included system components are sent to you. The preliminary drawings can be taken to coordination meetings with other trades ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK VALVES Qty TAG# SIZE 4 25 27 34 55 58 61 81 85 89 2. taking equipment location and any interferences into consideration. and approved submittals and specifications. GRVD STRAINER.Anvil offers both Basic and Extended Services… Contact your Anvil representative for more information.7000 GRUVLOK.7000 GRUVLOK. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF. or product to attain the desired results.5 2.Fig. GROOVED 45 ELBOW. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES We usually reduce fitting counts by 10%-15% by moving equipment whenever possible. boilers. your field supervisor can spend more time supervising and not calculating pipe lengths and pipe routing.FIG. Preliminary prints are sent to you for revision or approval.SER.5 2. GRVD STRAINER.Fig. you can plan the mechanical room.7051 GRUVLOK Fig 7400 DESCRIPTION #1 90 ELBOW.7060 GRUVLOK. COUPLING. accuracy.SER. construction. GRVD COUPLING.7800 GRUVLOK. With Basic Services. GRVD 3DTY VALVE. The plans and specifications are then interpreted in terms of economy. Anvil personnel meet with you to determine your piping preferences. Piping layouts are carefully analyzed to determine whether further economies can be attained in the piping system. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF. BASIC SERVICES Anvil Design Services produces fabrication drawings and Bill of Materials of mechanical room piping 21⁄2" and larger including chillers.7050 GRUVLOK.SER.7250 GRUVLOK. GRVD COUPLING RIGIDLOK GRVD DESCRIPTION #2 290390014249 290390013522 290390016822 290390014801 290390013548 to “reserve” space by “getting in” first.

com . There are many different types of services offered as extended: 7 7 51 10 7 10 ➣ BOM by component (pump.Field Survey M-1 ➣ Hybrid Systems ➣ Anything Else 7 18 5 2 5 16 5 2 5 17 15 7 1 5 7 4 5 8 8 7 3 7 4 5 6 7 8 7 10 7 26 26 9 7 5 21 5 21 22 23 22 28 HOT WATER ISO NO SCALE 12 8 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 6 5 2 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 12 14 3 7 7 4 13 7 5 2 5 7 8 7 10 7 26 9 7 2 4 5 21 7 21 5 22 22 23 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 13 12 28 14 7 12 8 2 5 26 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 www. CONT'D. 298 51 7 EXTENDED SERVICES Extended Services include any scope beyond Basic Services. chiller) or by system ➣ Unique Tagging – adding unique tags to components ➣ Air Handling Units – with associated ductwork ➣ Single Line Routing – non-dimensional ➣ Distribution Piping ➣ Dimensioned Floor Penetrations ➣ AWWA Piping .anvilintl.Total Scope ➣ Commercial Piping ➣ Oil Field Piping D ➣ Retrofit Projects .TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES.

............................. 256-257 Flow Conversion Chart .......Types & Styles ...........234 Formulas.............................146 Formulas.........217 Branch Outlets ...............................216 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb........ 206-207 Conversions .......... ASTM ................ Page 299 . Geometry ............238 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel .................................................... 299-301 Anvil Design Services .........205 Design Factors ......D.............................................................225 Figure Number Index ...............205 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ................................................................................................................ Sprinkler System ................ 113-122 Alignment of Pipe...............................................................................................146 Fittings for Grooved-End Pipe ...................................... 218-219 Flow Control Components................200 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb........................228 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses ...............296 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes...............................................205 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX Description ............................... Steel Flange ...... 267-270 Couplings for Grooved-End Pipe .................................205 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions ................................................................................. 297-298 Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel................................................................................215 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures ............ 38-82 Flange & Carbon Steel Pipe Specifications.......................................................... 239-241 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications ........235 Fractions....................................................262 Coupling Flexibility ....255 Design Services ................................................... Colors .........................................................................Description ....................................... 218-219 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes ......................................8 – 25 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing ................. 236-237 Copper Fittings............................................................ 297-298 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps ............................... 242-243 Beam Dimensions ....................................................... 203-204 Advanced Copper Method ............................ Steel Flange ....... Decimal Degree. Decimal Equivalents Of ............................................................................... Page Abbreviations ........................228 Arc Welding Equipment............................................................................................ 113-122 Copper Tube Data....................................................292 Coupling Chart Data Notes ................. 226-227 Flow Data Frictional Resistance....... 221-222 Alphabetical Index ...............................................................208 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols ............... Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance ............. Trouble Shooting .............................................................................. 218-219 Barlow’s Formula ..................................223 Equivalents Of Minutes............................................................................................................224 Bolt Torque ............................................................................................... 26-37 Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications....................../600Lb................................................... ASTM .................................215 Feet Head To Water Pressure ............................ 288-290 Blind Flanges.......... 302-304 Fitting Size O....

...... 147-200 Lap Joint Flanges ...Fig................................................12”) .................................... 7044 Branch Outlet .......293 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes ....Specified Bolt Torque ........................................................ 156-157 Installation .......... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14” ...................... 7000 Standard Coupling ... 7045 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets......... 260-261 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ......................................................... 7001 Standard Coupling ..................................Fig........INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX....... 152-153 Installation ............................................................................Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting ........ 176-177 Installation ........................................................................... 162-165 Installation ............................ 150-151 Installation ......................... GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves184-189 Installation ..............199 Geometry Formulas ..................... 178-179 Installation ................ 110-112 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows ..123 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components ....................Fig...........................Fig...Fig. Page Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations ........................................... Page Description ........Fig.....223 Pipe Alignment.. CONT'D............................................................... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2” ..................... 7305 HDPE Coupling .......... Drill Sizes ...anvilintl.Fig... 7011 Standard Coupling ............................................... 263-266 NPT Pipe Taps...................................... 253-254 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques.. 160-161 Installation ........................... 300 Description .. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling....... 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter ...237 HDPE Couplings...................220 Installation .... 8-146 Hardness Conversion Numbers .....com .....................Fig... 131-132 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe .....Fig........................... 166-167 Installation ....................238 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot .................228 High Pressure Systems ........ 172-173 Installation ......... 192-195 Installation & Assembly .. 196-198 Installation ...................... 7010 Reducing Coupling ...................................... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling ...24”) ...............223 Other Pipe Data ..199 Installation ........... 180-181 Installation .....General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ..................230 Movement-—Applications .................................... 182-183 Installation ...... 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ...........................214 List Of Abbreviations ................ -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™ .................Fig......234 Gruvlok DI-LOK® Nipples .......... 221-222 www......................... 7042 Outlet Coupling ............. AF21-GG.......................... 154-155 Installation ............................................................. 170-171 Installation .................. 258-259 Gruvlok® Lubricants................... 190-191 Installation ...........Fig..........................................................................Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® ...................... 203-204 Lubricants ...........Fig....Fig.................Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples . 168-169 Installation ........ 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling ....Fig.................. 158-159 Installation .....................200 Installation ..... 256-257 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles .........Fig............................Fig.....................................290 Melting Points of Metals .. 174-175 Installation .......................................................... 253-254 Gruvlok® Product Information .............Fig..........Fig........ 7005 Roughneck® Coupling ........................................................................................................................ 148-149 Installation ..

Threaded and Socket Flanges .228 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment .................. 201-298 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material ....................................................................... 249-251 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX..............................................200 Sprinkler System Formulas .......................292 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels .............................................................. Stub End .......................................................................................291 Symbols For Pipe Fittings ......................................................................................................................................................... 45° Elbow ....229 Typical Pipe Hanger Specification .......... 274-280 Plain-End Fittings ................................................................ Description .....................................................................................213 Standard Conversions ............................................................... Steel ......................................................... Page 301 ............................Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe .. 286-287 Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ...............................................................................259 Valves & Accessories ............................. CONT'D................................................................................................................................ 244-248 Tap & Drill Sizes ............................. 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head ................................................................ 294-295 Roll Groovers ........................ Cap...........................................................228 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow..224 Weights of Metals .. 271-273 Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses................................................................ Commercial .. 180° Return..................................... 244-248 Pipe Hanger Specification ............... 144-145 Slip-on......200 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ....................................................213 Sock-It® Piping Method Fittings..................... 138-143 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts .........208 Steel Pipe Data .................................................................................................235 Stainless Steel Method.............................................236 Standard Pipe Data ............................ 239-241 Tube Data............. 281-285 Pipe Preparation .............................................................................................................228 Threaded and Socket Flanges........ Page Pipe Data........229 Specific Gravity Of Liquids ................................. 83-109 Wall Thicknesses & Pipe Sizes..........210 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges .................................. Bolt ............................223 Technical Information .............. Commercial ........................................................................................................................................... 206-207 Pipe Support ......................................................233 Useful Definitions ................ 231-232 Vacume Service .... Cross............................................ 133-137 Specific Gravity Of Gases .............291 Pipe Fitting Symbols ...... Slip-on ......................213 Torque...Description ..................................................................................................................... 124-130 PVC Pipe Support Spacing.....211 Weld Fitting Tee................................ Copper..............225 Weight/Foot ........................212 Wire Rope ............................ 281-285 Unit Conversions ..........................................209 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees ..............................................................229 Specified Bolt Torque ...................

...................................................................41 www...................... Cross ............. 19-20...........................145 Roll Groovers .............79 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow .............................. 150-151 Gruvlok Flanges ..............................................112 Outlet Coupling ....................................111 HPR® Coupling ........................anvilintl.................................................................................................. 26-27. 18.....................................................42 Plain End 90° Long Radius Elbow ..........................................................................................................76 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ....................................................................65 Stainless Steel 90° Elbow ................................................................................... Description ....36 Clamp-T®......................24 High Pressure Header Tee.................................................82 111⁄4° Elbow ...................................................................40 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow .......................82 221⁄2° Elbow .............................................. 87-88 Grooved-End Silent Check Valve ........................ Lightweight Coupling .........125 Reducing Base Support Elbow (GR xFL).144 Roll Groovers ......80 90° Drain Elbow ........... 28-32......................39 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ....... FPT Branch ..128 Plain End 90° Elbow .........81 High Pressure 45° LR Elbow ....... 170-171 Clamp-T®.....................................125 Stainless Steel 45° Elbow ............................................................... 8-10....................................................................................75 45° Long Radius Elbow ............. 170-171 Clamp-T®................................36 Clamp-T®..................................... 33-35..36 90° Long Radius Elbow ........................................................38 45° Long Radius Elbow .......................... 158-159 End Guard® Coupling ........................................................................79 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ..................................................... 162-167 Gruvlok Flanges ...........................112 90° Long Radius Elbow .....................74 7050-5D 7050-6D 7050DR 7050EG 7050LR 7050LRP 7050P 7050RF 7050SS 7050 7051-3D 7051-5D 7051-6D 7051EG 7051LR 7051LRP 7051P 7051SS 7051 7052-3D 7052-5D 7052-6D 7052 7053-3D 7053-5D 7053-6D 7053 90° Long Radius Elbow . 11....................................128 Plain End 45° Elbow ...............................145 Roll Groovers ......................71 High Pressure 90° LR Elbow ..................91 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer .................. 124............. Cross ..................INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX 302 Fig.................. Page Fig........................ 168-169 Branch Outlet ..................... 160-161 Standard Coupling ....................................141 45° Elbow ......112 45° Long Radius Elbow ....................................................................................................... 174-175 Reducing Coupling ........... Cross .........100 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer ................. 114-115...........................................................43 Plain End 45° Long Radius Elbow ......................... Groove Branch ... No..110 Roughneck® Coupling ......................... 172-173 Clamp-T®...................77 90° Long Radius Elbow .......76 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ........... 14-15........................com ..................................................................................................................141 90° Elbow ..........78 45° Long Radius Elbow ................... 148-149 Hingelok® Coupling ..... Page 171 400G 758G 768G 1007 3006C 3006 3007 7000 7001 7003 7004EG 7004HPR 7005 7010 7011 7012 7013 7022EG 7042 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050-3D Brass Ball Valve .............. No........... 154-155 Standard Coupling ................................................................. 37. Description ........101 Roll Groovers ............................21-23..........................

.............................................................................................129 Adapter Nipple (GR xGR) .........................126 Cross .........................................80 30° Long Radius Elbow ..................54 Swaged Nipples (GR xTHD) .........................69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x BEV) ............................ 58-59 7071P 7071 7072SS 7072 7073SS 7073 7074SS 7074 7075P 7075 7076 7077P 7077 7078 7079 7080P 7080 7081P 7081 7082P 7082 7084P 7084 7085P 7085 7086 7087 Plain End 90° True Wye .................. Page 7055 7056 7057-3D 7057-5D 7057-6D 7058-3D 7058-5D 7058-6D 7060EG 7060P 7060SS 7060 7061P 7061SS 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068EG 7068P 7068 7069P 7069 7070 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow .....64 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow ..........................................143 GR x GR Concentric Reducers ....................................127 Stainless Steel Reducing Tees .............51 Plain End Swaged Nipples ..........................................66 HOSE Nipples (GR x Hose) ............81 High Pressure Tee ......................129 Adapter Nipple (GR xBEV) .............................111 Plain End Cross ..................................62 High Pressure Cross ..................................................... No.........141 Tee .......................................129 Flange Nipples (GR x #300 FL) ......69 Female Thread Adapter (GR x FPT) ....................................................................126 True Wye.......................... 52-53 Stainless Steel Caps............................................................................................ 303 ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 60-61 Reducing Tee Wye ..............................................................................................125 Stainless Steel Tees .............. Fig................................................................................................74 60° Long Radius Elbow ..........................................................126 45° Lateral .......67 Plain End Bull Plug .....................68 GR x Thd Concentric Reducers ....................................................128 Bull Plug .........................................50 Plain End Reducing Tee ......................143 Eccentric Reducers ..................130 Swaged Nipples (GR xGR) ....68 Plain End 45° Lateral .........................................................44 Reducing Tee w/ Threaded Branch.............................................69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x THD) ............129 Adapter Nipple (GR xMPT) ......................................69 Flange Nipples (Plain x #150 FL) .... Description ............................................................................................77 60° Long Radius Elbow .......................................... No........ 45-47 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees (GR x GR x FPT) ...70 Tee w/ Threaded Branch ................................................141 Cap .... 48-49 Standpipe Tee (GR x GR x FPT) ...................112 Plain End Tee ............64 60° Long Radius Elbow ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................129 Flange Nipples (GR x #150 FL) .....................................65 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX.................. 55-56 Stainless Steel Eccentric Reducers ............70 Tee Wye ...................75 30° Long Radius Elbow ..............................63 Stainless Steel Concentric Reducers....................... CONT'D................................54 Adapter Nipple (Plain x GR) ............................57 45° Reducing Lateral .................................................66 Flange Nipples (Plain x #300 FL) ........................................78 30° Long Radius Elbow .. Page Fig.........................Description ........................................142 Reducing Tee Standard ........54 Swaged Nipples (GR xBEV) ........................

............. 52-53 Sock-It® 90° Elbow .........................73 Short Pattern Tee ..................................86 Flex Connectors (FL xFL) ......................................73 Grooved-End Bronze Copper Ball Valve .........123 DI-LOK® Nipple (GR xGR) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 184-189 www.......123 DI-LOK® Nipple (THD xTHD) .............. No........................................................................ 133................................... 133............ INDEX Fig.................................. 180-181 Stainless Steel Rigidlite® Coupling ............ 121-122 Stainless Steel Grooved-End Ball Valve...25 Suction Diffuser ......................138 Rigidlite® Coupling ................................ 190-191 Tri-Service Valves (Angle) . 137................. Page ® DI-LOK Nipple (GR xTHD) .......... 182-183 Sock-It® 90° Reducing Elbow ...........72 Eccentric Reducers .................. CONT'D......116 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x Gr) ... 98-99 HDPE Coupling ... 190-191 Flex Connectors (GR x FL) ...............123 End of the Line .............. 136. 182-183 Expansion Joints........ 134.com .... 83-84 Check Valves.......... 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Tee .........120 Copper Transition Fitting ..............................................117 Copper End Caps ................ 95... 135.......... 152-153 90° Short Pattern Elbow .............. 107........................... Page 7560 7561A 7564A 7572 7574 7575 7582 7600 7700 7800 8000GR AF21-FF AF21-GF AF21-GG FTV-A FTV-S GAV-15 GAV-30 GBV-A GBV-G GBV-S GBV-T Copper Tees .........116 Copper 45° Elbow ..........118 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x CUP) ......................105 Automatic Air Vents .............. 12-13..116 Fig........... 102-104 Tee Strainer......... 304 7088 7089 7090 7091 7097 7100 7101 7103 7105 7106 7107 7240 7250 7260 7305 7307 7312 7400SS 7400 7401 7450 7460 7500B 7500SS 7500 7550 7551 Description ..................... 109................... No.......................................110 Copper Reducing Adapter (GR x CUP) .. 96-97 Automatic Air Vents ........................ 178-179 HDPE Flange Adapter ......................................................................106 Balancing Valves (Angle) ........................ 176-177 HDPE Transition Coupling ...................................... 96-97 Tri-Service Valves (Straight) .................... 139-140 Ball Valves ......................................... 190-191 Flex Connector (GR x GR) ............................anvilintl............ 108........... 95.................................................................................... Description .................................... 182-183 Sock-It® Straight Tee .................85 Butterfly Valve............FIGURE NUMBER INDEX.................................................................... 182-183 Sock-It® Coupling ....120 Butterfly Valve..... 113.............................92 Butterfly Valve..... 89-90 Copper 90° Elbow ........ 93-94 Circuit Balancing Valves (Sweat) ................................ 156-157 Rigidlok® Coupling ................................................... 93-94 Balancing Valves (Straight) .................... 16-17......... 131............ 131............................................ 184-189 Circuit Balancing Valves (Threaded) ..................................................................118 Copper Concentric Reducer (GR x Gr) ........................ 132............... 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Outlet Tee ..................................

ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES BROCHURE PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORT CATALOG GRUVLOK CATALOG ORDER DOCUMENT #105 ORDER DOCUMENT #165 ANVILSTAR FIRE PROTECTION BROCHURE ORDER DOCUMENT #215 ORDER DOCUMENT #040 ANVIL INTERACTIVE CD ORDER DOCUMENT #899 .

TEXAS.8033 #030 / Printed in USA / 6. MASSACHUSETTS. Sales Manager Tel: 813-300-3721 U. Suite 10 • P.COM 110 Corporate Drive. INDIANA. MISSOURI. LOUISIANA. NEW HAMPSHIRE. ARKANSAS. PA 19007 TE L: 215-788-4056 • FAX : 215-788-4475 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-2935 1313 AVE NUE R GRAND PRAI RI E . Box 3180 • Portsmouth.S. . ARIZONA. OKLAHOMA. DELAWARE. EAST PENNSYLVANIA. OHIO. WEST VIRGINIA. COLORADO. NEBRASKA.S. NEW JERSEY. KENTUCKY. KANSAS. RHODE ISLAND. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 LATIN AMERICA. MONTANA. VERMONT. PUERTO RICO & MEXICO Art Gutierrez. IDAHO. HAWAII.05 / 30M / © 2005 Anvil International. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 FOR SALES AND SERVICE INFORMATION CONTACT THE REGIONAL SERVICE CENTER NEAREST YOU OR VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW. NEW MEXICO. VIRGINIA Servicing: ALABAMA. TX 75050 TE L: 972-343-9206 • FAX : 972-641-8946 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-4414 Kevin Fullan. MISSISSIPPI. TENNESSEE. IL 60466 TE L: 708-534-1414 • FAX : 708-534-5441 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-301-2701 Servicing: ALASKA.8000 • Fax: 603. Stoney Creek.ANVILINTL. Inc. Vice President 470 Seaman St. NEVADA.422. NV 89431 TE L: 775-331-7029 • FAX : 775-331-5075 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-572-0051 EUROPE & MIDDLE EAST REGION Rick van Meesen.O.U. WYOMING 2530 PE ARL BUCK ROAD BRI STOL. WEST PENNSYLVANIA.422. WISCONSIN 750 CE NTRAL AVE NUE UNI VE RSI TY PARK . FLORIDA. NEW YORK. IOWA. MINNESOTA. Ontario L8E 2V9 Tel: 905-664-1459 • Fax: 905-664-3190 MIDWEST SERVICE CENTER WESTERN SERVICE CENTER Servicing: ILLINOIS. OREGON. WASHINGTON 1385 GRE G STRE E T SP ARK S .S. MARYLAND. NH 03802-3180 • Phone: 603. MAINE. MICHIGAN. CALIFORNIA. REGIONAL SERVICE CENTERS INTERNATIONAL SALES NORTH EAST SERVICE CENTER SOUTHERN SERVICE CENTER CANADA Servicing: CONNECTICUT. UTAH. GEORGIA. NORTH AND SOUTH DAKOTA. NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA. Business Director the Netherlands Tel: +31 53 5725570 • Fax: +31 53 5725579 U.